This e-text includes characters that will only display in UTF-8
(Unicode) file encoding:
ā ē ī ō ū (long vowels, printed with macron/overline)
ẹ (e with dot under, used in reading passages
ȥ (z with hook)
A few additional characters are used only in the historical
introduction, and may be disregarded if they present problems, as may
the two or three Greek words:
ƀ, ʒ, χ, ŋ (b with line through stem; ezh; chi; eng)
If any of these characters do not display properly—in
particular, if the diacritic does not appear directly above the
letter—or if the apostrophes and quotation marks in this paragraph
appear as garbage, you may have an incompatible browser or unavailable
fonts. First, make sure that the browser’s “character set” or “file
encoding” is set to Unicode (UTF-8). You may also need to change your
browser’s default font.
Punctuation in the Glossary has been silently regularized.
Typographical errors are shown with mouse-hover popups.
A
MIDDLE HIGH GERMAN
PRIMER
WITH
GRAMMAR, NOTES, AND GLOSSARY
BY
JOSEPH WRIGHT
M.A., PH.D., D.C.L., LL.D., LITT.D.
FELLOW OF THE BRITISH ACADEMY
CORPUS CHRISTI PROFESSOR OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY
IN THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD
THIRD EDITION
RE-WRITTEN AND ENLARGED
OXFORD
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
1917
OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
LONDON EDINBURGH GLASGOW NEW YORK
TORONTO MELBOURNE BOMBAY
HUMPHREY MILFORD
PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY
iii
EXTRACTS FROM THE PREFACES
TO THE FIRST AND SECOND EDITIONS
The present book has been written in
the hope that it will serve as an elementary introduction to the larger
German works on the subject from which I have appropriated whatever
seemed necessary for the purpose. In the grammar much aid has been
derived from Paul’s Mittelhochdeutsche Grammatik, second edition,
Halle, 1884, and Weinhold’s Mittelhochdeutsche Grammatik, second
edition, Paderborn, 1883. The former work, besides containing by far the
most complete syntax, is also the only Middle High German Grammar which
is based on the present state of German Philology…. I believe
that the day is not far distant when English students will take a much
more lively interest in the study of their own and the other Germanic
languages (especially German and Old Norse) than has hitherto been the
case. And if this little book should contribute anything towards
furthering the cause, it will have amply fulfilled its purpose.
London: January, 1888.
When I wrote the preface to the first
edition of this primer in 1888, I ventured to predict that the
interest of English students in the subject would grow and develop as
time went on, but I hardly expected that it would grow so much that a
second edition of the book would be required within
iv
so short a period. It has been revised throughout, and several changes
have been made in the phonology, but I have not thought it advisable to
alter the general plan and scope of the former edition. After many years
of personal experience as a teacher and examiner in the older periods of
the German language, I have become firmly convinced that the larger
books on the subject contain too many details for beginners. I feel
sure that the easiest and best way to acquire a thorough knowledge of
Middle High German is to start with an elementary book like the present,
and then to learn the details of the grammar, especially the phonology
of the various dialects, from a more advanced work.
Oxford: December, 1898.
v
PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION
In the preparation of the new
edition, I have steadily kept in view the class of students for whom the
book was originally written. When the first edition appeared
twenty-eight years ago, there were very few students in this country who
took up the serious study of the older periods of the various Germanic
languages at the Universities. In late years, however, the interest in
the study of these languages has grown so much that Honour Courses and
Examinations in them have been established at all our Universities. The
result is that a book even intended for beginners can now reasonably be
expected to be of a higher standard than the previous editions of this
Primer. The grammatical introduction has accordingly been entirely
rewritten and expanded to more than twice its original size. The texts
have also been nearly doubled by the addition of eighteen poems from
Walther von der Vogelweide, and selections from Reinmar, Ulrich von
Lichtenstein, and Wolfram von Eschenbach.
The greater part of Middle High German literature is so excellent and
interesting that most students, who have mastered the grammatical
introduction and read the texts in the Primer, will doubtless desire to
continue the subject. Such students should procure a copy of either the
Mittelhochdeutsche Grammatik by Hermann Paul, eighth edition,
Halle, 1911, or the Mittelhochdeutsches Elementarbuch by Victor
Michels, second edition, Heidelberg, 1912, where the
vi
Grammar, especially the phonology and syntax, can be studied in greater
detail. They should also procure a copy of the Mittelhochdeutsches
Taschenwörterbuch by Matthias Lexer, tenth edition, Leipzig, 1910,
and also have access to the two standard Middle High German
dictionaries— Mittelhochdeutsches Wörterbuch mit Benutzung des
Nachlasses von Georg Friedrich Benecke, ausgearbeitet von Wilhelm
Müller und Friedrich Zarncke, drei Bände, Leipzig, 1854-61, and
Mittelhochdeutsches Wörterbuch, von Matthias Lexer, zugleich als
Supplement und alphabetischer Index zum Mittelhochdeutschen
Wörterbuch von Benecke-Müller-Zarncke, drei Bände, Leipzig, 1872-78.
An excellent bibliography of the best editions of the Middle High German
texts— classified according to the dialects in which they were
written— will be found on pp. 20-35 of Michels’
Elementarbuch.
May the new edition of the Primer continue to further the study of
the subject in the future to the same extent as it has done in the
past!
JOSEPH WRIGHT.
Oxford,
October, 1916.
vii
CONTENTS
PAGES | |||
INTRODUCTION | 1 | ||
The classification of the MHG. dialects (§ 1). | |||
CHAPTER I | |||
The Vowels | 2-22 | ||
The MHG. alphabet (§ 2). Pronunciation of the | |||
CHAPTER II | |||
The Consonants | 22-35 | ||
Pronunciation of the consonants (§§ 19-20). | |||
viii | CHAPTER III | ||
Declension of Nouns | 36-46 | ||
Introductory remarks (§ 41). A. The vocalic or strong declension:— Masculine nouns (§§ 42-5); Neuter nouns (§§ 46-7); Feminine nouns (§§ 48-9). B. The weak declension (§§ 50-3). C. Declension of proper names (§ 54). | |||
CHAPTER IV | |||
Adjectives | 46-52 | ||
A. The declension of adjectives (§§ B. The comparison of adjectives (§§ C. The formation of adverbs from adjectives (§§ D. Numerals (§§ 62-4). | |||
CHAPTER V | |||
Pronouns | 53-57 | ||
Personal (§ 65). Reflexive (§ 66). Possessive (§ 67). | |||
CHAPTER VI | |||
Verbs | 57-75 | ||
Classification of MHG. verbs (§ 72). A. Strong verbs:— The conjugation of the model strong verb B. Weak Verbs:—Classification of MHG. weak verbs (§§ 88-9). Class I (§ 90). Class II (§ 92). C. Minor groups.— Preterite-presents (§ | |||
ix | CHAPTER VII | ||
Syntax | 75-78 | ||
Cases (§§ 100-2). Adjectives (§ 103). Pronouns (§ 104). | |||
TEXTS:— | |||
I. | Berthold von Regensburg | 79-83 | |
II. | The Swabian Lantrehtbuoch | 83-85 | |
III. | Hartman von Ouwe | 86-116 | |
IV. | Walther von der Vogelweide | 116-133 | |
V. | Reinmar | 133-139 | |
VI. | Ulrich von Lichtenstein | 140-148 | |
VII. | Das Nibelungen-Lied | 149-158 | |
VIII. | Wolfram von Eschenbach | 158-168 | |
NOTES | 169-171 | ||
GLOSSARY | 172-213 |
x
ABBREVIATIONS, ETC.
Goth. | = Gothic |
Gr. | = Greek |
HG. | = High German |
Lat. | = Latin |
MHG. | = Middle High German |
NHG. | = New High German |
OE. | = Old English |
OHG. | = Old High German |
OS. | = Old Saxon |
P. Germ. | = Primitive Germanic |
UF. | = Upper Franconian |
UG. | = Upper German |
The asterisk * prefixed to a word denotes a theoretical form, as MHG.
wärmen from *warmjan, to warm.
In representing prehistoric forms the following signs are
used:—
þ (= th in Engl. thin), ð
(= th in Engl. then), ƀ (= a bilabial
spirant, which may be pronounced like the v in Engl.
vine), ʒ (= g often heard in German
sagen), χ (= NHG. ch and the ch in
Scotch loch), ŋ (= n in Engl.
sunk).
1
GRAMMAR
INTRODUCTION
MIDDLE HIGH GERMAN
Middle High German (MHG.) embraces
the High German language from about the year 1100 to 1500. It is divided
into three great dialect-groups: Upper German, Franconian, and East
Middle German.
1. Upper German is divided into: (a) Alemanic, embracing High
Alemanic (Switzerland), and Low Alemanic (South Baden, Swabia, and
Alsace). (b) Bavarian, extending over Bavaria and those parts of
Austria where German is spoken.
2. Franconian (West Middle German), which is subdivided into Upper
Franconian and Middle Franconian. Upper Franconian consists of East
Franconian (the old duchy of Francia Orientalis) and Rhenish Franconian
(the old province of Francia Rhinensis), Middle Franconian extending
over the district along the banks of the Moselle and of the Rhine from
Coblence to Düsseldorf.
3. East Middle German, extending over: Thuringia, Upper Saxony, and
Silesia.
Since it is impossible to deal with all these dialects in an
elementary book like the present, we shall confine ourselves almost
exclusively to Upper German, and shall only deal with that period of
Middle High German which extends from about 1200 to 1300.
2
PHONOLOGY
CHAPTER I
THE VOWELS
§ 2.
MHG. had the following simple vowels and diphthongs:—
Short vowels | a, ä, ë, | e, i, o, u, ö, ü. |
Long vowels | ā, æ, | ē, ī, ō, ū, œ, iu. |
Diphthongs | ei, ie, ou, uo, öu (eu), üe. |
Note.—
ë represents primitive Germanic e (= Gr. ε, Lat. e, as in Gr. δέκα, Lat. decem, MHG.
zëhen, ten) and is generally written ë in Old and
Middle High German grammars, in order to distinguish it from the OHG.
umlaut-e (§ 10). The former
was an open sound like the e in English bed, whereas the
latter was a close sound like the é in French été.
ä was a very open sound nearly like the a in English
hat, and arose in MHG. from the i-umlaut of a (§ 10). Good MHG. poets do not rhyme
Germanic ë with the umlaut-e, and the distinction between
the two sounds is still preserved in many NHG. dialects. In like manner
the modern Bavarian and Austrian dialects still distinguish between
ä and ë. In the MHG. period ä, ë, and
e were kept apart in Bavarian, but in Alemanic and Middle German
ä and ë seem to have fallen together in ë or
possibly ä, as the two sounds frequently rhyme with each other in
good poets. MHG. texts do not always preserve in writing the distinction
between the old umlaut-e and the MHG. umlaut-ä, both being
often written e in the same text.
3
Pronunciation of the Vowels.
§ 3.
The approximate pronunciation of the above vowels and diphthongs was as
follows:—
a as in | NHG. mann | man, man. |
ā„„ | Engl. father | hāt, has. |
ä„„ | „man | mähte, powers. |
æ„„ | „air | lære, empty. |
ë„„ | „men | hëlfen, to help. |
e„„ | Fr. été | geste, guests. |
ē„„ | NHG. reh | sē, sea. |
i„„ | Engl. bit | biten, to beg. |
ī„„ | „ween | wīn, wine. |
o„„ | „pot | golt, gold. |
ō„„ | NHG. tot | tōt, dead. |
u„„ | Engl. put | guldīn, golden. |
ū„„ | „fool | hūs, house. |
ö„„ | NHG. löcher | löcher, holes. |
œ„„ | „schön | schœne, beautiful. |
ü„„ | „füllen | vüllen, to fill. |
iu„„ | „müde | hiuser, houses. |
ei | = e + i | stein, stone. |
ie | = i + e | knie, knee. |
ou | = o + u | ouge, eye. |
öu (eu) | = ö or e + ü | dröuwen, to threaten. |
üe | = ü + e | grüeȥen, to greet. |
uo | = u + o | bruoder, brother. |
To the above list should be added the MHG. e in unaccented
syllables, which mostly arose from the weakening of the OHG. full
vowels, as OHG. zunga, tongue, hirti,
shepherd, namo, name, fridu, peace =
MHG. zunge, hirte, name, fride; OHG.
habēn, to have, scōnī, beauty,
salbōn, to anoint, zungūn, tongues = MHG.
haben, schœne, salben, zungen. The e
in this position was pronounced like the -e in NHG. zunge,
name, friede, &c.
4
Phonetic Survey of the MHG. Vowel-system.
Palatal | Short ä, ë, e, i, Long æ, ē, ī, œ, iu |
Guttural | Short a, o, u. Long ā, ō, ū. |
The OHG. Equivalents of the MHG. Vowels.
§ 5.
The following are the OHG. equivalents of the MHG. short vowels, long
vowels and diphthongs of accented syllables:—
1. The short vowels a, ë, e, i, o,
u = the corresponding OHG. short vowels, as tac,
day, gast, guest, bant, he bound,
gap, he gave = OHG. tag, gast,
bant, gab.
wëc, way, nëmen, to take, zëhen,
ten = OHG. wëg, nëman, zëhan.
geste, guests, lember, lambs,
vert, he goes = OHG. gesti, lembir,
ferit.
wiȥȥen, to know, hilfe, I help,
visch, fish = OHG. wiȥȥan, hilfu,
fisk.
got, God, wol, well, geholfen,
helped = OHG. got, wola, giholfan.
sun, son, wurm, worm, gebunden,
bound = OHG. sunu, wurm, gibuntan.
ä is the umlaut of a before certain consonant
combinations which prevented umlaut from taking place in OHG., as
mähte, powers, hältet, he holds,
wärmen, to warm = OHG. mahti, haltit,
warmen from *warmjan (§ 10).
It also occurs in derivatives ending in -līch and -līn, as
mänlīch, manly, tägelīch, daily,
väterlīn, dim. of vater, father; and in words which
originally had an i in the third syllable, the vowel of the
second syllable having become i by assimilation, as
mägede, maids, zäher(e), tears = OHG.
magadi, zahari.
5
ö is the umlaut of OHG. o, as löcher,
holes, möhte, I might = OHG. lohhir,
mohti; götinne, goddess, beside
got, God.
ü is the umlaut of OHG. u, as dünne,
thin, süne, sons, züge, I might draw
= OHG. dunni, suni, zugi.
2. The long vowels ā, ē, ī, ō, ū =
the corresponding OHG. long vowels, as sāt, seed,
slāfen, to sleep, nāmen, we took,
dāhte, he thought = OHG. sāt, slāfan,
nāmum, dāhta.
sēle, soul, mēre, more, lēren,
to teach = OHG. sēla, mēro, lēren.
wīp, wife, sīn, his, bīȥen, to
bite = OHG. wīb, sīn, bīȥan.
ōre, ear, tōt, death, kōs, I
chose = OHG. ōra, tōd, kōs.
hūs, house, tūsent, thousand,
dūhte, it seemed = OHG. hūs, dūsunt,
dūhta.
æ is the umlaut of OHG. ā, as lære,
empty, næme, thou tookest = OHG. lāri,
nāmi.
œ is the umlaut of OHG. ō, as schœne,
beautiful, hœher, higher, hœren, to
hear = OHG. scōni, hōhiro, hōren from
*hōrjan older *hausjan.
iu = (1) OHG. iu (diphthong), as liute,
people, kiuset, he chooses = OHG. liuti,
kiusit.
iu
= (2) the umlaut of OHG. ū, as hiuser, houses,
briute, brides = OHG. hūsir, brūti.
3. The diphthongs ei, ou, uo = the corresponding
OHG. diphthongs, as bein, bone, leiten, to
lead, schreip, I wrote = OHG. bein,
leiten, screib.
ouge, eye, houbet, head, bouc,
I bent = OHG. ouga, houbit, boug.
bruoder, brother, stuont, I stood,
vuor, I went = OHG. bruoder, stuont,
fuor.
ie = (1) OHG. ie (diphthong) older ia, ea,
ē (Germanic ē), as hier, here, miete,
pay, reward, gienc, I went = OHG. hier,
mieta, gieng.
6
ie
= (2) OHG. io (Germanic eu), as bieten, to
offer, liep, dear = OHG. biotan,
liob.
ie
= (3) the OHG. io which occurs in the preterite of the old
reduplicated verbs whose presents have ou, ō, uo
(§ 87), as inf. loufen, to
run, stōȥen, to push, ruofen, to call,
preterite lief, stieȥ, rief = OHG. liof,
stioȥ, riof.
ie
= (4) Upper German iu (OHG. io) before labials and
gutturals, as liup, dear, tiuf, deep,
siuch, sick, liugen, to tell a lie =
liep, tief, siech, liegen.
öu (eu) is the umlaut of OHG. ou, as
löuber, leaves, löufel, runner = OHG.
loubir, loufil.
üe is the umlaut of OHG. uo, as grüene,
green, güete, goodness, vüere, thou didst
go = OHG. gruoni, guotī, fuori.
Unaccented Vowels and Umlaut.
§ 6.
The two most characteristic differences between OHG. and MHG. are: (1)
the spread of umlaut (§ 10); (2) the
weakening and partial loss of vowels in unaccented syllables.
1. The Weakening of Unaccented Vowels.
§ 7.
The short vowels a, i, o, u, and the long
vowels ē, ī, ō, ū were weakened to e.
This e was pronounced like the final -e in NHG.
leute, see § 3. Examples
are:—
gëba, gift, hërza, heart, zunga,
tongue, taga, days = MHG. gëbe,
hërze, zunge, tage; heilag, holy,
neut. blindaȥ, blind, nëman, to take = MHG.
heilec, blindeȥ, nëmen.
kunni, race, generation, gesti, guests =
MHG. künne, geste; kuning, king,
beȥȥisto, best, dat. pl. gestim, to
7
guests, gen. pl. lembiro, of lambs, nimit,
he takes = MHG. künec, beȥȥest (beste),
gesten, lember(e), nimet.
haso, hare, nom. acc. pl. fem. blinto,
blind, gen. pl. tago, of days = MHG. hase,
blinde, tage; acc. sing. hason, hare = MHG.
hasen.
fridu, peace, dat. sing. gëbu, to a gift,
nimu, I take = MHG. fride, gëbe,
nime; dat. pl. tagum, to days, nāmum, we
took = MHG. tagen, nāmen.
Nom. sing. masc. blintēr, blind, unsēr,
our, habēn, to have, nëmēm, we may
take = MHG. blinder, unser, haben,
nëmen.
scōnī, beauty = MHG. schœne; sālīg,
blessed, nāmīm, we might take = MHG. sælec,
næmen.
salbōn, to anoint, suohtōs(t), thou
soughtest, dat. pl. gëbōm, hërzōm = MHG.
salben, suohtes(t), gëben, hërzen.
Gen. dat. acc. sing., nom. acc. pl. zungūn = MHG.
zungen.
§ 8.
The vowel in suffixal and derivative syllables was generally weakened to
e just as in the inflexional syllables, but in some suffixal and
derivative syllables which had a secondary accent the vowel was not
weakened to e. This was especially the case with derivatives in
-ære (denoting nomina agentis), -inne, -inc
(-ing), linc (-ling), diminutives in -īn and
-līn, abstract nouns in -nisse (-nusse,
-nüsse), -unge. In others the vowel fluctuated between the
full vowel and e, as in -isch beside -esch;
-ic (= OHG. -ag, and -ī̆g) beside -ec;
superlative of adjectives -ist (= OHG. -ist) beside
-est (= OHG. -ōst); -sal beside -sel.
Beside the full forms -līch, -rīch occurred the shortened
forms -lich, -rich.
The OHG. endings of the present participle -anti,
-enti, -ōnti, ēnti regularly became -ende,
but -ant occurs in a few old participles which had become nouns,
as heilant, Saviour, wīgant, warrior,
vīant beside vīent (vīnt), fiend,
8
enemy. Examples are: gartenære, gardener,
schepfære, creator, schrībære, scribe.
küneginne, queen, vriundinne, female
friend, wirtinne, mistress.
edelinc, son of a nobleman, hendelinc,
glove, vingerlinc, ring; müedinc, unhappy
man.
magedīn, little girl, vingerīn, ring;
kindelīn, little child, vogelīn, little
bird.
hindernisse, hindrance, verdërbnisse,
destruction, vinsternisse, darkness,
vancnüsse, captivity.
beȥȥerunge, improvement, handelunge,
action, mëldunge, announcement.
himelisch, heavenly, irdisch, earthly,
kindisch, childish, beside -esch.
heilic (OHG. heilag), holy, honic (OHG.
honag, honig), honey, künic (OHG.
cuning, cunig), king, manic (OHG.
manag), many a, sælic (OHG. sālīg),
blessed, beside -ec.
oberist beside oberest, highest.
kumbersal, distress, trüebsal, gloom,
wëhsal beside wëhsel, change.
bitterlīch, bitterly, sicherlīch, surely,
wīslīch, wisely, beside -lich.
Dietrīch, Heinrīch, beside -rich.
The OHG. pronominal ending of the nom. sing. fem. and the nom. acc.
pl. neuter remained unweakened, as OHG. blintiu = MHG.
blindiu (§ 55).
2. The Loss of Unaccented Vowels.
§ 9.
The weakened e regularly disappeared:—
1.
After l and r in dissyllables with short stems, as
ar, older are (OHG. aro), eagle, acc. gen.
dat. arn, beside name, name, namen;
wol, older wole (OHG. wola), well;
gar (OHG. garo), ready, milch (OHG.
milih), milk, zal (OHG. zala),
number; kil, quill, gen. kil(e)s, dat.
kil,
9
pl. nom. acc. kil, dat. kil(e)n, beside tac,
day, gen. tages, dat. tage, pl. nom. acc.
tage, dat. tagen; bërn, to bear,
stëln, to steal, nern, to rescue, pres.
sing. stil, stils(t), stilt; ner, ners(t), nert,
beside hœren, to hear, pres. sing. hœre,
hœres(t), hœret.
2.
After liquids and nasals in trisyllabic and polysyllabic forms with long
stems, as sælde (OHG. sālida), blessedness,
hērsen, hërsen (OHG. hērisōn), to rule,
zierde (OHG. ziarida), adornment, wandelte
(OHG. wantalōta), I wandered, zwīfeln (OHG.
zwīfalōn), to doubt, wundern (OHG.
wuntarōn), to wonder, schœnste (OHG.
scōnisto), most beautiful, diente, diende
(OHG. dionōta), I served; dienest, service,
gen. dienstes; engel, angel, gen. engel(e)s,
dat. engel(e), pl. nom. acc. gen. engel(e), dat.
engel(e)n, and similarly with words like acker,
acre, lūter, clear, buosem, bosom,
heiden, heathen; grœȥer (OHG. grōȥiro),
greater, fem. dat. sing. grœȥer (OHG. grōȥiru);
dat. sing. blindem(e), blind, guotem(e),
good = OHG. blintemu, guotemu; gen. pl.
blinder(e) = OHG. blintero. After the analogy of forms
with long stems it was also dropped in forms with short stems, as pl.
nagel, nails, vogel, birds, beside
nagele, vogele; wider beside widere (OHG.
widaro), wether, dat. sing. disem(e), this,
vadem(e), thread, gen. vadem(e)s.
There was however a strong tendency in MHG. for the medial vowel to
disappear in trisyllabic forms with long stems irrespectively as to
whether they contained a liquid or a nasal, as market,
market, gen. marktes; rīchsen (OHG.
rīchisōn), to rule, ahte (OHG. ahtōta),
he observed, wartte, warte (OHG. wartēta),
he waited, vrāgte beside vrāgete (OHG.
frāgēta), he asked, dancte beside dankete
(OHG. dankōta), he thanked. See § 92.
3.
In the medial syllable of trisyllabic forms with long stems having
liquids or nasals in successive syllables, as dīme beside
dīneme (OHG. dīnemu), dat. of dīn, thy;
10
eime beside ein(e)me (OHG. einemu), dat. of
ein, one; hērre, hërre (OHG. hēriro),
master; minre beside minner(e) (OHG.
minniro), less; tiurre (OHG. tiuriro),
dearer.
4.
Finally after a nasal, and medially after a nasal before a following
t, in forms with short stems, as han(e), cock,
nam(e), name, sun (OHG. sun, sunu),
son, won(e), I dwell; man(e)t, he
admonishes, won(e)t, he dwells, scham(e)t,
he shames, nim(e)t, he takes, nëm(e)t, ye
take; pret. won(e)te, scham(e)te. In these and similar
forms the e was often restored through the influence of forms
which regularly preserved the e.
Note.—
The e, when not preceded by a nasal, was sometimes dropped in
verbal forms ending in t. This was especially the case in
wirst, wirt older wirdes(t), wirdet;
siht, he sees, sëht, ye see, older
sihet, sëhet; and often in forms like gilt,
vint, spricht, sticht beside giltet,
vindet, sprichet, stichet.
5.
The superlative of adjectives often has double forms, the one with the
loss of the medial e, and the other with the loss of the final
e, as beste, best, ērste, first,
grœste, greatest, leste, last,
min(ne)ste, least, wir(se)ste, worst, beside
beȥȥest(e), ērest(e), grœȥest(e),
leȥȥest(e), minnest(e), wirsest(e), OHG.
beȥȥisto, ēristo, grōȥisto, leȥȥisto,
minnisto, wirsisto.
6.
In the unstressed forms of dissyllables, as adv. ane, abe,
mite, obe beside the prepositions an, on,
ab, of, mit, with, ob, over;
dat. sing. dëme, wëme, ime, beside dëm,
wëm, im; unde, and, wande,
for, because, beside und (unt),
wan(d); hërre, vrouwe, beside hër,
vrou before proper names and titles.
7.
The e in the unaccented verbal prefixes be-, ge-
often disappeared before l, n, r, as blīben,
to remain, glīch, like, glit, member,
glouben, to believe, gnāde, favour,
gnanne, namesake, gnuoge, many,
grade, quick, grëch, straight,
11
beside belīben, gelīch, gelit, gelouben,
genāde, genanne, genuoge, gerade,
gerëch; it disappeared before vowels during the OHG. period, as
bange, anxious: ange, anxiously,
gëȥȥan p.p. of ëȥȥan, to eat, gunnan, MHG.
gunnen, günnen, to grant.
3. Umlaut.
§ 10.
By umlaut is meant the modification (palatalization) of an accented
vowel through the influence of an ī̆ or j which originally
stood in the following syllable. The only vowel which underwent this
change in OHG. was a, which became close e (§ 2, note).
The change is first met with in OHG. monuments about the middle of
the eighth century. In the ninth century the process was practically
complete except when the a was followed by certain consonant
combinations which prevented umlaut from taking place. These consonant
combinations were:—
1.
ht, hs, or consonant + w, as maht,
power, pl. mahti; wahsit, he grows, inf.
wahsan; bi-scatwen from *-scatwjan, to
shade.
2.
In Upper German before l + consonant, before hh, ch
(= Germanic k), and often before r + consonant, and
before h (= Germanic h), as Upper German
haltit beside Upper Franconian heltit, he holds,
inf. haltan; UG. altiro beside UF. eltiro,
older; UG. sachit beside UF. sehhit, he
quarrels, inf. sachan, Goth. sakan; UG. warmen
beside wermen, Goth. warmjan, to warm; UG.
slahit beside slehit, he strikes, inf. OHG.
slahan, Goth. slahan.
3.
In words ending in -nissi, -nissa, or -līh, as
firstantnissi, understanding; infancnissa,
assumption; kraftlīh, strong; tagalīh,
daily.
Umlaut must have taken place earlier in the spoken language than it
is expressed in late OHG. and early
12
MHG. manuscripts, because the ī̆ which caused the umlaut was
weakened to e in MHG. (§ 7)
and j had disappeared except between vowels. The vowels and
diphthongs which underwent umlaut in MHG. are a, o,
u, ā, ō, ū, ou, uo. The umlaut
of all these sounds was completed by about the year 1200.
a > e: gast, guest, pl. geste
(OHG. gesti); lamp, lamb, pl. lember (OHG.
lembir); inf. graben, to dig, pres. second and
third pers. sing. grebes(t), grebet (OHG. grebis,
grebit); lanc, long, beside lenge (OHG.
lengī), length; brennen, Goth. brannjan,
to burn; bette (OHG. betti), bed.
a > ä: From the twelfth century onwards the umlaut
of a also occurs—often beside forms without umlaut—in
words containing the consonant combinations which prevented umlaut from
taking place in OHG., as pl. mähte (OHG. mahti),
powers; geslähte (OHG. gislahti), race,
generation; wähset (OHG. wahsit), he grows;
wärmen (OHG. warmen, older *warmjan), to
warm; Upper German älter (OHG. altiro), older;
kälte (OHG. kaltī), coldness; hältet (OHG.
haltit), he holds; äher (OHG. ahir), ear
of corn; slähet (OHG. slahit), he strikes. It
also occurs in derivatives ending in -līch, -līn, as
mänlīch, manly, schämelīch, shameful,
tägelīch, daily, väterlīch, fatherly,
väterlīn, dim. of vater, father. It is likewise met
with in MHG. words which originally had an i in the third
syllable, the vowel of the second syllable having become i by
assimilation, as frävele (OHG. frafali), bold, pl.
mägede (OHG. magadi), maids, pl. zäher(e)
(OHG. zahari), tears. See § 2, Note.
o > ö: Although ö, the umlaut of o, is
common in MHG. and still commoner in NHG., yet all words containing this
umlaut are really new formations due to levelling or analogy, because
primitive Germanic u (§ 15)
did not become o in OHG. when followed by an ī̆ or
j in
13
the next syllable. Examples are: boc, he-goat, beside dim.
böcklīn (OHG. pochilī); dorf, village,
beside pl. dörfer; got, God, beside götinne,
goddess; hof, court, beside hövesch,
courtly; loch (OHG. loh), hole, beside pl.
löcher (OHG. lohhir); tohter, daughter,
beside dim. töhterlīn; pret. subj. möhte (OHG.
mohti), I might; törste (OHG. torsti), I
might dare.
u > ü: dünne (OHG. dunni),
thin; künne (OHG. kunni), race,
generation; pl. süne (OHG. suni), sons;
tür (OHG. turi), door; pret. subj. züge
(OHG. zugi), inf. ziehen, to draw.
Note.—
In Upper German certain consonant combinations often prevented umlaut
from taking place where it might be expected. Of these the principal
are:—
1. Before a liquid + consonant,
as hulde (OHG. huldī), favour; schuldec
(OHG. sculdīg), guilty; gedultec (OHG.
gidultīg), indulgent; burge (OHG. burgi),
dat. of burc, city; sturbe (OHG. sturbi),
pret. subj. of stërben, to die; wurfe (OHG.
wurfi), pret. subj. of wërfen, to throw, cp.
2 above.
2. u fluctuates with
ü when followed by a nasal + consonant, as dunken, to
seem, umbe, about, wunne, joy, beside
dünken, ümbe (OHG. umbi), wünne. This
fluctuation is especially common in the pret. subjunctive, as
bunde, sunge, beside bünde, sünge, inf.
binden, to bind, singen, to sing.
3. u fluctuates with
ü when followed by gg, ck, pf, tz,
ȥȥ, st, ch, and g, as brugge,
brügge, brucke, brücke, bridge;
mugge, mügge, mucke, mücke, midge;
drucken, drücken, to press; hupfen,
hüpfen, to hop; schupfen, schüpfen, to
push; nutzen, nützen, to use; pret. subj.
fluȥȥe, flüȥȥe; schuȥȥe, schüȥȥe, inf.
flieȥen, to flow, schieȥen, to shoot; pl.
bruste, brüste, breasts; kuchen,
küchen, kitchen; pret. subj. fluge, flüge,
inf. fliegen, to fly.
ā > æ: lære (OHG. lāri), empty;
mære (OHG. māri), renowned; sæjen (OHG.
sājan), to sow; pret. subj. næme (OHG.
nāmi), pl. næmen (OHG. nāmīm), inf. nëmen,
to take.
14
ō > œ: hœher (OHG. hōhiro),
higher; hœhest (OHG. hōhisto), highest;
hœren (OHG. hōren, from older *hōrjan), to
hear; schœne (OHG. scōni), beautiful.
ū > iu: pl. briute (OHG. brūti),
brides; hiuser (OHG. hūsir), houses.
Traces of the umlaut of ū, written iu
(= ǖ), occur in late OHG. monuments of the tenth century.
It is common in the writings of Notker († 1022), as hiute
older hūti, skins; chriuter older chrūtir,
herbs. In other writings of the tenth to the twelfth century the
umlaut of ū is seldom found. Umlaut did not take place in Upper
German before a following m, as rūmen from *rūmjan,
to make room; sūmen from *sūmjan, to
tarry.
ou > öu, often written eu, rarely oi,
öi: löufel (OHG. loufil), runner;
löuber (OHG. loubir), leaves.
Umlaut of ou did not take place in the combination ouw
= OHG. ouw, auw, West Germanic aww, primitive
Germanic awj, as frouwe (OHG. frouwa, prim.
Germanic *frawjō-), woman; ouwe (OHG. ouwa,
auwia, prim. Germanic *a(ʒ)wjō-), meadow;
frouwen (OHG. frouwen, prim. Germanic *frawjan),
to rejoice, and similarly douwen, to digest,
drouwen, to threaten, strouwen, to strew.
Forms like fröuwen, döuwen, dröuwen,
ströuwen were analogical formations due to the influence of the
pres. second and third pers. singular and the preterite which regularly
had umlaut; see the Author’s Historical German Grammar,
§ 232.
Umlaut of ou did not take place in Upper German before labials
and g, as erlouben, to allow, gelouben,
to believe, houbet, head, koufen, to
buy, troumen, to dream, toufen, to
baptize, bougen, to bend, ougen, to
show, beside Middle German erlöuben, gelöuben,
höubet, köufen, tröumen, töufen,
böugen, öugen.
uo > üe: grüene (OHG. gruoni),
green; güete (OHG. guotī), goodness;
vüeȥe (OHG. fuoȥi), feet; pret. pl. subj.
15
vüeren (OHG. fuorīm), we might go, inf.
varn, to fare, go; buoch, book, dim.
büechlīn; muoter, mother, dim.
müeterlīn.
The MHG. Equivalents of the OHG. Vowels.
§ 11.
OHG. had the following short vowels, long vowels, and
diphthongs:—
Short Vowels | a, e, ë, | i, | o, | u. |
Long Vowels | ā, ē, | ī, | ō, | ū. |
Diphthongs | ei, | ie (ia, ea), io (eo), iu. | ou (au), | uo. |
The following are the MHG. equivalents of the above simple vowels and
diphthongs in accented syllables:—
1.
The short vowels: Apart from the changes caused by umlaut, viz. a
to ä, o to ö, u to ü (§ 10), and of ë to e before
certain consonants, the OHG. short vowels remained in MHG., as
a = (1) MHG. a, as OHG. fater, father,
tag, day, faran, to go = MHG. vater,
tac, varn.
a
= (2) MHG. ä, in words containing the consonant combinations
which prevented umlaut from taking place in OHG., as OHG. mahti,
powers, kaltī, coldness, ahir, ear of
corn, warmen, to warm = MHG. mähte,
kälte, äher, wärmen, see § 10.
e = MHG. e, as OHG. gesti, guests,
lembir, lambs, brennen, to burn = MHG.
geste, lember, brennen.
ë = (1) MHG. ë, as OHG. wëg, way,
hëlfan, to help, stëlan, to steal = MHG.
wëc, hëlfen, stëln.
ë
= (2) MHG. e, before st, sch, and palatal g,
as OHG. nëst, nest, swëster, sister = MHG.
nest,
16
swester; and similarly, gestern, yesterday,
deste, all the more, weste, I knew,
dreschen, to thrash, leschen, to go out,
degen, warrior; and also in a few words before a following
l, as helm, helmet, vels, rock,
welch, which, &c.
i = MHG. i, as OHG. fisk, fish, nimu,
I take, wiȥȥan, to know = MHG. visch,
nime, wiȥȥen.
o = (1) MHG. o, as OHG. got, God, p.p.
giholfan, helped, tohter, daughter = MHG.
got, geholfen, tohter.
o
= (2) MHG. ö, as OHG. lohhir, holes, mohti,
I might = MHG. löcher, möhte.
u = (1) MHG. u, as OHG. sunu, sun,
son, butum, we offered, buntum, we
bound = MHG. sun, buten, bunden.
u
= (2) MHG. ü, as OHG. dunni, thin, suni,
sons = MHG. dünne, süne.
2.
The long vowels: Apart from the changes caused by umlaut, viz. ā
to æ, ō to œ, and ū to iu (§ 10), the OHG. long vowels remained in MHG.,
as
ā = (1) MHG. ā, as OHG. sāt, seed,
slāfan, to sleep, dāhta, I thought = MHG.
sāt, slāfen, dāhte.
ā
= (2) MHG. æ, as OHG lāri, empty, nāmi, I
might take = MHG. lære, næme.
ē = MHG. ē, as OHG. ēra, honour,
lēren, to teach, sēla, soul = MHG.
ēre, lēren, sēle.
ī = MHG. ī, as OHG. sīn, his, wīb,
woman, snīdan, to cut = MHG. sīn,
wīp, snīden.
ō = (1) MHG. ō, as OHG. ōra, ear,
tōd, death, kōs, I chose = MHG. ōre,
tōt, kōs.
ō
= (2) MHG. œ, as OHG. hōhiro, higher, hōren,
to hear, scōni, beautiful = MHG. hœher,
hœren, schœne.
ū = (1) MHG. ū, as OHG. hūs, house,
rūm, room, dūhta, it seemed = MHG.
hūs, rūm, dūhte.
17
ū
= (2) MHG. iu, as OHG. hūsir, houses, brūti,
brides = MHG. hiuser, briute.
3.
The diphthongs:
ei = MHG. ei, as OHG. bein, bone,
leiten, to lead, sneid, I cut = MHG.
bein, leiten, sneit.
ie (older ia, ea = Germanic ē) = MHG.
ie, as OHG. hier, here, mieta,
reward, hielt, I held, hieȥ, I
called, slief, I slept = MHG. hier,
miete, hielt, hieȥ, slief.
io (eo) = Germanic eu (§ 16), and the io (eo) in the
preterites of the old reduplicated verbs whose presents have ou,
ō, uo (§ 87).
io (eo)
= MHG. ie, as OHG. liob, dear, biotan, to
offer = MHG. liep, bieten; OHG. liof, I
ran, stioȥ, I pushed, riof, I called =
MHG. lief, stieȥ, rief.
iu = MHG. ǖ written iu, as OHG. liuti,
people, kiusit, he chooses = MHG. liute,
kiuset.
ou (older au) = (1) MHG. ou, as OHG. ouga,
eye, boug, I bent, loufan, to run =
MHG. ouge, bouc, loufen.
ou (older au)
= (2) MHG. öu (eu), as OHG. loubir, leaves,
loufil, runner = MHG. löuber, löufel.
uo = (1) MHG. uo, as OHG. bruoder, brother,
muoter, mother, stuont, I stood = MHG.
bruoder, muoter, stuont.
uo
= (2) MHG. üe, as OHG. gruoni, green, fuoȥi,
feet, = MHG. grüene, vüeȥe.
Ablaut (Vowel Gradation).
§ 12.
By ablaut is meant the gradation of vowels both in stem and suffix,
which was chiefly caused by the primitive Indo-Germanic system of
accentuation. See the Author’s Historical German Grammar,
§ 23.
18
The vowels vary within certain series of related vowels, called
ablaut-series. In MHG. there are six such series, which appear most
clearly in the stem-forms of strong verbs. Four stem-forms are to be
distinguished in a MHG. strong verb which has vowel gradation as the
characteristic mark of its different stems:—(1) the present stem,
to which belong all the forms of the present, (2) the stem of the first
or third person of the preterite singular, (3) the stem of the preterite
plural, to which belong the second person of the preterite singular and
the whole of the preterite subjunctive, (4) the stem of the past
participle.
By arranging the vowels according to these four stems we arrive at
the following system:—
i. | ii. | iii. | iv. | |
I. | ī | ei, ē | i | i |
II. | ie | ou, ō | u | o |
III. | i, ë | a | u | u, o |
IV. | ë | a | ā | o |
V. | ë | a | ā | ë |
VI. | a | uo | uo | a |
Note.—1.
On the difference between ei and ē, see § 17; ou and ō, § 18; and
in Series III i and ë, § 14; u and o,
§ 15.
2. Strong verbs belonging to
Series II have iu in the indicative pres. singular; and strong
verbs belonging to Series III-V with ë in the infinitive have
i in the indicative pres. singular (§§ 14, 16).
Examples.
I. | snīden, to cut | snīde | sneit | sniten | gesniten; |
līhen, to lend | līhe | lēch | lihen | gelihen. | |
II. | biegen, to bend | biuge | bouc | bugen | gebogen; |
sieden, to seethe | siude | sōt | suten | gesoten. | |
III. | binden, to bind | binde | bant | bunden | gebunden; |
hëlfen, to help | hilfe | half | hulfen | geholfen. | |
19 IV. | nëmen, to take | nime | nam | nāmen | genomen. |
V. | gëben, to give | gibe | gap | gāben | gegëben. |
VI. | graben, to dig | grabe | gruop | gruoben | gegraben. |
For further examples see the various classes of strong verbs §§
76–86. Class VII of strong verbs embracing the old
reduplicated verbs (§ 87) has been
omitted from the ablaut-series, because the exact relation in which the
vowel of the present stands to that of the preterite has not yet been
satisfactorily explained.
Other Vowel Changes.
§ 13.
Most of the following vowel changes took place in prehistoric times; but
as they play an important part in the verbs and word-formation, &c.,
we shall give them here.
§ 14.
ë (= Indo-Germanic e) became i in the prehistoric
period of all the Germanic languages:—
1.
Before a nasal + consonant, as OE. wind, OHG. MHG.
wint, Lat. ventus, wind; OHG. fimf,
finf, Gr. πέντε,
five. This explains why verbs like MHG. binden, to
bind, rinnen, to run, singen, to sing,
belong to the same ablaut-series as hëlfen, to help,
wërden, to become.
2.
Before other consonants when followed by an ī̆ or j
in the next syllable, and further in OHG. when followed by an u
in the next syllable, as OHG. MHG. ist, Gr. ἐστί, is; OHG. fihu, Lat.
pecu, cattle; ërde (OHG. ërda),
earth, but irdīn, earthen; ligen (OHG.
liggen from *ligjan), to lie down, sitzen
(OHG. sitzen from *sitjan), to sit, but p.p.
gelëgen (OHG. gilëgan), gesëȥȥen (OHG.
gisëȥȥan). This explains why strong verbs belonging to the fourth
(§§ 12, 82) and fifth (§§ 12, 83)
ablaut-series have i throughout the present singular, and
similarly in verbs belonging to the third (§§ 12, 81) series with
ë in the infinitive, as
20
OHG. nëman, to take, | three persons sing. | nimu, nimis(t), nimit. |
MHG. nëmen,„ | „„„ | nime, nimes(t), nimet. |
OHG. gëban, to give, | „„„ | gibu, gibis(t), gibit. |
MHG. gëben,„ | „„„ | gibe, gibes(t), gibet. |
OHG. hëlfan, to help, | „„„ | hilfu, hilfis(t), hilfit. |
MHG. hëlfen,„ | „„„ | hilfe, hilfes(t), hilfet. |
§ 15.
u, followed originally by an ā̆, ō̆, or ē in
the next syllable, became o when not protected by a nasal +
consonant or an intervening ī̆ or j; hence the interchange
between u and o in the preterite plural and past
participle of verbs belonging to the second ablaut-series (§§ 12, 78), as
bugen (OHG. bugum), we bent, p.p. gebogen
(OHG. gibogan); in the p.p. of verbs belonging to the third
ablaut-series (§§ 12, 81), as gebunden (OHG. gibuntan), but
geholfen (OHG. giholfan); in weak verbs as fürhten
(OHG. furhten from *furhtjan), to fear, beside
pret. vorhte (OHG. forhta); hügen (OHG.
huggen from *hugjan) beside hogen (OHG.
hogēn), to think; in preterite presents like durfen
(OHG. durfum), we dare, beside pret. dorfte (OHG.
dorfta); in many nouns and adjectives, as wolle (OHG.
wolla), wool, beside wüllīn, wullīn,
woollen; wolf (stem *wulfo-), wolf, beside
wülpinne, she-wolf; vol, full, beside
vülle (OHG. fullī), fulness; golt,
gold, beside guldīn, golden.
§ 16.
From primitive Germanic eu were developed two different
diphthongs in OHG., viz. eu became eo (cp. § 15), later io, when originally
followed by an ā̆, ō̆, or ē in the next syllable,
and this io was regularly developed to ie
21
in MHG.; whereas eu became iu in OHG. when originally
followed by an ī̆, j or u in the next syllable, and
this iu became ǖ (written iu) in MHG., even after
the ī̆, j or u had been weakened to e. This
law explains the difference between the diphthong ie in the
infinitive and the simple vowel iu (= ǖ) in the
three persons singular of the present indicative of verbs belonging to
the second ablaut-series (§§ 12,
78), as
OHG. biogan, to bend, | pres. sing. | biugu, biugis(t), biugit; |
MHG. biegen,„ | „„ | biuge, biuges(t), biuget. |
Cp. further tief (OHG. tiof), deep, beside OHG.
tiufī, depth; lieht (OHG. lioht), a
light, beside liuhten (OHG. liuhten from
*liuhtjan), to light.
Note.—
The iu in the above and similar examples must not be confounded
with the iu in the OHG. and MHG. combination iuw which
arose from prim. Germanic eww (= euw), and
ewj, as triuwe (OHG. triuwi, Goth. triggws),
true; triuwen, trūwen, to trust, pret.
triuete, triute, trūte; riuwe (OHG.
riuwa), regret, bliuwen (OHG. bliuwan, Goth.
bliggwan), to strike, and similarly, briuwen, to
brew, kiuwen, to chew, riuwen, to
regret; niuwe (OHG. niuwi, Goth. niujis, prim.
Germanic stem-form *newja-), new. This iu before
w never interchanged with MHG. ie from prim. Germanic
eu, and explains why the strong verbs bliuwen, &c.
have iu in all forms of the present.
§ 17.
Accented primitive Germanic ai (= Goth. ái) became
ē in OHG. before r, w, Germanic h (cp.
§ 23, 1), and finally; in MHG.
it appears also as ē before the same consonants and finally, as
mēre, mēr (OHG. mēro, Goth. máiza),
more, lēren (OHG. lēren, Goth. láisjan),
to teach; sēle (OHG. sēla, older sēula,
Goth. sáiwala), soul; snē (OHG. snēo, Goth.
snáiws), snow, gen. OHG. and MHG. snēwes;
spīwen, to spit, pret. spē (OHG. spēo, Goth.
spáiw); dīhen, to thrive, pret. dēch (OHG.
dēh, Goth. dáih); wē (OHG. wē, Goth.
wái), woe!; in all other cases ai became ei
in both OHG. and MHG., as stein
22
(Goth. stáins), stone, heiȥen (OHG. heiȥan,
Goth. háitan), to call; snīden, to cut,
pret. sneit (OHG. sneid, Goth. snáiþ). This
accounts for the difference between the ei and ē in the
preterite singular of strong verbs belonging to the first ablaut-series
(§§ 12, 76).
§ 18.
Primitive Germanic au became ō in OHG. before the
consonants d, t, ȥ, s, n, r,
l, and Germanic h (cp. 23, 1). Before other consonants and finally
au became ou in the ninth century. Hence the difference
between ō and ou in the preterite singular of strong verbs
belonging to the second ablaut-series (§§ 12, 78), as:—
Infinitive | bieten, to offer, | pret. sing. | bōt |
„ | sieden, to seethe, | „„ | sōt |
„ | kiesen, to choose, | „„ | kōs |
„ | dieȥen, to roar, | „„ | dōȥ |
„ | vliehen, to flee, | „„ | vlōch (OHG. flōh); |
but„ | biegen, to bend, | „„ | bouc |
„ | klieben, to cleave | „„ | kloup. |
CHAPTER II
THE CONSONANTS
1. Pronunciation of the Consonants.
§ 19.
The MHG. consonant-system was represented by the following letters:
b, c, ch, d, f, g, h,
j, k, l, m, n, p, q,
r, s, sch, t, v, w,
(x), z, ȥ.
The letters k, l, m, n, p,
t, w, (x) had nearly the same sound-values as in
English. The remaining letters require special attention.
When the pronunciation of consonants merely differs in the intensity
or force with which they are produced,
23
they are called fortes or lenes according as they are produced with more
or less intensity or force. In MHG. the consonants b, d,
g were not voiced explosives like English b, d,
g, but were voiceless lenes, and only differed from the fortes
p, t, k in being produced with less intensity or
force, see § 33. A similar
difference in pronunciation existed between antevocalic and intervocalic
v, s and final f, s, see § 33.
c and k represented the same sound. The latter was
generally used at the beginning, and the former at the end of a
syllable, as kunst, art; trinken, to drink,
senken, to sink (trans.), pret. tranc,
sancte.
ch had the same sound as in NHG. nacht, noch, as
sprechen, to speak, pret. sprach; hōch,
high.
f had a twofold pronunciation in the oldest HG. It was a
labiodental when it arose from Germanic f (cp. OHG. fater,
English father), and bilabial when it arose from Germanic
p (cp. inf. OHG. slāfan, English sleep), but during
the OHG. period the bilabial f became labiodental. The two kinds
of f did not however completely fall together in pronunciation.
f = Germanic f became a lenis initially before and
medially between vowels, and was often written v in the former
and generally v in the latter position, but remained a
fortis—written f—when final. In MHG. it was also
often written f initially before l, r, u, as
fliehen, to flee, fride, peace, fünf,
five, beside vliehen, vride, vünf. On the
other hand f = Germanic p (§ 23, 1), which only occurred
medially and finally, was a fortis and was always written f
(ff), as slāfen, to sleep, pret. slief;
tief, deep, schif (gen. schiffes),
ship, offen, open. The two f sounds thus
fell together when final, but the distinction between the two sounds was
still preserved in MHG. in the intervocalic position, as hof,
court, schif, ship, but gen. hoves,
schiffes.
h before and after consonants was pronounced like ch,
24
as fuhs, fox, naht, night, bevëlhen,
to confide. In other cases it had the same sound as the h
in English hat.
j had nearly the same sound as the y in English
yet, as jār, year, junc, young;
blüejen, to blossom.
q occurred only in combination with u as in English, as
quëc, quick, alive, quëden, to say.
r was a trilled sound in all positions like Scotch r,
as rōt, red, hart, hard, bërn, to
bear, vater, father.
s was a lenis medially between vowels and probably also
initially before vowels, but a fortis in other positions, as sun,
son, wësen, to be, pret. was,
bresten, to burst. It may be pronounced like the s
in English sit.
sch was like the sh in English ship, as
schif, ship, geschëhen, to happen,
visch, fish.
v was a voiceless lenis, and may be pronounced like the
v in NHG. voll. See f.
w was pronounced like the w in English wet, as
wīn, wine, bliuwen, to strike.
z and ȥ were not distinguished in MHG. manuscripts,
both being written z. Both z and ȥ (but ȥȥ
medially between vowels when the first vowel was short) arose from
Germanic t (see § 23).
z had the sound-value of ts (= NHG. z):
(a) always initially, as zīt, time; (b)
medially and finally after consonants (l, m, n,
r), as holz (gen. holzes), wood,
hërze, heart, smërze, pain, ganz,
whole; (c) finally after vowels (= Germanic
tt) in those words which change final z to tz when
it becomes medial, as schaz (gen. schatzes), OE.
sceatt, money, treasure. MHG. intervocalic tz
always arose from older tt, as setzen = OE. settan,
to set. ȥ was a kind of lisped s and only occurred
medially between and finally after vowels, as bīȥen, to
bite, ëȥȥen, to eat, haȥ, hatred. It
should be noted that good MHG. poets never rhymed pairs of words like
was, was, and waȥ, what; missen,
to miss, and wiȥȥen, to know.
25
ph and pf represent the same sound, viz. the pf
in NHG. pfund, pound.
§ 20.
MHG. has the following double consonants medially between vowels:
bb, gg; pp, tt, ck; ff,
ss, ȥȥ; mm, nn; ll, rr. They were always
pronounced long as in Italian and Swedish, as bit-ter,
bitter, ëȥ-ȥen, to eat, küs-sen, to
kiss, müg-ge, midge, rin-nen, to run. In
NHG. double consonants are never long, they merely indicate that the
preceding vowel is short.
§ 21.
Phonetic Survey of the MHG. Consonants.
Labial. | Dental. | Guttural. | |
---|---|---|---|
Voiceless explosives | fortis p, pp lenis b, bb | t, tt d | k, ck g, gg |
Spirants |
fortis f, ff lenis v | s, ss, sch, ȥ, ȥȥ s | h, (ch) |
Nasals | m, mm | n, nn | n (= ŋ) |
Liquids | l, ll; r, rr | ||
Semi-vowels | w, j (palatal) |
To the above must be added the aspirate h and the affricatae
(i.e. an explosive + a homorganic spirant) z (i.e. ts) and
pf (ph).
2. Consonant Changes.
§ 22.
The most characteristic difference between High German and the other
West Germanic languages is the shifting which the consonants p,
t, k, þ; pp, tt, kk, þþ;
b (ƀ), d, g (ʒ); bb, dd,
gg underwent partly in the prehistoric and partly in the historic
period of Old High German. In the following treatment of what is
generally called the High German sound-shifting only such points are
considered as are of importance for the purposes of this book. See Old
High German Primer, §§ 82-6.
26
§ 23.
The voiceless explosives p, t, k underwent a
two-fold treatment according to their position in the word:
(1) Medially or finally after vowels; (2) Initially, medially
and finally after consonants (l, m, n, r),
and when doubled.
Note.—
p, t, k remained unshifted in the
combinations sp, st, sk as also t in the
combinations tr, ht, ft.
1.
Single p, t, k were shifted to the voiceless double
spirants ff, ȥȥ, hh (also written ch) = MHG.
ff (f), ȥȥ (ȥ), ch.
p > ff. OE. open, OHG. offan, MHG.
offen, open; OE. slǣpan, OHG. slāffan, MHG.
slāfen, to sleep; OE. ūp, OHG. MHG.
ūf, up.
t > ȥȥ. OE. etan, OHG. ëȥȥan, MHG.
ëȥȥen, to eat; OE. hātan, OHG. heiȥȥan, MHG.
heiȥen, to call; OE. hwæt, OHG. hwaȥ, MHG.
waȥ, what. In a few cases the ȥ, ȥȥ became
s in MHG. before t or st, as pret. saste
from saȥte: setzen, to set; beste,
best, leste, last = OHG. beȥȥisto,
leȥȥisto.
k > hh. OE. ic, OHG. ih, MHG. ich,
I; OE. sprecan (specan), OHG. sprëhhan, MHG.
sprëchen, to speak; OE. tācen, OHG. zeihhan,
MHG. zeichen, token. This ch must not be confused
with the MHG. h, ch which corresponded to Indo-Germanic
k (= Germanic h), as ziehen, to draw,
lead, pret. zōch, cp. Lat. dūcō, I lead, see
§ 34.
The double consonants were simplified in OHG. and MHG. according to
§ 32.
2.
p, t initially, medially and finally after consonants
(l, m, n, r), and when doubled, were shifted
to the affricatae pf (also written ph), tz
(generally written zz and z) = MHG. pf (ph),
tz (z).
p > pf. OE. pund, OHG. MHG. pfunt,
pound; OE. gelimpan, OHG. gilimpfan, MHG.
gelimpfen, to be meet;
27
OE. scieppan, OHG. skepfen, MHG. schepfen, to
create. The pf became f after l and r
already in OHG., as hëlfan, MHG. hëlfen, OE.
helpan, to help; wërfan, MHG. wërfen, OE.
weorpan, to throw.
t > z. OE. tunge, OHG. zunga, MHG.
zunge, tongue; OE. heorte, OHG. hërza, MHG.
hërze, heart; OE. sealt, OHG. MHG. salz,
salt; OE. sittan, OHG. sizzen, sitzen, MHG.
sitzen, to sit; OE. sceatt, OHG. scaz (gen.
scazzes, scatzes), MHG. schaz (gen.
schatzes), money, treasure.
k, kk (written ck) remained unshifted (except in
High Alemanic), as OE. corn, OHG. MHG. korn, corn;
OE. cnēo, OHG. kneo, MHG. knie, knee; OE.
sincan, OHG. sinkan, MHG. sinken, to sink,
pret. sanc; OE. þeccan, OHG. MHG. decken, to
cover.
§ 24.
þ became d, and þþ became tt, as OE.
þorn, OHG. MHG. dorn, thorn; OE. brōþor,
OHG. MHG. bruoder, brother. OE. smiþþe, OHG.
smitta, MHG. smitte, smithy; OE. moþþe, late
MHG. motte, moth.
§ 25.
The voiced explosives b, d, g, and the voiced
spirants ƀ, ʒ did not undergo the same universal shifting
as the voiceless explosives. ƀ, ʒ became b,
g. b, g remained, and d became t, as
OE. brōþor, OHG. MHG. bruoder, brother; OE.
bēodan, OHG. biotan, MHG. bieten, to offer;
Goth. giban (= giƀan), OHG. gëban, MHG.
gëben, to give. OE. dohtor, OHG. MHG.
tohter, daughter; OE. bēodan, OHG. biotan,
MHG. bieten, to offer; OE. dēad, OHG. MHG.
tōt, dead. OE. gōd, OHG. MHG. guot,
good; OE. flēogan, OHG. fliogan, MHG.
fliegen, to fly.
§ 26.
The double consonants bb, dd, gg = OHG. pp
(bb), tt, cc (gg), and MHG. pp
(bb), tt, ck (gg), as OE. sibb, OHG.
sippa (sibba), MHG. sippe (sibbe),
relationship; OE. cribb, OHG. krippa
(kribba), MHG. krippe (kribbe), crib. OE.
biddan, OHG. bitten, MHG. bitten,
28
later biten, to request; OE. þridda, OHG.
dritto, MHG. dritte, later drite, third. OE.
brycg, OHG. brucca (brugga), MHG. brücke
(brügge), bridge. The fluctuation in the writing of
pp and bb, ck and gg is merely
orthographical, and does not represent a difference in pronunciation.
Both pairs were used to express the lenes medially between vowels. For
other examples see § 31.
§ 27.
The summary of the consonantal changes in §§ 23-6 may be
expressed as follows:—
West Germanic. | MHG. | ||
---|---|---|---|
p; t; k; þ | = ff (f), pf; | ȥȥ (ȥ), z; | ch; d. |
pp; tt; kk; þþ | = pf; | tz (z); | ck; tt. |
b (ƀ); d; g (ʒ) | = b; | t; | g. |
bb; dd; gg | = pp (bb); | tt; | ck (gg). |
§ 28.
The following sound-changes took place in primitive
Germanic:—Every labial + t became ft; every guttural
+ t became ht; every dental + t became ss,
which was simplified to s after long vowels. This explains the
frequent interchange in MHG. between pf, b and f;
between k, g and h; and between ȥȥ, ȥ
and ss, s in forms which are etymologically related.
pf, b—f. schepfen, to create:
geschaft, creature; gëben, to give:
gift, gift; wëben, to weave: English
weft.
k, g—h. würken, to work: pret.
worhte; denken, to think: pret. dāhte;
mugen (mügen), to be able: pret. mohte;
bringen, to bring: pret. brāhte.
ȥȥ, ȥ—ss, s. gieȥen, to pour:
güsse, inundation; wiȥȥen, to know: pret.
wisse (wiste): wīs, wise; muoȥ, must: pret.
muose (muoste); ëȥȥen, to eat: ās,
carrion. Preterites like wiste, muoste were formed
after the analogy of preterites like worhte, dāhte, where
the t was regular.
§ 29.
The guttural nasal ŋ (written n) only occurred in
29
the combinations nk (nc) and ng. It disappeared
before h (= prim. Germanic χ) in primitive Germanic
with lengthening of a preceding short vowel, as vāhen from prim.
Germanic *faŋχanan, to seize, catch, beside p.p.
gevangen; and similarly hāhen, to hang, p.p.
gehangen; pret. brāhte, dāhte, dūhte, beside
bringen, to bring, denken, to think,
dunken, to seem.
The guttural nasal disappeared in an unstressed syllable when
preceded by an n in a stressed syllable in the course of the OHG.
and MHG. period, as OHG. honag, MHG. honec, beside OHG.
honang, honey; OHG. kunig, MHG. künec,
beside OHG. kuning, king; OHG. pfennig, MHG.
pfennic, beside OHG. pfenning, MHG. pfenninc,
penny. And similarly with dental n, as senede beside
senende, longing, yearning.
§ 30.
Strong verbs, which have a medial v (f), d, h, s in the present,
have respectively b, t, g (ng), r in the second
person sing. pret. indicative, the preterite plural indicative, the
pret. subjunctive and the past participle. This interchange of
consonants is called Verner’s Law, see OHG. Primer, §§ 72,
87:—
Inf. | Pret. Pl. | P.P. | |
---|---|---|---|
v(f)—b. | heven, to raise | huoben | gehaben. |
d—t. | mīden, to avoid | miten | gemiten. |
snīden, to cut | sniten | gesniten. | |
h—g. | dīhen, to thrive | digen | gedigen. |
ziehen, to draw | zugen | gezogen. | |
slahen, to strike | sluogen | geslagen. | |
h—ng (§ 29). | hāhen, to hang | hiengen | gehangen. |
vāhen, to catch | viengen | gevangen. | |
s—r. | rīsen, to fall | rirn | gerirn. |
kiesen, to choose | kurn | gekorn. |
This law has, however, many exceptions in MHG. owing to levelling
having taken place with the infinitive,
30
present indicative and preterite singular, as risen,
gerisen beside rirn, gerirn.
The same interchange of consonants exists between strong verbs and
their corresponding causative weak verbs, as līden, to go:
leiten, to lead; hāhen, to hang:
hengen, to hang (trans.); ge-nësen, to be
saved: nern, to save; and in nouns, &c., as
hof (gen. hoves), court: hübesch,
courtly; tōt (gen. tōdes), death: tōt
(gen. tōtes), dead; swëher, father-in-law:
swiger, mother-in-law; hase: English
hare.
§ 31.
The doubling of consonants took place under certain well-defined rules
partly in prim. Germanic and partly in prim. West Germanic, see the
Author’s Hist. Germ. Grammar, §§ 202, 213-14. Examples of
words which had double consonants in prim. Germanic are: kopf,
head; napf (OE. hnæp, gen. hnæppes), basin;
boc (OE. bucca), buck, gen. bockes;
rinnen, to run; swimmen, to swim; vol
(gen. volles), full; vërre, far;
gewisser, certain.
The chief cases in which double consonants arose in prim. West
Germanic were:—
1.
The assimilation of ƀn, ʒn, pn to bb,
gg, pp = MHG. pp, ck (gg), pf, as
knappe: knabe, boy; rappe: rabe,
raven; rocke: rogge, rye; tropfe,
drop: triefen, to drip.
2.
p, t, k were doubled before a following r or
l. The doubling regularly took place in the inflected forms, and
was then extended to the uninflected forms by levelling, as apfel
(OE. æppel), apple; kupfer (Lat. cuprum),
copper; bitter (Goth. báitrs), bitter, see
§ 23 note; lützel (OS.
luttil), little; acker (Goth. akrs),
field; wacker (OE. wæccer), watchful. See
§ 23, 2.
3.
All single consonants, except r, were doubled after a short vowel
when there was originally a j in the next syllable. The
bb, dd, gg; pp, tt, kk, which
thus arose, became pp (bb), tt, ck
(gg); pf, tz, ck in MHG. (§§ 23, 2,
31
26), as sippe (sibbe), Goth. sibja,
relationship; bitten, later biten, Goth.
bidjan, to request; tretten (wv.):
trëten (sv.), to tread; brücke (brügge),
bridge; ecke (egge), edge; mücke
(mügge), midge; rücke (rügge), ridge,
back. schepfen, Goth. skapjan, to create;
hitze, heat: heiȥ, hot; netzen, to
wet: naȥ, wet; setzen, Goth. satjan,
to set; sitzen, to sit: pret. saȥ, p.p.
gesëȥȥen; decken, to cover: dach,
cover; lücke, gap: loch, hole.
zellen, later zeln, to count: zal,
number. vremmen, later vremen (OE. fremman),
to perform. henne, hen: hane,
cock.
In MHG. the double consonants in verbs were often simplified through
the levelling out of forms which regularly had a single consonant, e.g.
regular forms were: vremmen, to perform, sing.
vremme, vremes(t), vremet, pl. vremmen,
vremmet, vremment, pret. vremete, p.p.
gevremet, then the stem-form with single m was levelled
out into all the forms, and similarly with many other verbs, as
denen, to stretch; seln, to hand over;
weln, to choose; wenen, to accustom;
legen beside lecken (leggen), to lay; and
the strong verbs biten, to beg; ligen beside
licken (liggen), to lie down.
§ 32.
Double consonants were simplified:—
1.
When they became final, as boc, buck, kus,
kiss, man, man, schif, ship,
stum, dumb, vël, hide, beside gen.
bockes, kusses, mannes, schiffes,
stummes, vëlles; pret. maȥ, ran,
traf, beside mëȥȥen, to measure, rinnen,
to run, trëffen, to hit.
2.
Before other consonants, as pret. dacte (dahte), nante (nande),
kuste, beside decken, to cover, nennen, to
name, küssen, to kiss.
3.
After consonants, as pret. sante (sande) from
*santte, wante (wande) from *wantte, beside
senden, to send, wenden, to turn.
4.
After long vowels and diphthongs, as pret. sing. leite from
*leitte, pret. pl. māȥen, trāfen, vielen,
beside leiten,
32
to lead, mëȥȥen, to measure, trëffen, to
hit, vallen, to fall. This simplification of double
consonants took place during the OHG. period, as slāfan, to
sleep, heiȥan, to call, loufan, to run,
zeichan, token, beside older OHG. slāffan,
heiȥȥan, louffan, zeihhan.
§ 33.
In MHG. the lenes b, d, g became the fortes
p, t, c (k) when they ended a syllable, that is
when they came to stand finally, or medially before a voiceless
consonant. Traces of this law existed already in OHG. The interchange
between the lenes and fortes includes two independent processes, viz.
the change of the medial lenes b, d, g to the final
fortes p, t, k, and the change of the final
f, s to the medial intervocalic lenes v and to what
is written s (cp. also NHG. lesen, las). It must be
noted that in MHG. the interchanging pairs of consonants were all
voiceless and that the difference merely consisted in the intensity or
force with which the sounds were produced. This is quite different from
NHG. where the interchange is between voiced and voiceless sounds except
in the case of f which is voiceless in all positions in native
words. Examples are: gëben, to give, gelouben,
to believe, wërben, to turn, beside pret.
gap, geloupte, warp; gen. lībes,
lambes, beside nom. līp, life, lamp,
lamb. binden, to bind, wërden, to
become, beside pret. bant, wart; gen. kindes,
tōdes, beside nom. kint, child, tōt,
death. biegen, to bend, singen, to
sing, zeigen, to show, beside pret. bouc,
sanc, zeicte; gen. tages, bërges, beside
nom. tac, day, bërc, mountain. nëve,
nephew, beside niftel, niece; gen. hoves,
brieves, beside nom. hof, court, brief,
letter. kiesen, to choose, lësen, to
gather, lœsen, to loose, beside pret. kōs,
las, lōste; pl. hiuser, beside sing. hūs,
house.
§ 34.
Final ch after vowels interchanged with medial h, as
schuoch, shoe, gen. schuohes; hōch,
high, gen. hōhes; nāch, near, adv.
nāhe; pret. geschach, sach, beside
geschëhen, to happen, sëhen, to see.
33
The medial combinations lh, rh were written lch,
rch when they came to stand finally, as bevëlhen, to
confide, pret. bevalch; gen. schëlhes, twërhes,
beside nom. schëlch, twërch, askew, see § 19. h (= ch) and
ch often disappeared in unstressed syllables and particles, as
ē̆t, only, hīnte, hīnt, to-night,
niet, not, dur, through, beside ëht,
hīnaht, niht, nieht, durch.
§ 35.
Initial j became or was written g before a following
i, as gihet, he assures, beside inf. jëhen,
pret. jach, and similarly jësen, to ferment,
jëten, to weed. In the verba pura forms with and without
the intervocalic glide j existed side by side in OHG. and MHG.,
as blüejen (OHG. bluojen) beside blüen (OHG.
bluoen), to bloom; and similarly dræjen, to
twist, müejen, to trouble, sæjen, to
sow, beside dræn, müen, sæn. In a few words
forms with and without intervocalic j (g) existed side by side,
as gen. blīges beside nom. blī, lead; eijer,
eiger beside eier, eggs; frījen,
frīgen beside frīen, to free; meige,
meie, May; nerigen, nerjen beside
nern, to save, rescue; swerigen,
swerjen beside swern, to swear; gen. zwīges,
zwīes, nom. zwī, twig; gen. zweiger,
zweier, of two.
§ 36.
In OHG. w became vocalized to o when it came to stand at
the end of a word or syllable, and then generally disappeared after long
vowels, but the medial w regularly remained in OHG. and MHG. when
it was at the beginning of a syllable, as blā (OHG. blāo,
blā), blue, gen. blāwes; snē (OHG.
snēo, snē), snow, gen. snēwes; strō
(OHG. strao, strō by contraction), straw, gen.
strōwes; knie (OHG. kneo), knee, gen.
kniewes, OHG. knëwes; schate (OHG. scato),
shadow, gen. schat(e)wes; pret. blou, hiu,
kou, beside bliuwen, to strike, houwen,
to hew, kiuwen, to chew; fal (OHG.
falo), fallow, gen. falwes; gar (OHG.
garo), ready, gen. garwes; mël (OHG.
mëlo), meal, gen. mëlwes; smër (OHG.
smëro),
34
fat; pret. smirte, ströute, beside smirwen,
to smear, ströuwen, to strew. See § 9, r.
The w element sometimes disappeared in the initial
combinations qua-, quā-, quë-, qui-,
quī- partly with and partly without influencing the quality of
the following vowel, as pret. sing. kam, kom beside
quam, he came, pret. pl. kōmen, kāmen beside
quāmen; kāle beside quāle, torture;
këc beside quec, alive; korder,
körder beside quërder, bait; komen,
kömen, kumen beside quëmen, to come; pres.
sing. kume, küm(e)s(t), kum(e)s(t), küm(e)t,
kum(e)t = OHG. quimu, quimis, quimit;
kücken beside quicken, to enliven; kīt
beside quīt = quidet, he says.
§ 37.
Medial -ibe-, -ide-, -ige- were sometimes
contracted to ī; and medial -age-, -ege- to
ei, as gīst, thou givest, gīt, he
gives, beside gibes(t), gibet; quīst, thou
sayest, quīt, he says, beside quides(t),
quidet; līst, thou liest down, līt, he
lies down, beside liges(t), liget. meit beside
maget, maid; seist, thou sayest,
seit, he says, beside sages(t), saget;
leist, thou layest, leit, he lays, beside
leges(t), leget; eislīch beside egeslīch,
terrible; gein beside gegen, against.
§ 38.
Intervocalic h often disappeared when the first vowel was long,
and then the two vowels underwent contraction, as hān, to
hang, vān, to catch, vlēn, to implore,
hō (adv.), high, beside hāhen, vāhen,
vlēhen, hōhe. Other contracted forms will be found in the
Glossary.
§ 39.
The final r disappeared after long vowels in monosyllables when
the next word began with a consonant, but was often restored
analogically, as dā (OHG. dār), there:
dārinne, therein; wā (OHG. wār),
where: wārinne, wherein; hie (OHG.
hiar): hierunder, hereunder; adv. mē (OHG.
mēr), more; ē (OHG. ēr), formerly;
sā (OHG. sār), at once.
35
§ 40.
Medial t (§ 25) became
d after nasals in late OHG. and early MHG., as senden,
to send, gen. blindes (nom. blint, blind),
pret. nande, he named, rūmde, he left,
beside early MHG. senten, blintes, nante,
rūmte. It also occasionally became d after l, as
halden beside halten, to hold, solde beside
solte, pret. of suln, shall.
36
ACCIDENCE
CHAPTER III
DECLENSION OF NOUNS
§ 41.
MHG. nouns have two numbers: singular and plural; three genders:
masculine, feminine, and neuter, as in OHG. and NHG., from which the
gender of nouns in MHG. does not materially differ; four cases:
nominative, accusative, genitive, and dative. Traces of an old locative
occur in what is called the uninflected dative singular of hūs,
house, beside hūse, and in proper names like
Engellant beside Engellande. The vocative is like the
nominative.
In MHG., as in the older periods of the other Germanic languages,
nouns are divided into two great classes, according as the stem
originally ended in a vowel or a consonant, cp. the similar division of
nouns in Latin and Greek. Nouns whose stems originally ended in a vowel
belong to the vocalic or so-called strong declension. Those whose stems
originally ended in -n belong to the so-called weak or
n-declension. All other consonantal stems are generally put
together under the general heading, ‘Minor Declensions’. In OHG. nouns
whose stems originally ended in a vowel are subdivided into the
a-declension including pure a-stems, ja-stems, and
wa-stems; the ō-declension including pure ō-stems,
jō-stems, and wō-stems; the ī̆-declension, and the
u-declension. All the nouns belonging to the u-declension
went over into other
37
declensions in MHG. (cp. §§ 43, 44, 49). But as all
final vowels either disappeared (some of them already in OHG.) or were
weakened to e in MHG. (see §§ 7,
8), it is no longer practicable to retain the
OHG. subdivision fully without entering into the oldest and in many
cases into the prehistoric period of the language, which would be quite
out of place in a MHG. grammar. The old ‘Minor Declensions’ had begun to
pass over into the vocalic, especially into the i- and a-,
declensions in the oldest OHG. The remnants of the old inflexions
preserved in MHG. will be noted in the following paragraphs. The neuter
nouns whose stems originally ended in -os, -es (cp.
§ 47) are in this Primer included in
the strong declension.
A. The Vocalic or Strong Declension.
1. Masculine Nouns.
§ 42.
First declension.—To this declension belong all masculine
nouns which form their plural in -e only. It includes: (a) the
old masculine a-stems; (b) the old masculine wa-stems
which lost their final -w after long vowels in OHG., as
sē, sea, gen. sēwes, pl. sēwe, and similarly
bū, dwelling, rē (also neuter), corpse,
snē, snow, see § 36;
and (c) the old masculine i-stems which could not have umlaut in
the plural (§ 44).
Sing. | |||
---|---|---|---|
Nom. Acc. | tac, day | kil, quill | engel, angel |
Gen. | tages | kil(e)s | engel(e)s |
Dat. | tage | kil(e) | engel(e) |
Plur. | |||
Nom. Acc. Gen. | tage | kil(e) | engel(e) |
Dat. | tagen | kil(e)n | engel(e)n |
38
On the interchange between fortis and lenis, as in tac,
day, lop, praise, sant, sand,
hof, court, gen. tages, lobes,
sandes, hoves, see § 33.
Like tac are also declined the old consonantal stems
vīent, enemy, and vriunt, friend, but pl.
vriunde beside the old plural vriunt.
Like kil are declined all monosyllabic masculine nouns having
a short stem-vowel and ending in -l or -r (§ 9, 1).
Like engel are declined masculine polysyllabic nouns ending in
-el, -em, -en, -er, when their stem-syllable
is long, as mantel, mantle, ātem, breath,
morgen, morning, acker, field. Those in
-em, -en generally retain the e in the dative
plural. Polysyllabic nouns with short stem-syllables fluctuate between
the retention or loss of the e, as gen. sing. vogeles or
vogels, dat. sing, and nom. acc. pl. vogele or
vogel, and similarly vadem, thread, rëgen,
rain, sumer, summer, see § 9, 2.
§ 43.
Second declension.—To this declension belong all masculine
nouns whose nom. and acc. singular end in -e, which is the only
difference between this and the first declension. It includes: (a) the
old masculine ja-stems; (b) many old u-stems with short
stem-syllable, as fride (OHG. fridu), peace,
site (OHG. situ), custom, and similarly
huge, thought, mëte, mead, sige
beside sic, victory, wite, wood (see § 36); (c) the old short i-stem
wine, friend; and (d) the old masculine wa-stem
schate (gen. schat(e)wes beside schates),
shadow.
Sing. | Plur. | |
---|---|---|
Nom. Acc. | hirte, shepherd | hirte |
Gen. | hirtes | hirte |
Dat. | hirte | hirten |
§ 44.
Third declension.—To this declension belong all masculine
nouns which form their plural in -e and with
39
umlaut of the stem-vowel. It includes: (a) the old masculine
i-stems; (b) the old masculine u-stem sun (OHG.
sunu, sun), son; and (c) the two old consonant
stems fuoȥ, foot, zant (gen. zandes),
zan, tooth.
Sing. | Plur. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | MHG. | OHG. | |
Nom. Acc. | gast | gast, guest | geste | gesti |
Gen. | gastes | gastes | geste | gesteo, -io |
Dat. | gaste | gaste | gesten | gestim |
The singular of nouns of this declension was inflected like the
a-stems (§ 42) already in
OHG. And owing to the weakening of the case-endings of the plural in
passing from OHG. to MHG. (§ 7), the
only difference in the two declensions is the presence or absence of
umlaut in the plural. The old masculine i-stems which could not
have umlaut in the plural accordingly came to be inflected entirely like
the old masculine a-stems, as schrit, step,
snit, cut, biȥ, bite, pl. schrite,
snite, biȥȥe. A further consequence of the singular
being inflected alike in both declensions is that the old a-stems
began to have umlaut in the plural after the analogy of the
i-stems, as gedenke, thoughts, nägele,
nails, wägene, wagons, beside gedanke,
nagele, wagene.
Nouns ending in the fortis p, t, c, or f
(= Germanic f) regularly change the fortis to lenis in the
inflected forms, as korp, basket, walt,
wood, slac, blow, brief, letter, gen.
korbes, waldes, stages, brieves.
§ 45.
The old consonant stems vater, father, bruoder,
brother, often remain uninflected in the singular, as gen.
vater, bruoder beside vaters, bruoders (cp.
§ 9, 2). In the plural they
take umlaut, as veter, brüeder. The old consonant stem
man, man, is either declined like tac (§ 42) or remains uninflected throughout,
as
40
Sing. | Plur. | |
---|---|---|
Nom. Acc. | man | manne, man |
Gen. | mannes, man | manne, man |
Dat. | manne, man | mannen, man |
The nom. plural man, now written mann, is still
preserved in counting, as hundert mann, a hundred men.
2. Neuter Nouns.
§ 46.
First Declension.—To this declension belong all neuter
nouns which have their nominative case singular and plural alike. It
includes three different types of nouns: (a) The old neuter
a-stems like wort, word, venster,
window. (b) The old neuter ja-stems like
künne, race, generation, bette, bed,
netze, net. The characteristic of this type of noun is
that it has umlaut in all forms of the singular and plural when the
stem-vowel is capable of it (cp. § 31, 3). And (c) the old neuter
wa-stems (cp. § 36) like
knie, knee, gen. kniewes.
Sing. | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Nom. Acc. | wort | venster | künne | knie |
Gen. | wortes | vensters | künnes | kniewes (knies) |
Dat. | worte | venster | künne | kniewe (knie) |
Plur. | ||||
Nom. Acc. | wort | venster | künne | knie |
Gen. | worte | venster | künne | kniewe (knie) |
Dat. | worten | venstern | künnen | kniewen (knien) |
41
(a) On the interchange between the fortes p, t,
c and the lenes b, d, g, as in grap,
grave, gëlt, money, dinc, thing, gen.
grabes, gëldes, dinges, see § 33.
Like venster are declined the neuter polysyllabic nouns ending
in -el, -em, -en, -er, as luoder,
bait, wāfen, wāpen, weapon; schapel,
garland, gadem, house, wëter,
weather. On the endings, see §§ 9, 42.
(b) Like künne is also declined the old neuter u-stem
vihe (OHG. fihu), cattle.
(c) Like knie are declined mël, meal, rē
(also masc.), corpse, smër, fat, strō,
straw, tou, dew, wē, woe, gen.
mëlwes, rēwes, smërwes, strōwes,
touwes, wēwes, see § 36.
§ 47.
Second declension.—To this declension belong all neuter
nouns which form their plural in -er and by umlaut of the
stem-vowel when it is capable of it. This class of nouns corresponds to
the Latin neuters in -us, as genus, gen. generis,
pl. genera. The -er (OHG. -ir) was originally a
stem-forming suffix which came to be regarded as a plural ending. In the
oldest period of the language only about half-a-dozen nouns belonged to
this class, but during the MHG. period nearly twenty neuter
a-stems passed into this declension, and in NHG. the number has
increased to about a hundred.
Sing. | Plur. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | MHG. | OHG. | |
Nom. Acc. | lamp | lamb, lamb | lember | lembir |
Gen. | lambes | lambes | lember | lembiro |
Dat. | lambe | lambe | lembern | lembirum |
On the loss of the e in the gen. and dat. plural, see § 9, 2.
Other examples are: ei (pl. eiger, eijer,
eier, § 35),
42
egg, huon, hen, kalp, calf,
rat, wheel, rint, bullock, tal,
dale.
3. Feminine Nouns.
§ 48.
First declension.—To this declension belong all feminine
nouns having their nominative case singular and plural alike. It
includes: (a) the old feminine ō-stems, as gëbe,
gift, sēle, soul, zal, number; (b)
the old feminine jō-stems, as küneginne, künegin,
künegīn, queen, and similarly vriundinne,
friend, gütinne, goddess; (c) the old feminine
wō-stems with and without w, as brāwe, brā,
brow, pl. brā beside weak pl. brāwen; diuwe,
diu, servant; (d) the old feminine abstract nouns in
-ī, as vinster (OHG. finstrī), darkness,
schœne (OHG. scōnī), beauty; and (e) the old
consonant stem, swester, swëster, sister.
Sing. | |||
---|---|---|---|
Nom. Acc. | gëbe | zal | vinster |
Gen. | gëbe | zal | vinster |
Dat. | gëbe | zal | vinster |
Plur. | |||
Nom. Acc. | gëbe | zal | vinster |
Gen. | gëben | zaln | vinstern |
Dat. | gëben | zaln | vinstern |
On the endings in nouns declined like zal, number,
dol, pain, wal, choice, nar,
food, schar, flock, and vinster, see
§ 9, 1, 2.
The gen. plural had the ending of the weak declension already in the
oldest period of the language. Through the nom. singular and the gen.
and dat. plural having the same endings as the feminine weak declension
(§ 53), ō-stems began in OHG.
to be inflected after the analogy
43
of the weak declension, especially in the plural. This process spread
considerably in MHG. with concrete nouns, but not often with abstract
nouns.
§ 49.
Second declension.—To this declension belong all feminine
nouns which form their plural in -e and have umlaut in the
stem-vowel. It includes: (a) the old feminine i-stems; (b) the
old u-stem hant, hand; and (c) several old
consonantal stems, see below.
Sing. | Plur. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | MHG. | OHG. | |
Nom. Acc. | anst | anst, favour | enste | ensti |
Gen. | enste or anst | ensti | enste | ensteo, -io |
Dat. | enste or anst | ensti | ensten | enstim |
In jugent (OHG. jugund, pl. jugundi),
youth, gen. dat. jugende beside jugent, pl.
jugende, the original -i being in the third syllable did
not cause umlaut in the stem-syllable; and similarly tugent,
valour.
hant, hand, originally belonged to the
u-declension, which explains forms like gen. sing, and plural
hande beside hende, dat. pl. handen beside
henden. The old gen. plural has been preserved in NHG.
allerhand, and the dat. plural in abhanden,
beihanden, vorhanden, zuhanden.
Several old consonant stems went over partly or entirely into this
declension, viz. maget, meit (§ 37), maid, pl. mägede or
meide; kuo, cow, pl. küeje or küewe
(OHG. kuoi), sū, sow, pl. siuwe (OHG.
sūi); both these nouns generally remained uninflected in the gen.
and dat. singular. naht, night, has gen. and dat. singular
naht beside nähte; pl. nom. acc. gen. naht beside
nähte, dat. nahten beside nähten, cp. also NHG.
weihnachten, MHG. zën wīhen nahten. The MHG. adverbial
gen. nahts, dës nahtes
44
was formed after the analogy of dës tages. Like naht were
also inflected brust, breast, and burc,
citadel.
muoter, mother, and tohter, daughter,
remain uninflected in the singular. In the plural they have umlaut:
müeter, töhter.
B. The Weak Declension (N-Stems).
§ 50.
The weak declension contains a large number of masculine and feminine
nouns, but only four neuter nouns, viz. hërze, heart,
ōre, ear, ouge, eye, and wange,
cheek; these nouns, especially hërze, sometimes form their
nom. acc. plural after the analogy of nouns like künne (§ 46). The original case endings of the weak
declension had disappeared in the oldest period of the language except
in the nom. singular (masc. -o, fem., and neut. -a), the
gen. pl. (ōno) and dat. pl. (-ōm). Owing to the weakening
of the -o, -a to -e in MHG. the nom. singular
became alike in all genders. And similarly the endings -ōno,
-ōm and the endings of the other oblique forms were all weakened
to -en in MHG. (§ 7), so that
the element which originally formed part of the stem came to be regarded
as a case ending.
On the loss of the final and medial e in nouns like ar,
eagle, bir (fem.), pear, gevangen(e),
prisoner, beside the inflected forms arn, birn,
gevangen from *gevangen-en through the intermediate stage
*gevangenn, see § 9,
1, 2.
1. Masculine Nouns.
Sing. | ||
---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | |
Nom. | bote | boto, messenger |
Acc. | boten | boton, -un |
Gen. | boten | boten, -in |
Dat. | boten | boten, -in |
45 | Plur. | |
Nom. Acc. | boten | boton, -un |
Gen. | boten | botōno |
Dat. | boten | botōm |
2. Neuter Nouns.
Sing. | ||
---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | |
Nom. Acc. | hërze | hërza, heart |
Gen. | hërzen | hërzen, -in |
Dat. | hërzen | hërzen, -in |
Plur. | ||
Nom. Acc. | hërzen | hërzun, -on |
Gen. | hërzen | hërzōno |
Dat. | hërzen | hërzōm |
3. Feminine Nouns.
Sing. | ||
---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | |
Nom. | zunge | zunga, tongue |
Acc. | zungen | zungūn |
Gen. | zungen | zungūn |
Dat. | zungen | zungūn |
Plur. | ||
Nom. Acc. | zungen | zungūn |
Gen. | zungen | zungōno |
Dat. | zunge | zungōm |
C. Declension of Proper Names.
§ 54.
Names of persons ending in e in the nominative follow the weak
declension. Masculine names of persons take -es in the genitive,
-e in the dative, and -en in the accusative after the
analogy of the strong adjectives. The accusative ending -en was
sometimes extended to the
46
dative, and the dative ending -e to the accusative. And sometimes
both these cases were without endings. Names of countries ending in
-lant often have no ending in the dative, as Engellant
beside Engellande, see § 41.
Feminine names of persons ending in a consonant take -e in the
genitive, dative and accusative, but occasionally remain uninflected
throughout.
Masculine. | ||
---|---|---|
Nom. | Sīfrit | Hagene |
Gen. | Sīfrides | Hagenen |
Dat. Acc. | Sīfrit, Sīfride(n) | Hagenen |
Feminine. | ||
Nom. | Kriemhilt | Uote |
Gen. Dat. Acc. | Kriemhilde, Kriemhilt | Uoten |
CHAPTER IV
ADJECTIVES
A. The Declension of Adjectives.
1. The Strong Declension.
§ 55.
The MHG. adjectives are declined as strong or weak. They have three
genders, and the same cases as nouns. The endings of the strong
declension are partly nominal and partly pronominal. The nominal endings
are: the accusative feminine singular, as blinde like gëbe
(§ 48); and the genitive singular
masculine and neuter, as blindes like tages, wortes
(§§ 43, 46). All the other endings are pronominal. The
so-called uninflected form of adjectives in the nom. singular masculine
and feminine
47
and the nom. acc. neuter is a remnant of the time when adjectives and
nouns were declined alike, see the Author’s Hist. Germ. Grammar, §§
399-400. The strong declension includes three different types of
adjectives, all of which are declined alike: (a) The old a-stems,
as blint, infl. form blinter, blind; bar,
bare, guot, good, heilec, holy,
hol, hollow, michel, great, vinster,
dark, and similarly with a very large number of adjectives,
including the past participles of strong and weak verbs. (b) The old
ja-stems, as lære (OHG. lāri), infl. lærer,
empty; dünne, thin, enge, narrow,
grüene, green, niuwe, new, reine,
pure, schœne, beautiful, senfte,
soft, wilde, wild, and many others, including the
present participles of strong and weak verbs. The ja-stems only
differ from the a-stems in having -e in the uninflected
form and umlaut in the stem-syllable when it is capable of it. (c) The
old wa-stems, as blā (OHG. blāo, blā), infl.
form blāwer, blue; gar (OHG. garo), infl.
form garwer (see §§ 9, 1,
36), ready; grā, grey,
val, fallow, gël, yellow, kal,
bald, &c., all of which have w in the inflected
forms.
The adjectival i- and u-stems had come to be declined
like the ja-stems in the prehistoric period of the language, but
a few remnants of such adjectives have survived in MHG. in forms without
the final -e beside those with it, as bereit,
bereite, ready, dic, dicke, thick,
gāch, gæhe, quick, grīs, grīse,
old, grey, hēr, hēre, high,
noble, rasch, resche, quick, rīch,
rīche, noble, swā, swære, heavy,
was, wasse, sharp.
Sing. | |||
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
---|---|---|---|
Nom. | blinder, blind | blindeȥ | blindiu |
Acc. | blinden | blindeȥ | blinde |
Gen. | blindes | blindes | blinder(e) |
Dat. | blindem(e) | blindem(e) | blinder(e) |
48 | Plur. | ||
Nom. | blinde | blindiu | blinde |
Acc. | blinde | blindiu | blinde |
Gen. | blinder(e) | blinder(e) | blinder(e) |
Dat. | blinden | blinden | blinden |
On the loss of the -e in blindem(e), blinder(e),
see § 9, 2. Umlaut caused by the
-iu occurs in the nom. sing. feminine and nom. acc. pl. neuter of
al, all, and ander, other, second, as
älliu, ändriu. This rarely happens in other words.
Sing. | |||
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
---|---|---|---|
Nom. | micheler, great | michel(e)ȥ | micheliu |
Acc. | michel(e)n | michel(e)ȥ | michel(e) |
Gen. | michel(e)s | michel(e)s | michelre, micheler |
Dat. | michelme, michel(e)m | michelme, michel(e)m | michelre, micheler |
Plur. | |||
Nom. | michel(e) | micheliu | michel(e) |
Acc. | michel(e) | micheliu | michel(e) |
Gen. | michelre, micheler | michelre, micheler | michelre, micheler |
Dat. | michel(e)n | michel(e)n | michel(e)n |
Like michel are inflected monosyllabic adjectives ending in
-l, -r with a short stem-vowel, and polysyllabic adjectives
ending in -el, -en, -er, as bar, bare, hol,
hollow; zwīvel, doubtful, eigen, own,
tougen, secret, ander, other, second,
bitter, bitter, vinster, dark; ëben,
even, übel, evil, bad, &c. See § 9, 1, 2.
49
2. The Weak Declension.
§ 56.
The weak declension of adjectives agrees exactly with that of the
nouns.
Sing. | |||
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
---|---|---|---|
Nom. | blinde, blind | blinde | blinde |
Acc. | blinden | blinde | blinden |
Gen. | blinden | blinden | blinden |
Dat. | blinden | blinden | blinden |
Plural blinden for all cases and genders.
B. The Comparison Of Adjectives.
§ 57.
The comparative was formed by means of the suffix -er(e) = OHG.
-iro, -ōro, and the superlative by means of the suffix
-est(e) = OHG. -isto, -ōsto. On the loss of the medial or
final e in such forms as tiurre, dearer,
tiurste; minner, minre, less,
minnest, min(ne)ste, see § 9, 3. Most monosyllables have umlaut
in the comparative and superlative either exclusively or have mutated
beside unmutated forms. The cause of these double forms is in a great
measure due to the two OHG. double suffixes: comp. -iro, -ōro and
superl. -isto, -ōsto having fallen together in -er(e) and
-est(e) in MHG., as elter, older, ermer,
poorer, jünger, younger, grœȥer,
greater, hœher, higher, beside alter,
armer, junger, grōȥer, hōher; superl.
eltest, ermest, jüngest, grœȥest,
hœhest, beside altest, armest, jungest,
grōȥest, hōhest. Adjectives which have umlaut in the
positive regularly preserve it in the comparative and superlative.
The comparative is declined weak, but the superlative is declined
strong and weak.
50
§ 58.
The following adjectives form their comparative and superlative from a
different root than the positive:—
guot, good, | beȥȥer, beȥȥest, beste (§ 23). |
übel, bad, | wirser, wirsest, wir(se)ste. |
lützel, little, | minner, minre (§ 9, 3), minnest, |
michel, great, | mērer, mēr(r)e, meiste. |
§ 59.
The following adjectives are defective:—
ērer, ērre, ërre, former, | ērest, ērste, first. |
hinder, hinder, | hinderste, hindmost. |
ober, upper, | oberste, uppermost. |
leȥȥeste, leste (§ 23), last. | |
vorder, former, | vorderste, foremost. |
C. Formation of Adverbs from Adjectives.
§ 60.
1.
By adding -e (= OHG. -o) to the adjective when this
does not already end in -e, as ëben, even,
hōch, high, lanc, long: adv. ëbene,
hōhe, lange; edele (OHG. edili),
noble, übel (OHG. ubil), evil: adv.
edele (OHG. edilo), übele (OHG. ubilo).
2.
Dissyllabic adjectives ending in -e and containing a
mutated stem-vowel change it to the corresponding unmutated vowel, when
used as adverbs, as schœne (OHG. scōni), beautiful,
herte, hard, senfte, soft, süeȥe,
sweet, swære, heavy: adv. schōne,
harte, sanfte, suoȥe, swāre.
3.
By adding -līche or -līchen to the adjective, as
ganz, whole, vlīȥec, diligent: adv.
ganzlīche(n), vlīȥeclīche(n).
4.
The comparative and superlative degrees of adverbs are the same as
the corresponding uninflected forms of the adjectives without
umlaut:—
Adjective | lanc, long | lenger | lengest. |
Adverb | lange | langer | langest |
51
§ 61.
The following are irregular:—
wol, well | baȥ, better | best(e), best. |
wirs, worse | wirsest, wirste, worst. | |
min, minner, minre, less | minnest, minste, least. | |
mē, mēr, mēre, more | meist, meiste, most. | |
ē, formerly | ēr(e)st, ērste, first. |
D. Numerals.
Cardinal. | Ordinal. | |
---|---|---|
ein, -er, -eȥ, -iu, one | ērste | |
zwei, two | ander | |
drī, three | dritte | |
vier, four | vierde | |
fünf (finf), five | fünfte, finfte | |
sëhs, six | sëhste | |
siben, seven | sibende, -te | |
ahte, eight | ahtede, ahte | |
niun, nine | niunde, -te | |
zëhen, ten | zëhende, -te | |
einlif (eilif), eleven | ei(n)lifte, eilfte | |
zwelf, twelve | zwelfte | |
drīzëhen, thirteen | drīzëhende | |
vierzëhen, fourteen | vierzëhende | |
fünfzëhen, fifteen | fünfzëhende | |
sëh(s)zëhen, sixteen | së(h)szëhende | |
sibenzëhen, seventeen | sibenzëhende | |
ah(t)zëhen, eighteen | ah(t)zëhende | |
niunzëhen, nineteen | niunzëhende | |
zweinzic (or -zec), | twenty | zweinzigeste |
drīȥic„ | thirty | drīȥigeste |
vierzic„ | forty | vierzigeste |
fünfzic„ | fifty | fünfzigeste |
52 sëhszic„ | sixty | sëhszigeste |
sibenzic„ | seventy | sibenzigeste |
ah(t)zic„ | eighty | ah(t)zigeste |
niunzic„ | ninety | niunzigeste |
zëhenzic or hundert | hundred | zëhenzigeste or hundertste |
zwei hunt or hundert | two hundred | zweihundertste |
tūsent | thousand | tūsenste |
zwei tūsent | two thousand | zweitūsentste |
§ 63.
Ein follows the strong declension, when used as a numeral. The
dat. einme is generally contracted to eime (§ 9, 3). When ein is used in the
sense of alone, it follows the weak declension. On the inflexion
of ander, second, see § 55. Zwei and drī are declined
as follows:—
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
---|---|---|---|
Nom. Acc. | zwēne | zwei | zwō, zwuo, zwā |
Gen. | zwei(g)er (§ 35) | zwei(g)er | zwei(g)er |
Dat. | zwein, zweien | zwein, zweien | zwein, zweien |
Nom. Acc. | drī, dr[i]e | driu | drī, drīe |
Gen. | drī(g)er (§ 35) | drī(g)er | drī(g)er |
Dat. | drī̆n, drīen | drī̆n, drī̆en | drī̆n, drīen |
§ 64.
The other cardinals up to twelve are sometimes inflected; when such is
the case the endings are:—
Masc. and Fem. | Neut. | |
---|---|---|
Nom. Acc. | -e | -iu |
Gen. | -er | -er |
Dat. | -en | -en |
hundert and tūsent are neuter nouns.
53
CHAPTER V
PRONOUNS
1. Personal.
Sing. | ||
Nom. | ich, I | du, dū, thou |
Acc. | mich | dich |
Gen. | mīn | dīn |
Dat. | mir | dir |
Plur. | ||
Nom. | wir | ir |
Acc. | unsich, uns | iuch |
Gen. | unser | iuwer |
Dat. | uns | iu |
Sing. | |||
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
---|---|---|---|
Nom. | ër, he | ëȥ, it, there | si, sī, siu, sie, she |
Acc. | in | ëȥ | sie, si, sī |
Gen. | (ës) | ës | ir(e) |
Dat. | im(e) | im(e) | ir(e) |
Plur. | |||
Nom. Acc. |
si, sī, sie (Neut. also siu), they | ||
Gen. | ir(e) | ||
Dat. | in |
Note.—1.
The gen. ir is often used as a possessive pronoun. For ëȥ
the form iȥ sometimes appears.
2. For the acc. pl.
unsich the dat. uns is mostly used. iu is often
used for iuch, and vice versa. im, ir are
more usual than ime, ire.
3. The unstressed forms of
personal pronouns are often
54
attached to other words, as ichȥ, iȥ = ich ëȥ;
ichne, ine, ichn = ich ne (not);
tuostu = tuost du; dune, dun = du ne
(not); tuoȥ = tuo ëȥ; eist, ēst =
ëȥ ist; deiȥ = daȥ ëȥ; mohter = mohte ër;
baten = bat in; wirȥ = wir ëȥ, &c.
2. Reflexive.
Sing. | Plur. | |
---|---|---|
Acc. | sich | sich |
Gen. | sīn (fem. ir) | ir |
Dat. | im, ir | in |
3. Possessive.
mīn, my; dīn, thy; sīn,
his; ir, her; unser, our;
iuwer, your; ir, their.
They are declined like the strong adjective michel,
great (§ 55). The dat. sing.
forms dīnme, sīnme are generally contracted to
dīme, sīme, see § 9, 3.
4. Demonstrative.
Sing. | |||
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
---|---|---|---|
Nom. | dër, the | daȥ | diu |
Acc. | dën | daȥ | die |
Gen. | dës | dës | dër(e) |
Dat. | dëm(e) | dëm(e) | dër(e) |
Instr. | diu | ||
Plur. | |||
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
Nom. | die | diu | die |
Acc. | die | diu | die |
Gen. | dër(e) | dër(e) | dër(e) |
Dat. | dën | dën | dën |
55
Like dër is also declined jener, that, except
that the Nom., Acc. sg. neut. ends in -eȥ. dër, &c.,
is used both as definite article and relative pronoun.
Note.—1.
For the fem. nom. sing. and the neut. nom. acc. pl. diu, the form
die was sometimes used; and conversely diu for die
in the fem. acc. singular. diu and die were sometimes
weakened to de, and to d’ before words beginning with a
vowel. daȥ was sometimes weakened to deȥ, and still
further to ȥ which was then attached to a preceding word, as
lātȥ kind = lāt daȥ kint; anȥ, inȥ =
an, in daȥ. dēst, deis, dēs = daȥ
ist.
2. The various cases were often
fused into one word with prepositions, as anme, ame,
am = an dëme; zëme, zëm = ze dëme;
ūfme = ūf dëme; zër = ze dër (fem.);
übern = über dën; ūfën = ūf dën; zën
= ze dën.
Sing. | |||
Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
---|---|---|---|
Nom. | dirre (diser, dise), this | ditze, diz, diȥ | disiu |
Acc. | disen | ditze, diz, diȥ | dise |
Gen. | dises | dises | dirre |
Dat. | disem(e) | disem(e) | dirre |
Plur. | |||
Nom. | dise | disiu | dise |
Acc. | dise | disiu | dise |
Gen. | dirre | dirre | dirre |
Dat. | disen | disen | disen |
5. Relative.
§ 69.
A relative pronoun proper did not exist in the oldest periods of the
Germanic languages, and accordingly the separate languages expressed it
in various ways. In MHG. the following pronouns and adverbial particles
were used to express it:—
56
1. dër, daȥ (also used as a conjunction), diu,
also in combination with the particles dar der dā. 2. sō,
alsō (alse, als), as; sam
(alsam), as. 3. dā(r), where, dar,
thither, whither, darinne, therein, dannen,
wherefrom, darumbe, therefore, dō, when,
as. 4. Indefinite relatives, as swër (from sō
wër), whoever, swelch, each who, swëder,
who of two; swā, swar, wherever,
swannen, swanne (swenne), whenever,
swie, however, howsoever. 5. The conjunction
unde, and.
6. Interrogative.
§ 70.
The MHG. simple interrogative pronoun has no independent form for the
feminine, and is declined in the singular only.
Masc. Fem. | Neut. | |
---|---|---|
Nom. | wër, who | waȥ |
Acc. | wën | waȥ |
Gen. | wës | wës |
Dat. | wëm(e) | wëm(e) |
Instr. | wiu |
In the same manner are declined the compounds:
swër (from sō wër), whoever, etewër,
eteswër, anyone, neiȥwër (= ne weiȥ
wër, I do not know who), anyone.
wëder, who of two, is declined like a strong adjective;
welīch (welch), which, is also declined like a
strong adjective, but the nom. singular remains uninflected.
7. Indefinite.
§ 71.
ander, other; dechein, dehein,
dekein, no, none; dewëder, neither;
ein, one, some one: when ein is used with the
meaning alone it follows the weak declension; etelīch,
etlīch, eteslīch, etslīch, anyone, many a,
pl. = some; etewër, eteswër, anyone;
etewaȥ, anything;
57
iegelīch, ieslīch, iegeslīch, each;
ieman, iemen, someone, somebody; iewëder,
ietwëder, each; iewelīch, iewelich,
each; iewiht, iht, anything; kein,
no; man, one; manec, many a, declined
maneger, manegeȥ, manegiu, &c.; nehein,
no, none; niht, nothing; solch, such,
declined like manec; sum, any one at all, pl.
some; sumelīch, sumlīch, many a;
swelch, each who; swër, whoever;
wëder, which of two; welīch (welch),
which, declined like manec.
CHAPTER VI
VERBS
§ 72.
The MHG. verb has the following independent forms:—one voice
(active), two numbers, three persons, two tenses (present and
preterite), two complete moods (indicative and subjunctive, the latter
originally the optative), besides an imperative which is only used in
the present tense; two verbal nouns (the present infinitive, and the
gerund, generally called the inflected infinitive), a present
participle with active meaning, and one verbal adjective (the past
participle).
The MHG. verbs are divided into two great classes:—Strong and
Weak. The strong verbs form their preterite (originally the perfect) and
past participle by means of ablaut (§ 12). The weak verbs form their preterite by
the addition of the syllable -te, and their past participle by
means of a t-suffix. The strong verbs were originally further
sub-divided into reduplicated and non-reduplicated verbs. The
reduplication had, however, entirely disappeared in the oldest period of
the language. The non-reduplicated verbs are divided into six classes
according to the six ablaut-series (§ 12). The originally reduplicated verbs are
put together here and called Class VII. Besides
58
these two great classes of strong and weak verbs, there are a few others
which will be treated under the general heading Minor Groups.
A. Strong Verbs.
§ 73.
We are able to conjugate a MHG. strong verb when we know the four stems,
as seen in (1) the infinitive or first pers. sing. of the present
indicative, (2) the first or third pers. sing. of the preterite
indicative, (3) the first pers. plural of the preterite indicative, (4)
the past participle. The pret. subjunctive and the second pers. pret.
indicative have the same stem-vowel as the pret. plural indicative.
§ 74.
The conjugation of nëmen, OHG. nëman, to take, will
serve as a model for all strong verbs.
Present. | ||||
Indic. | Subj. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | MHG. | OHG. | |
Sing. | 1. nime | nimu | nëme | nëme |
2. nimes(t) | nimis(t) | nëmes(t) | nëmēs(t) | |
3. nimet | nimit | nëme | nëme | |
Plur. | 1. nëmen | nëmemēs, -ēm | nëmen | nëmēm |
2. nëmet | nëmet | nëmet | nëmēt | |
3. nëment | nëmant | nëmen | nëmēn | |
Imper. | Infin. | |||
MHG. | OHG. | MHG. | OHG. | |
Sing. | 2. nim | nim | nëmen | nëman |
Plur. | 1. nëmen | nëmemēs, -ēm | ||
2. nëmet, (-ent) | nëmet | |||
Gerund. | ||||
MHG. | OHG. | |||
Gen. | nëmen(n)es | nëmannes | ||
Dat. | nëmen(n)e | nëmanne | ||
Present Participle. | ||||
nëmende | nëmanti |
59
Preterite. | ||||
Indic. | Subj. | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
MHG. | OHG. | MHG. | OHG. | |
Sing. | 1. nam | nam | næme | nāmi |
2. næme | nāmi | næmes(t) | nāmīst | |
3. nam | nam | næme | nāmi | |
Plur. | 1. nāmen | nāmum | næmen | nāmīm |
2. nāmet | nāmut | næmet | nāmīt | |
3. nāmen | nāmun | næmen | nāmīn | |
Past Participle. | ||||
MHG. | OHG. | |||
genomen | ginoman |
Note.—
The e in the endings is regularly lost according to the rule
given in § 9, 1, as sing.
stil, stilst, stilt, inf. stëln, to
steal; sing. var, verst, vert, inf.
varn, to go. It was also frequently lost in the third
pers. sing. pres. indicative of other verbs, as vint =
vindet, siht = sihet, see § 9, 4 note. The n in the first pers.
plural was sometimes dropped when the pronoun came after the verb, as
nëme wir = nëmen wir.
The imperative singular sometimes has -e after the analogy of
weak verbs (§ 90).
The OHG. forms given above show in what forms umlaut regularly took
place, viz. in the second and third pers. singular of the pres.
indicative, when possible, in the second pers. singular of the pret.
indicative, and in the pret. subjunctive. The second pers. singular of
the pret. indicative always has the same stem-vowel as the pret.
subjunctive. On the absence of umlaut in the pret. subjunctive of
certain types of verbs, see § 10,
note. Forms without and with umlaut are found in the second and
third pers. singular of the present in verbs belonging to Class VII, as
slāfes(t), slāfet beside slæfes(t),
slæfet.
Concerning the changes between i, ë; u, o;
iu, ie; ei, ē; ou, ō in the
various classes of strong verbs, see §§
14-17.
60
The Classification of the Strong Verbs.
§ 75.
We shall only give in each class a few verbs to illustrate the gradation
of vowels and consonant changes. All other verbs occurring in the texts
will be found in the Glossary referred to their proper class.
Class I.
§ 76.
The verbs of this class belong to the first ablaut-series (§ 12) and therefore have ī in all forms
of the present; ei in the first and third pers. sing. of the
preterite, but ē before ch (= Germanic h,
§ 23), and finally (§ 17); and i in the preterite plural
and past participle, thus:—
bīten, to wait | beit | biten | gebiten |
swīgen, to be silent | sweic | swigen | geswigen |
trīben, to drive | treip | triben | getriben |
And similarly belīben, to remain, bīȥen, to
bite, rīben, to rub, rīten, to ride,
schīnen, to shine, schrīben, to write,
sīgen, to sink, strīten, to quarrel.
snīden, to cut | sneit | sniten | gesniten |
dīhen, to thrive | dēch | digen | gedigen |
rīsen, to fall | reis | rirn (risen) | gerirn (gerisen) |
And similarly līden, to suffer, mīden, to
avoid, nīden, to envy, līhen, to lend,
zīhen, to accuse. See § 30.
§ 77.
The following two verbs which are also used as weak verbs have mixed
forms in the preterite and past participle:—
schrīen, to scream | schrē | schriuwen | geschriuwen |
schrei | schrūwen | geschrūwen | |
schrirn | geschrirn | ||
spīwen, to vomit | spē | spiwen | gespiwen |
spei | spiuwen | gespiuwen | |
spūwen | gespūwen | ||
spirn | gespirn |
61
Class II.
§ 78.
The verbs of this class belong to the second ablaut-series (§ 12) and therefore have ie in the
present, but iu in the present singular (§ 16); ou in the first and third pers.
sing. of the preterite, but ō before t, ȥ, s
and ch (= Germanic h), § 18; u in the
pret. plural; and o in the past participle, thus:—
biegen, to bend | biuge | bouc | bugen | gebogen |
triefen, to drop | triufe | trouf | truffen | getroffen |
bieten, to offer | biute | bōt | buten | geboten |
schieȥen, to shoot | schiuȥe | schōȥ | schuȥȥen | geschoȥȥen |
And similarly klieben, to cleave, kriechen,
to creep, liegen, to lie, riechen, to
smell, schieben, to shove, vliegen, to
fly; dieȥen, to roar, gieȥen, to pour,
vlieȥen, to flow.
sieden, to seethe | siude | sōt | suten gesoten | |
ziehen, to draw | ziuhe | zōch | zugen gezogen | |
kiesen, to choose | kius | kōs | kurn | gekorn |
And similarly vliehen, to flee, niesen, to
sneeze, verliesen, to lose, vriesen, to
freeze. See § 30.
§ 79.
On the stem-vowels in the following verbs, see § 16, note and § 36:—
bliuwen, to strike | bliuwe | blou | blūwen | |
bliuwen | gebliuwen | |||
blouwen | geblouwen |
And similarly briuwen, to brew, kiuwen, to
chew, riuwen, to pain.
§ 80.
To this class also belong the three aorist presents:—
lūchen, to shut | liuche (lūche) | louch | luchen | gelochen |
sūfen, to gulp down | sūfe | souf | suffen | gesoffen |
sūgen, to suck | sūge | souc | sugen | gesogen |
62
Class III.
§ 81.
The verbs of this class belong to the third ablaut-series (§ 12), and include the strong verbs having a
medial nasal or a liquid + consonant. Those with nasal + consonant have
i throughout the present tense and u in the past
participle; the others have i in the present singular, ë
in the plural, and o in the past participle (see §§ 14, 15),
thus:—
binden, to bind | binde | bant | bunden | gebunden |
rinnen, to run | rinne | ran | runnen | gerunnen |
singen, to sing | singe | sanc | sungen | gesungen |
And similarly brinnen, to burn, dringen, to
press, entrinnen, to escape, gelingen, to
succeed, gewinnen, to gain, schrinden, to
split, sinken, to sink, sinnen, to
reflect, spinnen, to spin, swimmen, to
swim, trinken, to drink, vinden (p.p.
vunden), to find, winden, to wind.
beginnen, to begin, pret. sing. began beside
begunde, begonde, pl. begunden, p.p.
begunnen.
bërgen, to hide | birge | bare | burgen | geborgen |
hëlfen, to help | hilfe | half | hulfen | geholfen |
stërben, to die | stirbe | starp | sturben | gestorben |
And similarly bevëlhen, to order, emphëlhen,
enphëlhen, to recommend, gëlten, to pay,
mëlken, to milk, schëlten, to revile,
swëllen, to swell, verdërben, to destroy,
wërfen, to throw, wërren, to confuse,
wërden, to become, pret. pl. wurten, wurden,
p.p. worten, (ge)worden, see § 30.
Class IV.
§ 82.
The verbs of this class belong to the fourth ablaut-series (§ 12). They include those strong verbs which
have a liquid or a nasal before or after the stem-vowel, and a few
others, thus:—
63
ë | i | a | ā | o |
nëmen, to take | nime | nam | nāmen | genomen |
bërn, to bear | bir (§ 9, 1) | bar | bāren | geborn |
stëln, to steal | stil (§ 9, 1) | stal | stālen | gestoln |
brëchen, to break | briche | brach | brāchen | gebrochen |
vëhten, to fight | vihte | vaht | vāhten | gevohten |
And similarly schërn, to shear, schrëcken, to
frighten, sprëchen, to speak, vlëhten, to
plait, zëmen (p.p. also gezëmen), to be
befitting, stëchen, to prick, trëffen (p.p.
troffen), to hit; dreschen, to thrash,
leschen, to be extinguished, see § 11, 1. komen (OHG. quëman),
to come, kume, quam, quāmen, komen;
on other forms of this verb, see § 36.
Class V.
§ 83.
The verbs of this class belong to the fifth ablaut-series (§ 12). They include the strong verbs
containing a medial consonant other than a nasal or liquid,
thus:—
ë | i | a | ā | ë |
gëben, to give | gibe | gap | gāben | gegëben |
jëhen, to say | gihe (§ 35) | jach | jāhen | gejëhen |
sëhen, to see | sihe | sach | sāhen | gesëhen |
wëgen, to move | wige | wac | wāgen | gewëgen |
And similarly geschëhen, to happen, knëten,
to knead, mëȥȥen, to measure, pflëgen, to
be accustomed, trëten, to tread, vergëȥȥen,
to forget, wëben, to weave.
wësen, to be | wise | was | wāren | gewësen |
And similarly genësen (pret. pl. also genāsen), to
recover, jësen, to ferment, lësen (pret. pl.
also lāsen), to gather, read. See § 30.
ëȥȥen, to eat | iȥȥe | āȥ(aȥ) | āȥen | gëȥȥen (§ 9, 7) |
vrëȥȥen, to devour | vriȥȥe | vrāȥ | vrāȥen | vrëȥȥen |
64
These verbs had a long vowel in the pret. singular in the oldest
period of all the Germanic languages, cp. also Lat. ēdī.
§ 84.
To this class also belong the three verbs:—
bit(t)en, to beg | bite | bat | bāten | gebëten |
ligen, to lie down | lige | lac | lāgen | gelëgen |
sitzen, to sit | sitze | saȥ | sāȥen | gesëȥȥen |
bit(t)en, OHG. bitten from *bidjan;
ligen, OHG. liggen from *ligjan; sitzen,
OHG. sitzen from *sitjan, see §§ 14, 31, 3.
The inf. ligen is sometimes contracted to līn, see § 37.
Class VI.
§ 85.
The verbs of this class belong to the sixth ablaut-series (§ 12), and accordingly have a in the
present; uo in the pret. singular and plural; and a in the
past participle. They have umlaut in the second and third pers.
singular, as grebes(t), grebet; verst, vert.
See § 10.
graben, to dig | gruop | gruoben | gegraben |
tragen, to carry | truoc | truogen | getragen |
maln, to grind | muol | muolen | gemaln |
varn, to go | vuor | vuoren | gevarn |
And similarly laden, to load, nagen, to
gnaw, schaffen, to create, spanen, to
entice, waschen, to wash, wahsen, to
grow, waten, to wade.
slahen, to strike | sluoc | sluogen | geslagen |
twahen, to wash | twuoc | twuogen | getwagen |
See § 30. The pret. sing.
sluoc, twuoc for *sluoch, *twuoch were
formed after the analogy of the pret. plural.
§ 86.
To this class also belong:—
65
stān, stēn (§ 96), to stand | stuont | stuonden | gestanden |
entseben (older entseven), to | entsuop | entsuoben | entsaben |
gewähenen, to mention | gewuoc | gewuogen | gewagen |
heben (older heven), to raise | huop | huoben | gehaben |
swern (see § 35), to swear | swuor | swuoren | geswarn gesworn |
The pret. singular stuont, entsuop, gewuoc,
huop for *stuot (cp. Engl. stood), *entsuof,
*gewuoch, *huof were formed after the analogy of the pret.
plural. On the b, g in the pret. plural, see § 30. The last four verbs in the list
originally had a j in the present, which accounts for the umlaut,
cp. OHG. heffen, Goth. hafjan, to raise.
heben had its b from forms where it was regular.
Class VII.
§ 87.
To this class belong the verbs which originally had reduplicated
preterites. The present and past participle have the same stem-vowel;
and the preterite singular and plural have ie. In OHG. the verbs
which had a, ā or ei in the present had ia
(older ea, ē) in the preterite; and those which had ou
(ō), uo in the present had io (older eo) in the
preterite. But in MHG. the ia and io regularly fell
together in ie (§ 11, 3), so that all the preterites
had ie.
bannen, to banish | bien | bienen | gebannen |
halten, to hold | hielt | hielten | gehalten |
slāfen, to sleep | slief | sliefen | geslāfen |
heiȥen, to call | hieȥ | hieȥen | geheiȥn |
loufen, to run | lief | liefen | geloufen |
ruofen, to call | rief | riefen | geruofen |
66
And similarly halsen, to embrace, salzen, to
salt, spalten, to split, spannen, to
span, vallen, to fall, valten, to fold,
wallen, to bubble; bāgen, to quarrel,
blāsen, to blow, brāten, to roast,
lāȥen (see also § 99), to let, leave,
rāten, to advise; meiȥen, to cut,
scheiden, to separate, sweifen, to rove;
bōȥen, to strike, stōȥen, to push,
houwen (pret. hiu and hie, pl. hiuwen,
hiewen), to hew, wuofen, to bewail.
gān, gēn, to go | gienc (gie) | giengen | (ge)gangen | |
hāhen (§ 29) hān (§ 38) | , to hang | hienc (hie) | hiengen | gehangen |
vāhen (§ 29) vān (§ 38) | , to catch | vienc (vie) | viengen | gevangen |
erren, ern, to plough | ier | ieren | gearn |
On the interchange between h and ng, see § 30; erren, ern from older
*arjan.
B. Weak Verbs.
§ 88.
The OHG. weak verbs were divided into three great classes according as
the infinitive ended in -en from older *-jan, -on, or
-ēn.
Inflectional tables in this section have been reformatted for greater
readability. A representative screen shot of the original format is
shown at the end of the text.
The characteristic endings of the three OHG. classes were:—
Present. | |||
Class I. | Class II. | Class III. | |
---|---|---|---|
Indic. sing. | -u | -ōn | -ēn |
-is(t) | -ōs(t) | -ēs(t) | |
-it | -ōt | -ēt | |
„plur. | -ēn | -ōn | -ēn |
-et | -ōt | -ēt | |
-ent | -ōnt | -ēnt | |
Subj. sing. | -e | -o | -e |
-ēs(t) | -ōs(t) | -ēs(t) | |
-e | -o | -e | |
„plur. | -ēn | -ōn | -ēn |
-ēt | -ōt | -ēt | |
-ēn | -ōn | -ēn | |
Imper. sing. | -i | -o | -e |
„plur. | -ēn | -ōn | -ēn |
-et | -ōt | -ēt | |
67 | Preterite. | ||
Class I. | Class II. | Class III. | |
Indic. sing. | -ta, -ita | -ōta | -ēta |
-tōs(t), -itōs(t) | -ōtōs(t) | -ētōs(t) | |
-ta, -ita | -ōta | -ēta | |
„plur. | -tun, -itun | -ōtun | -ētun |
-tut, -itut | -ōtut | -ētut | |
-tun, -itun | -ōtun | -ētun | |
Subj. sing. | -ti, -iti | -ōti | -ēti |
-tīs(t), -itīs(t) | -ōtīs(t) | -ētīs(t) | |
-ti, -iti | -ōti | -ēti | |
„plur. | -tīn, -itīn | -ōtīn | -ētīn |
-tīt, -itīt | -ōtīt | -ētīt | |
-tīn, -itīn | -ōtīn | -ētīn | |
Past Participle. | |||
Uninfl. form | -it | -ōt | -ēt |
Infl.„ | -tēr, -itēr | -ōtēr | -ētēr |
Infinitive. | |||
-en | -ōn | -ēn |
In OHG. the verbs of Class I were divided into two sub-divisions:
(a) polysyllabic verbs and those containing an old long
stem-syllable; (b) those which originally had a short
stem-syllable (cp. § 31, 3).
The former formed their preterite in -ta, and the latter in
-ita; and similarly in the inflected form of the past participle.
In MHG. all the unaccented vowels i, e, a,
o, u, ī, ē, ō regularly fell together
in e (§ 7), so that the old
distinction between the endings of the three classes of verbs was to a
great extent obliterated. The OHG. verbs with a short stem-syllable
belonging to Classes II and III came in MHG. to be inflected entirely
like sub-division (b) of Class I; and those with a long
stem-syllable mostly came to be inflected like sub-division (a)
of Class I, see §§ 9, 2, 92.
Owing to all the OHG. unaccented vowels being weakened to e
the MHG. endings are:—
68
Sing. | Plur. | ||
---|---|---|---|
Pres. Indic.: | -e | -en | |
-es(t) | -et | ||
-et | -ent | ||
„Subj.: | -e | -en | |
-es(t) | -et | ||
-e | -en | ||
Pret. Indic. | -te, -ete | -ten, -eten | |
-tes(t), -etes(t) | -tet, -etet | ||
-te, -ete | -ten, -eten | ||
Imper. | -en | ||
-e | -et | ||
P.P. Uninfl. form | -et | ||
P.P. Infl.„ | -ter, -eter | ||
Infin. | -en. |
Final -n in the first pers. sing. of the pres. indicative of
the old Classes II and III remained in early MHG., but during the MHG.
period the first person was remodelled after the analogy of
Class I.
Note.—
Old forms with ō̆ (u) for later e occasionally occur in
verbs originally belonging to the OHG. Class II; and in like manner
ī̆ for e in the pret. subjunctive.
§ 89.
The MHG. weak verbs are divided into two classes, according as the
preterite is formed in -te or -ete (see however §
40). The inflexion of the present is the same in both
classes.
Class I.
§ 90.
To this class belong (1) verbs which have old long stem-syllables. Those
having a mutated vowel in the present have the corresponding unmutated
vowel in the preterite. The i which would have caused umlaut in
the preterite disappeared in the prehistoric period of the language. The
past participle generally has two forms: one with a mutated vowel, and
the other without it, properly from the old inflected form which did not
have umlaut. (2) Verbs having a short stem-vowel followed by a
single
69
consonant (l, r), and trisyllabic verbs containing an
l, n, or r in the second syllable, as zeln,
older zellen (§ 31, 3), to count, pret.
zelte beside zalte, p.p. gezelt beside
gezalt; nern, to rescue, pret. nerte (OHG.
nerita), p.p. genert; and similarly doln (OHG.
dolōn), to tolerate, seln, to hand over,
spiln, to play, weln, to choose;
wern, to defend; wandeln (OHG. wantalōn),
to change, pret. wandelte; vordern (OHG.
fordarōn), to further, pret. vorderte;
sëgenen (OHG. sëganōn), to bless, pret.
sëgente. See §§ 9, 1,
2, 92.
Present. | |||
Indic. | Subj. | Imper. | |
---|---|---|---|
Sing. | 1. kenne | kenne | |
2. kennes(t) | kennes(t) | kenne | |
3. kennet | kenne | ||
Plur. | 1. kennen | kennen | kennen |
2. kennet | kennet | kennet, (-ent) | |
3. kennent | kennen | ||
Preterite. | |||
Sing. | 1. kante | kante | |
2. kantes(t) | kantes(t) | ||
3. kante | kante | ||
Plur. | 1. kanten | kanten | |
2. kantet | kantet | ||
3. kanten | kanten |
Infin. kennen, to know; Pres. Part. kennende;
Past Part. gekennet, gekant.
And similarly with a large number of verbs, as blüemen, to
bloom, brennen, to burn, füllen, to
fill, grüeȥen, to greet, hœren, to hear,
küssen, to kiss, lœsen, to loose,
nennen, to name, rennen, to run,
senden (pret. sante), to send, senken, to
sink, setzen (pret. satte, sazte, p.p.
gesat, gesazt,
70
gesetzt), to set, stellen, to place,
süeȥen, to sweeten, vellen, to fell,
wǣnen, to fancy, wünschen, to wish;
gelouben, to believe, kēren, to turn,
koufen, to buy, leiten (pret. leite), to
lead, ougen, to show, suochen, to seek.
The verba pura have double forms in the present and preterite, as
dræjen, dræn (§ 35),
to turn, pret. drāte beside the new formation
dræjete, dræte, and similarly blüejen, to
bloom, müejen, to trouble, rüejen, to
row, sæjen, to sow, wæjen, to blow.
Verbs with medial ck have double preterites, as decken,
to cover, pret. dacte beside dahte, and similarly
drücken, drucken, to press, smecken, to
taste, wecken, to awake. See also
§ 92.
§ 91.
The following are irregular:—
Infin. | Pret. | P.P. |
---|---|---|
denken, to think | dāhte | gedāht (§§ 28, 29) |
dunken, dünken, to seem | dūhte | gedūh (§§ 28, 29) |
furhten, fürhten, to fear | vorhte | gevorht |
wurken, würken, to work | worhte | geworht |
bringen, to bring | brāhte | gebrāht (§§ 28, 29) |
Note.—
The second pers. sing. of brāhte is bræhte or
brāhtes(t), pret. subj. bræhte; and similarly with
dāhte; the subj. of dūhte is dūhte or
diuhte.
Class II.
§ 92.
The verbs belonging to this class form their preterite in -ete
and their past participle in -et. In other respects Class II has
the same endings as Class I.
It includes: (a) The dissyllabic verbs, having a short
stem-vowel followed by a single consonant other than l, r,
which in OHG. belonged to Classes II and III, as loben (OHG.
lobōn), to praise, pret. lobete, p.p.
gelobet; lëben (OHG. lëbēn), to live, pret.
lëbete, p.p. gelëbet (see § 88). (b) The dissyllabic verbs
of OHG. Class I with a short
71
stem-vowel followed by double consonants other than ll (see
§ 31, 3), as legen, older
leggen (OHG. leggen), to lay, pret. legete
or leite (§ 37), p.p.
geleget or geleit; denen, older dennen (OHG.
dennen), to stretch, pret. denete, p.p.
gedenet.
Other examples belonging to Class II are: bëten, to
pray, dagen, to be silent, klagen, to
complain, klëben, to stick, laden, to
invite, namen, to name, sagen, to say,
pret. sagete and seite (§ 37).
The verbs with a long stem-syllable, which belonged to OHG. Classes
II and III, went over in MHG. either into Class I (1), see § 90, or had preterites in -te beside
-ete, as danken, to thank, pret. dancte
beside dankete, p.p. gedanct beside gedanket;
vrāgen, to ask, pret. vrāgte beside vrāgete,
p.p. gevrāgt beside gevrāget, and similarly ahten,
to observe, minnen, to love, trahten, to
strive, &c., see §§ 9, 2,
90; dienen, to serve, pret.
diende (§ 40), &c.
C. Minor Groups.
1. Preterite-Presents.
§ 93.
These have strong preterites with a present meaning, from which new weak
preterites have been formed. The 2nd pers. sg. ends in -t, and
has the same stem-vowel as the 1st and 3rd pers. sg. The following verbs
belong to this class:—
weiȥ, I know, 2nd pers. sg. weist; pl.
wiȥȥen; inf. wiȥȥen; pres. p. wiȥȥende; pret.
wisse, wesse, wiste or weste; p.p.
gewist or gewest.
touc, I am of use, inf. and pl. tugen or
tügen; pret. tohte; subj. töhte.
gan, I grant, 2nd pers. sg. ganst; inf. and pl.
gunnen or günnen; pret. gunde; subj.
gunde or günde; p.p. gegunnen,
gegunnet, or gegunst.
72
kan, I know, 2nd pers. sg. kanst; inf. and pl.
kunnen or künnen; pret. kunde
(konde); subj. kunde or künde.
darf, I need, 2nd pers. sg. darft; pl.
durfen or dürfen; pret. dorfte; subj.
dörfte; infin. and p.p. only in bedürfen,
bedorft.
tar, I dare, venture, 2nd pers. sg.
tarst; inf. and pl. turren or türren; pret.
torste; subj. törste.
sol, I shall, 2nd pers. sg. solt; inf. and pl.
suln or süln; pret. solde or
solte.
mac, I can, 2nd pers. sg. maht; pl.
magen, megen, mugen, or mügen; pret.
mahte or mohte; subj. mehte (mahte)
or möhte.
muoȥ, I must, 2nd pers. sg. muost; pl.
müeȥen; pret. muoste or muose; subj.
müeste or müese.
2. Anomalous Verbs.
(1) tuon, to do.
Present. | |||
Indic. | Subj. | ||
---|---|---|---|
Sing. | tuon (tuo) | tuo | |
tuos(t) | tuos(t) | ||
tuot | tuo | ||
Plur. | tuon | tuon | |
tuot (tuont) | tuot | ||
tuont | tuon | ||
Infin. | tuon | ||
Imper. | tuo | ||
Pres. P. | tuonde | ||
Preterite. | |||
Sing. | tëte (tët) | tæte (tëte) | |
tæte | tætes(t) | ||
tëte (tët) | tæte | ||
Plur. | tāten, (tæten, tëten) | tæten | |
P.P. getān |
73
(2) gān, to go.
Present. | |||
Indic. | Subj. | ||
---|---|---|---|
Sing. | gān, gēn | gē (gā, gange) | |
gās(t), gēs(t) | gēs(t) (gās(t), ganges(t)) | ||
gāt, gēt | gē (gā, gange) | ||
Plur. | gān, gēn | gēn (gān, gangen) | |
Infin. | gān, gēn | ||
Imper. | ganc, genc, ginc (gā, gē) | ||
Pres. P. | gānde, gēnde | ||
Preterite. | |||
Sing. | gienc or gie | ||
Plur. | giengen | ||
P.P. | (ge)gangen or gegān |
(3) stān, to stand.
Present. | |||
Indic. | Subj. | ||
---|---|---|---|
Sing. | stān, stēn, stā, stē | stā, stē (stande), &c. | |
stās(t), stēs(t) | |||
stāt, stēt | |||
Plur. | stān, stēn | ||
Infin. | stān, stēn | ||
Imper. | stā, stē, stant | ||
Preterite. | |||
stuont | |||
P.P. | gestanden or gestān |
74
(4) sīn, wësen, to be.
Present. | |||
Indic. | Subj. | ||
---|---|---|---|
Sing. | bin | sī (sīge, sīe) | |
bis(t) | sīs(t) (sīges(t), sīes(t)) | ||
ist | sī (sīge, sīe) | ||
Plur. | birn, sīn | sīn (sīgen, sīen) | |
birt, sīt | sīt (sīget, sīet) | ||
sint | sīn (sīgen, sīen) | ||
Infin. | sīn, wësen. | ||
Indic. Pret. Sing. | was; | pl. wāren (§ 30) | |
Subj.„„ | wære; | pl. wæren | |
P.P. | gewësen (gewëset) |
(5) wellen, to will.
Present. | ||
Indic. | Subj. | |
---|---|---|
Sing. | 1. wil | welle |
2. wil, wilt | welles(t) | |
3. wil | welle | |
Plur. | 1. wellen, weln | wellen |
2. wellet, welt | wellet | |
3. wellen, weln | wellen | |
Pret. | wolte or wolde (§ 40) | wolte or wölte |
Infin. | wellen. |
3. Contracted Verbs.
(1) lān = lāȥen, to let, leave.
Sing. | Plur. | |
---|---|---|
Pres. | lān | lān |
lās(t), læs(t) | lāt | |
lāt (læt) | lān | |
Pret. | lie or lieȥ (§ 87). | |
Imper. | lā | lāt |
Infin. | lān. | |
P.P. | (ge)lān |
75
(2) hān = haben, to have.
Sing. | Plur. | |
---|---|---|
Pres. | hān | hān |
hās(t) | hāt | |
hāt | hān | |
Pret. |
hāte (hëte, hēt(e), hiet(e), hæte) | |
hātes(t) | ||
&c. | ||
Subj. pres. | habe | |
habes(t) | ||
&c. | ||
„pret. | hæte, hete, hēte, hiete, hatte, &c. | |
Infin. | hān. | |
P.P. | gehabet, gehapt, gehāt. |
The contracted form hān, &c., is mostly used as an
auxiliary.
CHAPTER VII
SYNTAX
Cases.
§ 100.
Accusative. The accusative has much the same function as in NHG.
It is sometimes used, however, where the dat. or a preposition would be
required in NHG.:—ër vuor waȥȥer unde wëge, he went by
water and land. The acc. is used after wol, well, when
used as an interjection, as wol mich. A double accusative is
required not only after lēren, to teach, but also after
hëln, verhëln, to conceal, verdagen,
verswīgen, to keep secret.
§ 101.
Dative. ruofen, to call, and schirmen, to
protect, take the dative. The dative is often used adverbially:
allenthalben, on all sides, wīlen(t),
formerly, &c.
§ 102.
Genitive. The genitives hande, slahte, leie
= manner are used adverbially: maneger hande,
slahte, or leie, in many ways,
manifoldly.
The gen. is used in combination with the comparative of adjectives,
as dicker eines dūmes, thicker by the breadth of a thumb.
Indefinite and interrogative pronouns, used
76
substantively, take the genitive: iemen armer liute, any poor
people; niht schœneres, nothing more beautiful; dës
enmac niht sīn, that cannot be; waȥ mannes ër wære,
what kind of man he was. In the same manner the rel. swaȥ
may take the genitive: swaȥ man vant dër armen, whatever poor
people one found.
The genitive may be used predicatively:—sīt sī dës
goteshūses sint, since they belong to the house of God;
diu sorge ist mīn eines niht, I am not the only one who has
sorrow.
Impersonal verbs often take the genitive: mich genüeget dës,
that is enough for me; mich gezimt dës, that pleases
me.
The genitives dës and wës may be used adverbially in
the sense of therefore, wherefore; and likewise many
nouns: tages, by day; dës sëlben tages, the same
day; nahtes, by night.
Interjections usually take the genitive: owē mir mīnes leides!
alas! for my grief. vil, much, many;
mē(re), more; wēnic, lützel, little;
minner, minre, less; and genuoc,
enough, used as indeclinable substantives, are followed by the
genitive. Cardinal numerals, used substantively, are also followed by
the genitive: zweinzec starker man, twenty strong men.
Adjectives.
§ 103.
The weak and strong forms are used in the same manner as in Mod. HG.
dirre, this, is followed by the weak or strong form;
aller, all, usually by the strong. The strong or weak form
can be used after pronouns, as ich armer or ich arme, I
poor … In the vocative the weak form without the article is used,
as guoten liute, (ye) good people. When the same adjective
refers to nouns of different gender, it is put in the neuter plural.
ein and the possessive pronouns are followed by the
77
strong form in the Nom. and Acc. singular; by the strong or weak form in
the pl. and Gen. and Dative singular.
The possessive pronouns are declined strong.
The uninflected form of the adjective is used side by side with the
inflected in the Nom. singular, all genders, and Acc. singular neuter,
when the adjective comes before the noun: ein guot man, a good
man. When the adjective stands after the noun the uninflected form
may be used without reference to number, gender, or case, ein,
dehein, and the possessive pronouns have the uninflected form in
the Nom. for all genders, and Acc. neuter. The uninflected form of
al, all, can be used before all forms of the definite
article: in al dër wërlte, in all the world. See § 55.
Pronouns.
§ 104.
im, ir, pl. in, are used to express the dative of
the reflexive pronoun. dër is sometimes used pleonastically, as
dër brunne, dër was küele, the spring was cool.
man used as an indefinite pronoun can take the definite article
along with it.
Verbs.
§ 105.
Number. The verb can be used in the singular after a compound
subject, as Volkēr und Hagene sō sēre wüeten began, … began
to rage so furiously.
§ 106.
Tenses. The fut. simple is expressed by sol, muoȥ,
wil and the infin., or simply by the pres., as in OE.: ich sol
gān, I shall go; bin ich gnislīch, sō genise
ich, if I am curable, I shall recover. For the fut.
pf. the pf. is used: daȥ ist schiere getān, that will soon
have been done. The pf. is expressed either by the simple pret. or
the p.p. and the verbs hān, sīn; in subordinate sentences
the pret. often has the meaning of the pluperfect: dō du
78
von ir schiede, zehant sie starp, she died immediately after
thou hadst taken leave of her.
The preterite acquires a pluperfect, and the present a future perfect
meaning when the prefix ge is added to them: swenne iuwer sun
gewahset, when your son (shall have) has grown up; dō ich
in gesach, when I had seen him. The present participle with
sīn is sometimes used as in English, see ‘Arme Heinrich,’
l. 24.
§ 107.
Voice. The present and preterite passive are expressed by
wërden and the p.p., and the corresponding perfect tenses by
sīn and the p.p.
Pres. | ich wirde gelobet. |
Pret. | ich wart„ |
Perf. | ich bin„ |
Plupf. | ich was„ |
Inf. | gelobet sīn. |
§ 108.
Negation. Negation in sentences is expressed by ne
(en, n) before the verb, and niht after it: ër
enist guot, he is not good. niht is frequently
omitted, especially after the preterite presents, the verbs
wellen, lān, sentences containing negative pronouns or
adverbs, and in subordinate sentences.
en without niht is used with the subjunctive in
subordinate sentences in the sense of unless, if not,
except that, when that, that not, &c.: dën
līp wil ich verliesen, si enwërde mīn wīp, I will die if she will
not become my wife; ich wæne nieman in dër wërlte lëbe, ërn habe
ein leit, I believe no one lives in the world who has not his
trouble.
en is further also used in the sense of Latin ‘quin’: ich
mac daȥ niht bevarn, mirn wërde mīn ritterschaft benomen, I
cannot prevent my knighthood being taken away from me.
79
TEXTS
Line numbers have been removed from the prose passages. In the verse
passages, some unstressed e’s, and a few i’s, were printed with an under-dot: ẹ ị. This usage is not explained. Some under-dots may be
flyspecks, and a few umlauts were uncertain.
I
BERTHOLD VON REGENSBURG.
His name was properly Berthold Lech. He was the most celebrated preacher
of the thirteenth century. He died in Regensburg in 1272. The following
extract is from a sermon on Matt. v. 8.
‘Sælic sint die armen: wan daȥ himelrīch ist ir,’ etc. Mit disen aht
tugenden sint alle die ze himelrīche komen, die dā sint, und mit den
selben aht tugenden müeȥent noch alle die dar komen, die iemer mēr dar
komen süln. Nū wil ich die siben under wegen lān und wil niuwen von ir
einer sagen, wan alse vil guoter dinge an ir ieglīcher ist; und von ir
ieglīcher wære gar vil und gar lanc sunderlīchen ze sagenne; und wie
manigiu untugent uns an disen ahte tugenden irret, daȥ würde eht von
ieglīcher gar lanc ze sagenne. Wan man eȥ alleȥ in einer predigen niht
verenden mac, noch in vieren, noch in zehenen, sō wil ich iu hiute
niuwen sagen von den, die ein reine herze habent, und von den man hiute
dā liset in dem heiligen ewangelio ‘sælic sint, die reines herzen sint:
die werdent got
sehende.’A Die sint wol von rehte sælic, die dā got sehent. Ein
übergülde ist eȥ aller der sælikeit, diu ie wart oder iemer mēr eht
werden mac, swer got ansehende eht wirt, alsō süeȥe und alsō wünneclich
ist diu gesiht, die man an got siht. Sō wart nie deheiner muoter ir kint
nie sō liep, ān unser frouwen, und solte si eȥ drīe tage ane sehen ān
underlāȥ, daȥ si anders
niht enpflæge, wan eht si ir liebeȥ kint solte an sehen: si æȥe an
dem vierden tage vil gerner ein stücke brōtes. Und wolte ich vil gerner,
daȥ
80
ich alsō ein guot mensche wære, als daȥ wār ist, daȥ ich iezuo reden
wil. Ob daȥ alsō wære, daȥ man zuo einem menschen spræche, der iezuo bī
gote ist, ‘du hāst zehen kint ūf ertrīche, und du solt in koufen allen
samt, daȥ sie ēre und guot haben unz an ir tōt, dā mit, daȥ du einigen
ougenblic von gotes angesiht tuost, niuwen als lange als einȥ sīn hant
möht umbe kēren, und sich danne wider zuo gote, und du solt dīn ougen
niemer mēr von im kēren’: der mensche entæte sīn niht. Alse wār, herre,
dīn wārheit ist, alse wār ist disiu rede, daȥ er disiu zehen kint unze
an ir tōt ē nāch dem almuosen lieȥe gēn, ē danne er sich die kleine wīle
von gote wolte wenden. In habent die engel wol sehzic hundert jār an
gesehen, und sehent in hiute als gerne als des ērsten tages. Und sie
sint ouch alle samt sam des ērsten tages, dō sie got an sehende wurden.
Dō wart ir deheiner sīt nie eltlīcher danne des ērsten tages, und sint
doch sider wol sehzic hundert jār alt. Swelher hundert jār alt würde
under uns, der wære den liuten alse smæhe an ze sehenne von
ungestaltheit und von dem gebresten, den daȥ alter an im hæte gemaht: sō
mālet man die engele—dā sehet ir wol, swā man sie mālt, daȥ man
sie eht anders niht enmālt wan als ein kint von fünf jāren, als
junclich, oder von sehsen. Wan alle, die got sehent, die werdent niemer
eltlīcher, die in in himelrīche sehent in sīnen freuden und in sīnen
ēren. Ūf ertrīche sehen wir in alle tage in sīnem gewalte. Dehein
irdenischer muot noch irdenisch līp möhte daȥ niht erlīden, daȥ in
dehein irdenisch ouge iemer an gesehen möhte in sīnen freuden und in
sīnen ēren, als er ze himelrīche ist. Wir sagen iu ettewenne ein
glīchnisse, wie schœne got sī. Seht, alleȥ daȥ wir iemer gesagen künnen
oder mügen, daȥ ist rehte dem glīche, als obe ein kint uns solte sagen,
ob eȥ müglich wære, von aller der wirde und von aller der gezierde, die
diu werlt hāt, von der liehten sunnen, von den liehten sternen, von
edelre gesteine craft und von ir maniger slahte varwe, von der edelen
würze craft und von dem edelen gesmacke, und von der rīchen gezierde,
die man ūȥer sīden und ūȥer golde machet in dirre werlte, und von
maniger hande
81
süeȥen stimme, die diu werlt hāt, von vögelīn sange und von seitenspil,
und von maniger hande bluomen varwe, und von aller der gezierde, die
disiu werlt hāt. Alse unmügelich unde alse unkuntlīchen eime kinde dā
von ze redenne ist, als unkunt ist ouch uns dā von ze redenne, von der
unsegelīchen wünne, diu dā ze himel ist, und von dem wünneclīchen
antlütze des lebendigen gotes. Wan alliu diu freude, diu dā ze himele
ist, der ist niht wan von dem schīne, der von unsers herren antlütze
gēt. Und rehte als alle sternen ir lieht von der sunnen nement, alsō
habent alle heiligen ir gezierde und ir schōnheit von gote, und engele
und alleȥ himelische her. Reht als alle die sternen des himeles, der
māne und die planēten, grōȥ und kleine, die habent alle samt ir lieht
von der sunnen, diu uns dā liuhtet: und alsō hāt alleȥ himelischeȥ her,
engel und heiligen, die hœhsten und die minnesten, die habent alle samt
ir freude und ir wünne und ir gezierde und die ēre und die wirde
und ouch die schœnde, daȥ habent sie alle samt von der angesihte gotes,
daȥ sie got an sehent. Die engele, die dā unser hüetent, die sehent in
ze aller zīt an, als ob sie bī im wæren. Wan alliu diu freude, diu in
himelrīche ist, diu diuhte sie ze nihte, solten sie got niht an sehen.
Und dā von ‘sælic sint, die reines herzen sint; wan sie werdent got
sehende.’ Nu sehent, wie sælic die sint, die dā reineȥ herze tragent.
Ir, junge werlt, die noch unbewollen sint mit sünden, behaltent iuwer
herze vor allen tœtlīchen sünden, sō werdent ir got sehende in solīchen
freuden und in sō grōȥen ēren, die ouge nie gesach oder ōre nie gehōrte,
alse sant Paulus dā sprichet; und alse sant Johannes sprichet: ‘wær eȥ
mügelich, daȥ man eȥ alleȥ samt geschrīben möhte, sō möhte diu werlt diu
buoch in ir niht behalten, dā eȥ an gestüende, daȥ ich gesach. Und
alleȥ, daȥ ich gesach, daȥ was niht wan got alleine.’ Und dar umbe
möhten wir doch gerne ze dem himelrīche komen und drumbe arbeiten. Ob
uns niht diu minne und diu liebe dar twünge, der wir gote schuldic sīn,
seht, sō möhten wir dar umbe dar komen, durch daȥ wunder, daȥ dā ist. Eȥ
ist maniger vor mir: der im von sō getāner freude seite, daȥ si jenhalp meres wære, er
füere gar gerinclīchen 82
dar von hinnen über mer, niuwen daȥ erȥ gesæhe. Sō möhtent ir
hundertstunt gerner dar umb arbeiten, daȥ irȥ iemer mēre ēwiclīchen
nieȥen soltet. Die vil wünneclīchen angesiht des almehtigen gotes und
der himelischen küniginne ze der zeswen sīner sīten in guldīner wæte,
die möhtet ir gerne an sehen. Wan würde iu einiger anblic, sō wære in
alliu diu freude und diu ēre und aller der wollust, den diu werlt ie
gewan, daȥ wær iu hinne für als widerzæme und ouch alse unmære, reht als
sant Paulus dā sprach. Nu hœret wie er sprach; er sprach: ‘alliu diu ēre
und diu freude und daȥ gemach, diu disiu werlt ie gewan von keisern und
von künigen, wider der freude, diu in himelrīch ist; als widerzæme einem
wære ein diep an einem galgen, als kurz einem diu wīle dā mite wære, daȥ
er einen erhangen man triuten solte, wider aller der freude, die diu
werlt hāt: alse widerzæme ist mir diu freude aller der werlte wider der
ēwigen freude.’ Ei wol iuch wart, daȥ iuch iuwer muoter ie getruoc, die
sō getāne freude süln besitzen. Der ist, ob got wil, vil maniger vor
mīnen ougen. Ouch ist maniger, der vil kleine freude dar für nimt hie ūf
ertrīche, und daȥ dem guoten sante Paulen gar versmāhte, des wirt im der
tūsentste teil niht. Und die habent übel kouft, die sō übergrōȥe freude
gebent umb ein sō kurzeȥ freudelīn in dirre werlte. Die habent übel
gevarn; wan sie habent weder hie noch dort niht. Als ich iezuo sprach,
rehte in glīcher wīse, rehte alse alle sternen des himeles ir lieht von
der sunnen habent, alsō hāt alleȥ himelisch her ir lieht von dem wāren
sunnen, sīt danne unser herre der wāre sunne und daȥ wāre lieht ist,
alse der guote sant Johannes dā sprichet. Der hei et in daȥ wāre lieht;
als ouch daȥ vil wār ist: wan er ist daȥ wāre lieht, daȥ niemer mēr
verlischet. Und alle, die von sīme gotvarwen liehte enzündet werdent,
die erleschent ouch niemer mēre von der schōnheit, die sie von dem wāren
sunnen hānt. Und als vil diu sunne liehter und gelpfer ist, danne wir dā
sehen, rehte als vil diu liehtes und glastes über alle sterne hāt, die
an dem himel stēnt: als vil hāt der wāre sunne in himelrīche schīnes und
glastes mēr über alle engele und ist geschœnet
83
und gewirdet an allen ēren, alse billich ist. Und dā von sint sie sælic,
die ein reineȥ herze habent; wan si werdent got sehende.
II
THE SWABIAN LANTREHTBUOCH.
This work was compiled by David von Augsburg, about 1280 A.D.
Hie hebet sich an daȥ Lantrehtbuoch.
Herre got, himelischer vater, durch dīne milte güete geschüefe du den
menschen in drīvaltiger werdikeit. Diu ērste, daȥ er nāch dir gebildet
ist. Daȥ ist ouch ein alsō hōhiu werdikeit, der dir alleȥ menschlich
künne sunderlīchen immer danken sol. Wan des haben wir gar michel reht,
vil lieber herre, himelischer vater, sīt du uns zuo dīner hōhen gotheit
alsō werdiclīchen geedelt hāst. Diu ander werdikeit, dā du, herre got,
almähtic schepfer, den menschen zuo geschaffen hāst, daȥ ist diu, daȥ du
alle dise werelt, die sunnen unde den mānen, die sterne unde diu vier
element, viur, waȥȥer, luft unde die erden, die vogel in den lüften, die
vische in dem wāge, diu tier in dem walde, die würme in der erden, golt
unde edel gesteine, der edeln würze süeȥen smac, der bluomen liehte
varwe, der boume fruht unde ēt alle crēatūre: daȥ hāst du, herre, alleȥ
dem menschen ze nutze unde ze dienste geschaffen durch die triuwe unde
durch die minne, die du ze dem menschen hetest. Diu dritte werdikeit, dā
du, herre, den menschen mit gewirdet unde geedelt hāst, daȥ ist diu, daȥ
der mensche die wirde unde die ēre, die vreude unde die wünne immer mit
dir ēwiclīchen nieȥen sol. Der werelde dienst unde nuz hāst du, herre,
dem menschen umbe sust gegeben ze einer manunge unde ze einem vorbilde.
Sīt des sō vil ist, des du, herre, dem menschen umbe sust gegeben hāst,
dā bī sol der mensche nu trahten, sō mege des wol gar übermæȥiclīchen vil sīn, des du dem
menschen umbe sīnen
84
dienst geben wilt. Unde dar umbe sol ein iegelīch mensche got dienen mit
ganzen triuwen; wan der lōn ist alsō übermæȥiclīchen grōȥ, daȥ in herzen
sin nie betrahten möhte noch menschen zunge nie gesprechen möhte, noch
ougen sehen künde in nie beliuhten, noch ōre nie gehœren. Daȥ wir nu got
der hōhen werdikeit gedanken unde den grōȥen lōn verdienen, des helfe
uns der almähtige got. āmen.
Sīt uns got in sō hōher werdikeit geschaffen hāt, sō wil er ouch, daȥ
wir werdeȥ leben haben, unde daȥ wir einander wirde unde ēre erbieten,
triuwe unde wārheit, niht haȥ unde nīt einander tragen. Wir sullen mit
fride unde mit suone under einander leben. Fridlich leben hāt unser
herre got liep. Wan er kom von himelrīche ūf erderīche durch anders niht
wan durch den rehten fride, daȥ er uns einen rehten fride schüefe vor
der ēwigen marter, ob wir selben wellen. Unde dā von sungen die engel ob
der krippen: ‘Gloria in excelsis deo et in terra pax hominibus bonae
voluntatis’—‘Gots ēre in dem himel unde guot fride ūf der
erden allen den, die guoten willen habent ūf erderīche!’ Dō unser herre
got hie ūf erderīche gie, sō was daȥ ie sīn ellich wort: ‘Pax
vobis!’ daȥ sprichet: ‘der fride sī mit iu!’ unde alsō sprach er
alle zīt zuo sīnen jungern unde zuo andern liuten. Unde dā bī suln wir
merken, wie rehte liep der almehtige got den rehten vride hāt. Wan dō er
von erderīche wider ūf zuo himel fuor, dō sprach er aber zuo sīnen
jungern: ‘der vride sī mit iu!’ unde enphalh dem guoten Sant Pēter, daȥ
er phleger wære über den rehten fride, unde gap im den gewalt, daȥ er
den himel ūf slüȥȥe allen den, die den fride hielten, unde swer den
fride bræche, daȥ er dem den himel vor beslüȥȥe. Daȥ ist alsō
gesprochen: ēt alle, die diu gebot unsers herren zebrechent, die habent
ouch den rehten fride gebrochen. Daȥ ist ouch von gote reht, swer diu
gebot unsers herren zebrichet, daȥ man dem den himel vor besliuȥet, sīt
uns got nu geholfen hāt, daȥ wir mit rehtem leben unde mit fridlīchem
leben daȥ himelrīch verdienen mügen. Wan daȥ was niht vor gotes geburt,
swie wol der mensche tæt in aller der werelde, sō mohte er doch 85
ze dem himelrīch niht komen. Got geschuof des ērsten himel unde erden,
dar nāch den menschen unde sazte in in daȥ paradys. Der zebrach die
gehōrsam uns allen ze schaden; dar umbe gienge wir irre sam diu
hirtelōsen schāf, daȥ wir in daȥ himelrīch niht mohten, unz an die zīt,
daȥ uns got den wec dar wīste mit sīner marter, unde dar umbe solde wir
got immer loben unde ēren von allem unserm herzen unde von aller unserre
sēle unde von aller unserre maht, daȥ wir nu sō wol ze den ēwigen
freuden kæmen, ob wir wolden; daȥ hie vor manigen heiligen patriarken
unde prophēten tiure was. Diu genāde unde diu sælikeit ist uns kristen
liuten nu widervaren, daȥ wir nu wol daȥ himelrīch mugen verdienen. Unde
swer des niht entuot unde diu gebot unsers herren zebrichet, daȥ richet
er billīchen an im.
Von vrīen liuten.
Wir zelen drīer hande vrīen. Der heiȥent eine sempervrīen: daȥ sint die vrīen herren, als
fürsten unde die ander frīen ze man hānt. Sō heiȥent die andern miter vrīen: daȥ sint die, die
der hōhen vrīen man sint. Die driten vrīen daȥ sint die vrīen lantsæȥen,
die gebūren, die dā vrī sint. Der hāt ieglīcher sīn sunder reht, als wir
her nāch wol bescheiden.
Von tiutscher liute ēren.
Die tiutschen kiesent den künic: daȥ erwarb in der künic Karl. Swenne
er gewīhet wirt unt ūf den stuol ze Ache gesetzet wirt mit der willen,
die in erwelt hānt, sō hāt er küniclīchen gewalt unde namen.—Den
künic kiuset man ze rihter umbe eigen unde umbe lēhen unde über
ieglīches menschen līp unde umbe alleȥ, daȥ vür in ze klagen kumet. Der
keiser mac in allen landen niht gesīn, unde mac alleȥ ungerihte niht
verrihten. Dā von līhet er den fürsten unde andern herren wereltlīch
gerihte. An die vierten hant mac dehein gerihte nimmer komen mit rehte,
dā man umbe menschenbluot rihten sol ode umbe alle vrevel.
86
III
HARTMAN VON OUWE.
He was born somewhere between 1160-1170, in the neighbourhood of
Rottenburg in Swabia, and died about 1220.
The following extract is taken from Paul’s edition: Der Arme Heinrich,
Halle, 1882.
Ein ritter sō gelēret was
daȥ er an den buochen las
swaȥ er dar an geschriben vant.
der was Hartman genant,
5
dienstman was er ze Ouwe.
er nam im mange schouwe
an mislīchen buochen:
dar an begunde er suochen
ob er iht des funde
10
dā mite er swære stunde
möhte senfter machen,
und von sō gewanten sachen
daȥ gotes ēren töhte
und dā mite er sich möhte
15
gelieben den liuten.
nu beginnet er in diuten
ein rede die er geschriben vant.
dar umbe hāt er sich genant,
daȥ er sīner arbeit
20
die er dar an hāt geleit
iht āne lōn belībe,
und swer nāch sīnem lībe
sī hœre sagen oder lese,
25
der sēle heiles hin ze gote.
man seit, er sī sīn selbes bote
87
unde erlœse sich dā mite,
swer über des andern schulde bite.
Er las ditze mære,
30
wie ein herre wære
ze
Swāben geseȥȥen:
an dem enwas vergeȥȥen
deheiner der tugende
die ein ritter in sīner jugende
35
ze vollem lobe haben sol.
man sprach dō niemen alsō wol
in allen den landen.
geburt und dar zuo rīcheit:
40
ouch was sīn tugent vil breit.
swie ganz sīn habe wære,
sīn geburt unwandelbære
und wol den fürsten gelīch,
doch was er unnāch alsō rīch
45
der gebürte und des guotes
sō der ēren und des muotes.
Sīn name der was erkennelich,
und hieȥ der herre Heinrich,
und was von Ouwe geborn.
50
sīn herze hāte versworn
valsch und alle törperheit,
und behielt ouch vaste den eit
stæte unz an sīn ende.
ān alle missewende
55
stuont sī ēre und sīn leben.
im was der rehte wunsch gegeben
ze werltlīchen ēren:
die kunde er wol gemēren
mit aller hande reiner tugent.
60
er was ein bluome der jugent,
der werlte fröude ein spiegelglas.
88
stæter triuwe ein adamas,
ein ganziu krōne der zuht.
er was der nōthaften fluht,
65
ein schilt sīner māge,
der milte ein glīchiu wāge:
im enwart über noch gebrast.
er truoc den arbeitsamen last
der ēren über rücke.
70
er was des rātes brücke,
und sanc vil wol von minnen.
alsus kund er gewinnen
der werlte lop unde prīs.
er was hübesch und dar zuo wīs.
75
Dō der herre Heinrich
alsō geniete sich
ēren unde guotes
und frœlīches muotes
und werltlīcher wünne
80
(er was für al sīn künne
geprīset unde geēret),
sīn hōher muot wart verkēret
in ein leben gar geneiget.
an im wart erzeiget,
85
also ouch an Absolōne,
daȥ diu üppige krōne
werltlīcher süeȥe
vellet under füeȥe
ab ir besten werdekeit,
90
als uns diu schrift hāt geseit.
eȥ spricht an einer stete dā,
‘mēdiā vītā
in morte sumus’:
daȥ bediutet sich alsus,
95
daȥ wir in dem tōde sweben
sō wir aller beste wænen leben.
89
Dirre werlte veste,
ir stæte, unde ir beste
unde ir grœste magenkraft,
100
diu stāt āne meisterschaft.
des muge wir an der kerzen sehen
ein wāreȥ bilde geschehen,
daȥ sī zeiner aschen wirt
enmitten dō sī lieht birt.
105
wir sīn von brœden sachen.
nū sehent wie unser lachen
mit weinen erlischet.
unser süeȥe ist vermischet
mit bitterre gallen.
110
unser bluome der muoȥ vallen
so er allergrüenest wænet sīn.
an hern Heinrīche wart wol schīn,
der in dem hœhsten werde
lebet ūf dirre erde,
115
derst der versmæhete vor gote.
er viel von sīme gebote
ab sīner besten werdekeit
in ein versmæhelīcheȥ leit:
in ergreif diu miselsuht.
120
dō man die swæren gotes zuht
gesach an sīnem lībe,
manne unde wībe
wart er dō widerzæme.
nū sehent wie genæme
125
er ē der werlte wære,
und wart nū alse unmære
daȥ in niemen gerne an sach:
alse ouch Jōbe geschach,
dem edeln und dem rīchen,
130
der ouch vil jæmerlīchen
dem miste wart ze teile
90
mitten in sīme heile.
alrēst verstuont sich
135
daȥ er der werlte widerstuont,
als alle sīne gelīchen tuont,
dō schiet in sīn bitter leit
von Jōbes gedultikeit.
wan eȥ leit Jōb der guote
140
mit gedultigem muote,
do eȥ ime ze līdenne geschach,
durch der sēle gemach.
den siechtuom und die smācheit
die er von der werlte leit,
145
des lobet er got und fröute sich.
dō tet der arme Heinrich
leider niender alsō:
wan er was trūrec unde unfrō.
sīn swebendeȥ herze daȥ verswanc,
150
sīn swimmendiu fröude ertranc,
sīn hōchvart muoste vallen,
sīn honic wart ze gallen,
ein swinde vinster donreslac
zerbrach im sīnen mitten tac,
155
ein trüebeȥ wolken unde dic
bedaht’ im sīner sunnen blic.
er sente sich vil sēre
daȥ er sō manege ēre
hinder im müeste lāȥen.
160
verfluochet und verwāȥen
wart vil ofte der tac
dā sīn geburt ane lac.
Ein wēnic fröuwet er sich doch
von eime trōste dannoch:
165
wan im wart dicke geseit
daȥ disiu selbe siecheit
91
wære vil mislich
und etelīchiu gnislich.
des wart vil maneger slahte
170
sīn gedinge und sīn ahte.
er gedāhte daȥ er wære
vil līhte genisbære,
und fuor alsō drāte
nāch der arzāte rāte
175
gegen Munpasiliere.
dā vant er vil schiere
niht wan den untrōst
daȥ er niemer würde erlōst.
Daȥ hōrte er vil ungerne,
180
und fuor gegen Sālerne
und suochte ouch dā durch genist
der wīsen arzāte list.
den besten meister er dā vant.
der seite ime zehant
185
ein seltsæne mære,
daȥ er genislich wære
und wære doch iemer ungenesen.
dō sprach er ‘wie mac daȥ wesen?
diu rede ist harte unmügelich.
190
bin ich gnislich, sō genise ich:
und swaȥ mir für wirt geleit
von guote oder von arbeit,
daȥ trūwe ich vollebringen.’
‘nū lāt daȥ gedingen’
195
sprach der meister aber dō:
‘iuwẹrre sühte ist alsō
(waȥ frumet daȥ ichȥ iu kunt tuo?):
dā hœret arzenīe zuo:
des wæret ir genislīch.
200
nu enist ab nieman sō rīch
noch von sō starken sinnen
92
der sī müge gewinnen.
des sint ir iemer ungenesen,
got enwellẹ der arzāt wesen.’
205
Dō sprach der arme Heinrich
‘war umbe untrœstent ir mich?
jā hān ich guotes wol die kraft:
ir enwellent iuwer meisterschaft
und iuwer reht ouch brechen
210
und dar zuo versprechen
beidiu mīn silber und mīn golt,
ich mache iuch mir alsō holt
daȥ ir mich harte gerne ernert.’
‘mir wærẹ der wille unrewert’
215
sprach der meister aber dō:
‘und wærẹ der arzenīe alsō
daȥ man sī veile funde
oder daȥ man sī kunde
mit deheinen dingẹn erwerben,
220
ich enlieȥe iuch niht verderben.
nu enmac des leider niht sīn:
dā von muoȥ iu diu helfe mīn
durch alle nōt sīn versaget.
ir müesent haben eine maget
225
diu vollen ērbære
und ouch des willen wære
daȥ sī den tōt durch iuch lite.
nu enist eȥ niht der liute site
daȥ eȥ iemen gerne tuo.
230
sō hœrt ouch anders niht dar zuo
niwan der megede herzen bluot:
daȥ wærẹ für iuwer suht guot.’
Nu erkantẹ der arme Heinrich
daȥ daȥ wære unmügelich
235
daȥ iemen den erwürbe
der gerne für in stürbe.
93
alsus was im der trōst benomen
ūf den er dar was komen,
und dar nāch für die selben frist
240
dehein gedinge mēre.
des wart sīn herzesēre
alsō kreftic unde grōȥ
daȥ in des aller meist verdrōȥ,
245
ob er langer solte leben.
nū fuor er heim und begunde geben
sīn erbe und ouch sīn varnde guot,
als in dō sīn selbes muot
und wīser rāt lērte,
250
da erȥ aller bestẹ bekērte.
er begundẹ bescheidenlīchen
sīn armen friunde rīchen
und trōste ouch frömde armen,
daȥ sich got erbarmen
255
geruochte über der sēle heil:
gotes hiusern viel daȥ ander teil.
alsus sō tet er sich abe
bescheidenlīchen sīner habe
unz an ein geriute:
260
dar flōch er die liute.
disiu jæmerlīchẹ geschiht
diu was sīn eines klage niht:
in klageten elliu diu lant
dā er inne was erkant,
265
und ouch von vrömden landen
die in nāch sage erkanden.
Der ē ditz geriute
und der eȥ dannoch biute,
daȥ was ein frīer būman
270
der vil selten ie gewan
dehein grōȥ ungemach,
94
daȥ andẹrn gebūren doch geschach,
die wirs geherret wāren,
und sī die niht verbāren
275
beidiu mit stiure und mit bete.
swaȥ dirrẹ gebūre gerne tete,
des dūhte sīnen herren gnuoc:
dar zuo er in übertruoc
daȥ er dehein arbeit
280
von frömdem gewalte leit.
des was deheiner sīn gelīch
in dem lande alsō rīch.
zuo deme zōch sich
sīn herrẹ, der arme Heinrich.
285
swaȥ er in het ē gespart,
wie wol daȥ nū gedienet wart
und wie schōne er sīn genōȥ!
wan in vil lützel des verdrōȥ
swaȥ im geschach durch in.
290
er hete die triuwe und ouch den sin
daȥ er vil willeclīche leit
den kumber und die arbeit
diu ime ze līdenne geschach.
er schuof ime rīch gemach.
295
Got hete dem meiger gegeben
nāch sīner ahte ein reineȥ leben.
er hete ein wol erbeiten līp
und ein wol werbendeȥ wīp,
dar zuo het er schœniu kint,
300
diu gar des mannes fröude sint,
unde hete, sō man saget,
undẹr den kinden eine maget,
ein kint von ahte jāren:
daȥ kunde wol gebāren
305
sō rehte güetlīchen:
sī wolte nie entwīchen
95
von ir herren einen fuoȥ:
umb sīne hulde und sīnen gruoȥ
sō diente si ime alle wege
310
mit ir güetlīchen pflege.
sī was ouch sō genæme
daȥ sī wol gezæme
ze kinde deme rīche
an ir wætlīche.
315
Die andern heten den sin
daȥ sī ze rehter māȥe in
wol gemīden kunden:
sō flōch sī zallen stunden
zuo ime und niender anders war.
320
sī was sīn kurzewīle gar.
sī hete gar ir gemüete
mit reiner kindes güete
an ir herren gewant,
daȥ man sī zallen zīten vant
325
undẹr ir herren fuoȥe.
mit süeȥer unmuoȥe
wonte sī ir herren bī.
dar zuo sō liebte er ouch sī
swā mite sō er mohte,
330
und daȥ der meide tohte
zuo ir kintlīchen spil,
des gab der herre ir vil.
ouch half in sēre daȥ diu kint
sō līhte ze gewenenne sint.
335
er gewan ir swaȥ er veile vant,
spiegel unde hārbant,
gürtel unde vingerlīn
und swaȥ kinden liep solte sīn.
mit dienste brāhte er s’ ūf die vart
340
daȥ sī im alsō heimlich wart
daȥ er sī sīn gemahele hieȥ.
96
diu guote maget in lieȥ
belīben selten eine:
er dūhte sī vil reine.
345
swie starke ir daȥ geriete
diu kindische miete,
iedoch geliebte irȥ aller meist
von gotes gebe ein süeȥer geist.
Ir dienst war sō güetlich.
350
dō dō der arme Heinrich
driu jār dā getwelte
unde im got gequelte
mit grōȥem jāmer den līp,
nū saȥ der meier und sīn wīp
355
unde ir tohter, diu maget
von der ich iu ē hān gesaget,
bī im in ir unmüeȥekeit
und begunden klagen ir herren leit.
diu klage tet in michel nōt:
360
wan sī vorhten daȥ sīn tot
sī sēre solte letzen
und vil gar entsetzen
ēren unde guotes
und daȥ herters muotes
365
würde ein ander herre.
si gedāhten alsō verre
unz dirre selbe būman
alsus frāgen began.
Er sprach ‘lieber herre mīn,
370
möht eȥ mit iuwern hulden sīn,
ich frāgte vil gerne,
von arzenīen meister ist,
wie kumet daȥ ir deheines list
375
ze iuwerme ungesunde
niht gerāten kunde?
97
herre, des wundert mich.’
dō holtẹ der arme Heinrich
tiefen sūft von herzen
380
mit bitterlīchem smerzen:
mit solher riuwe er dō sprach
daȥ ime der sūft daȥ wort zerbrach.
‘Ich hān disen schemelīchen spot
vil wol gedienet umbe got.
385
wan dū sæhe wol hie vor
daȥ hōh offen stuont mīn tor
nāch werltlīcher wünne
und daȥ niemen in sīnem künne
sīnen willen baȥ hete dan ich:
390
und was daȥ doch unmügelich,
wan ich enhete niht gar.
dō nam ich sīn vil kleine war
der mir daȥ selbe wunschleben
von sīnen gnāden hete gegeben.
395
daȥ herze mir dō alsō stuont
als alle werlttōren tuont,
den daȥ saget ir muot
daȥ sī ēre unde guot
āne got mügen hān.
400
sus troug ouch mich mīn tumber wān,
wan ich in lützel ane sach
von des genāden mir geschach
vil ēren unde guotes.
dō dō des hōhen muotes
405
den hōhen portenærẹ bedrōȥ,
die sælden porte er mir beslōȥ.
dane kum ich leider niemer in:
daȥ verworhte mir mīn tumber sin.
got hāt durch rāche an mich geleit
410
ein sus gewante siecheit
die niemen mag erlœsen,
98
nū versmæhent mich die bœsen,
die biderben ruochent mīn niht.
swie bœse er ist der mich gesiht,
415
des boeser muoȥ ich dannoch sīn.
sīn unwert tuot er mir schīn:
er wirfẹt diu
ougen abe mir.
nū schīnet ērste an dir
dīn triuwe die dū hāst,
420
daȥ dū mich siechen bī dir lāst
und von mir niht enfliuhest.
swie dū mich niht enschiuhest,
swie ich niemen liep sī danne dir,
swie vil dīns heiles stē an mir,
425
du vertrüegest doch wol mīnen tōt.
nū wes unwert und wes nōt
wart ie zer werlte merre?
hie vor was ich dīn herre
und bin dīn dürftige nū.
430
mīn lieber friunt, nu koufest dū
und mīn gemahele und dīn wīp
an mir den ēwigen līp
daȥ dū mich siechen bī dir lāst.
des dū mich gefrāget hāst,
435
daȥ sage ich dir vil gerne.
ichn kunde ze Sālerne
einen meister niender vinden
der sich mīn underwinden
getörste oder wolte.
440
wan dā mite ich solte
mīner sühte genesen,
daȥ müeste ein solhiu sache wesen
die in der werlte nieman
mit nihte gewinnen kan.
445
mir wart niht anders dā gesaget
wan ich müeste haben eine maget
99
diu vollen manbære
und ouch des willen wære
daȥ sī den tōt durch mich lite
450
und man sī zuo dem herzen snite,
und mir wærẹ niht anders guot
wan von ir herzen daȥ bluot.
nū ist genuoc unmügelich
daȥ ir deheiniu durch mich
455
gerne līde den tōt.
des muoȥ, ich schemelīche nōt
tragen unz an mīn ende.
daȥ mirȥ got schiere sende!’
Daȥ er dem vater hete gesagt,
460
daȥ erhōrte ouch diu reine magt:
wan eȥ hete diu vil süeȥe
ir lieben herren füeȥe
stānde in ir schōȥen,
man möhte wol genōȥen
465
ir kintlīch gemüete
hin ze der engel güete.
sīner rede nam sī war
unde marhte sī ouch gar:
sī enkam von ir herzen nie
470
unz man des nahtes slāfen gie.
dō sī zir vater füeȥen lac
und ouch ir muoter, sō sī pflac,
und sī beide entsliefen,
manegen sūft tiefen
475
holte sī von herzen.
umbe ir herren smerzen
wart ir riuwe alsō grōȥ
daȥ ir ougen regen begōȥ
der slāfenden füeȥe,
480
sus erwahte sī diu süeȥe.
Dō sī der trehene enpfunden,
100
si erwachten und begunden
sī frāgen waȥ ir wære
und welher hande swære
485
sī alsō stille möhte klagen.
nu enwolte sī es in niht sagen,
wan daȥ ir vater aber tete
vil manege drō unde bete
daȥ sī eȥ ime wolte sagen.
490
sī sprach ‘ir möhtent mit mir klagen.
waȥ möhte uns mē gewerren
danne umb unsern herren,
daȥ wir den suln verliesen
und mit ime verkiesen
495
beide guot und ēre?
wir gewinnen niemer mēre
deheinen herren alsō guot
der uns tuo daȥ er uns tuot.’
Sī sprāchen ‘tohter, dū hāst wār.
500
nū frumet uns leider niht ein hār
unser riuwe und dīn klage:
liebeȥ kint, dā von gedage.
eȥ ist uns alsō leit sō dir.
leider nū enmuge wir
505
ime ze keinen staten komen.
got der hāt in uns benomen:
het eȥ iemen anders getān,
der müese unsern fluoch hān.’
Alsus gesweigẹten sī sī dō.
510
die naht beleip sī unfrō
und morne allen den tac.
swes iemen anders pflac,
diz enkam von ir herzen nie
unz man des andern nahtes gie
515
slāfen nāch gewonheit.
dō sī sich hete geleit
101
an ir alte bettestat,
sī bereite aber ein bat
mit weinenden ougen:
520
wan sī truoc tougen
nāhe in ir gemüete
die aller meisten güete
die ich von kinde ie vernam.
welch kint getete ouch ie alsam?
525
des einen sī sich gar verwac,
gelebetẹ sī morne den tac,
daȥ sī benamen ir leben
umbe ir herren wolte geben.
Von dem gedanke wart sī dō
530
vil ringes muotes unde frō,
und hete deheine sorge mē,
wan ein vorhtẹ diu tete ir wē,
sō sīȥ ir herren sagte,
daȥ er dar an verzagte,
535
und swenne sīȥ in allen drin
getæte kunt, daȥ sī an in
der gehenge niht enfunde
daȥ mans ir iht gunde.
Des wart sō grōȥ ir ungehabe
540
daȥ ir muoter dar abe
unde ir vater wart erwaht
als ouch an der vordern naht.
sī rihten sich ūf zuo ir
und sprāchen ‘sich, waȥ wirret dir?
545
dū bist vil alwære
daȥ du dich sō manege swære
von solher klage hāst an genomen
der niemen mac zeim ende komen.
war umbẹ lāstu uns niht slāfen?’
550
sus begunden sī sī strāfen.
waȥ ir diu klage töhte,
102
die niemen doch enmöhte
verenden noch gebüeȥen?
sus wānden sī die süeȥen
555
gesweigen an der selben stunt:
dō was ir wille in vil unkunt.
Sus antwurte in diu maget.
‘als uns mīn herre hāt gesaget,
sō mac man in vil wol ernern.
560
zewāre, ir welt mirȥ danne wern,
sō bin ich ze der arzenīe guot.
ich bin ein maget und hān den muot,
ē ich in sihe verderben,
ich wil ē für in sterben.’
565
Von dirre rede wurden dō
trūric unde unfrō
beide muoter unde vater.
sīne tohter die bat er
daȥ sī die rede lieȥe
570
und ir herren gehieȥe
daȥ sī geleisten möhte,
wand ir diz niht entöhte.
Er sprach ‘tohter, du bist ein kint
und dīne triuwe die sint
575
ze grōȥ an disen dingen.
du enmaht es niht für bringen
als dū uns hie hāst verjehen.
dū hāst des tōdes niht gesehen.
swenn eȥ dir kumet ūf die frist
580
daȥ des dehein rāt ist,
dū enmüeȥest sterben,
und möhtest dūȥ erwerben,
dū lebetest gerner dannoch:
wan dun kæme nie in leider loch.
585
dā von tuo zuo dīnen munt:
und wirstū für dise stunt
103
der rede iemer mēre lūt,
eȥ gāt dir ūf dīne hūt.’
Alsus sō wānde er sī dō
590
bēdiu mit bete und mit drō
gesweigen: dō enmohter.
sus antwurt ime sīn tohter.
‘Vater mīn, swie tump ich sī,
mir wonet iedoch diu witze bī
595
daȥ ich von sage wol die nōt
erkenne daȥ des lībes tōt
ist starc unde strenge.
swer ouch dannẹ die lenge
mit arbeiten leben sol,
600
dem ist iedoch niht ze wol.
wan swenne er hie geringet
und ūf sīn alter bringet
den līp mit michelre nōt,
sō muoȥ er līden doch den tōt.
605
ist ime diu sēle dannẹ verlorn,
sō wære er beȥȥer ungeborn.
eȥ ist mir komen ūf daȥ zil,
des ich got iemer loben wil,
daȥ ich den jungen līp mac geben
610
umbẹ daȥ ēwige leben.
nū sult ir mirȥ niht leiden.
ich wil mir unde iu beiden
vil harte wol mite varn.
ich mag iuch eine wol bewarn
615
vor schaden und vor leide,
als ich iu nū bescheide.
ir hānt ēre unde guot:
daȥ meinet mīnes herren muot;
wan er iu leit nie gesprach
620
und ouch daȥ guot nie abe gebrach.
die wīle daȥ er leben sol
104
sō stēt iuwer sache wol:
und lāȥe wir den sterben,
sō müeȥen wir verderben.
625
den wil ich uns fristen
mit alsō schœnen listen
dā mite wir alle sīn genesen.
nū gunnet mirs, wan eȥ muoȥ wesen.’
Diu muoter weinende sprach,
630
dō sī der tohter ernst ersach,
‘gedenke, tohter, liebeȥ kint,
wie grōȥ die arbeite sint
die ich durch dich erliten hān,
und lā mich beȥȥern lōn enpfān
635
dan ich dich hœre sprechen.
dū wilt mīn herze brechen.
senfte mir der rede ein teil.
jā wiltū alleȥ dīn heil
an uns verwürken wider got.
640
wan gedenkest dū an sīn gebot?
jā gebōt er unde bat er
daȥ man muoter unde vater
minne und ēre biete,
und geheiȥet daȥ ze miete
645
daȥ der sēle rāt werde
und lanclīp ūf der erde.
dū gihst, dū wellest dīn leben
umb unser beider fröude geben:
dū wilt uns beiden
650
daȥ leben vaste leiden.
daȥ dīn vater unde ich
gerne leben, daȥ ist durch dich.
a
waȥ solte uns līp unde guot,
b
waȥ solte uns werltlich muot,
c
swenne wir dīn enbæren?
d
dune. . . . . .
105
jā soltū, liebiu tohter mīn,
unser beider fröude sīn,
655
gar unsers lībes wünne,
ein bluome in dīme künne,
unsers alters ein stap.
und lāstū uns über dīn grap
gestēn von dīnen schulden,
660
dū muost von gotes hulden
iemer sīn gescheiden:
daȥ koufest an uns beiden.’
a
‘wiltu uns tohter wesen guot,
b
sō soltū rede und den muot
c
durch unsers herren hulde lān,
d
die ich von dir vernomen hān.’
Si sprach ‘muoter, ich getrūwe dir
und mīnem vater her ze mir
665
aller der genāden wol
der vater unde muoter sol
leisten ir kinde,
als ich eȥ wol bevinde
an iu allertegelich.
670
von iuwern gnāden hān ich
die sēle und einen schœnen līp.
mich lobet man unde wīp,
und alle die mich sehende sint,
ich sī daȥ schœneste kint
675
daȥ sī zir lebene haben gesehen.
wem soll ich der genāden jehen
niuwan iu zwein nāch gote?
des sol ich ze iuwerm gebote
iemer vil gerne stān:
680
wie michel reht ich des hān!
muoter, sæligeȥ wīp,
sīt ich nū sēle unde līp
von iuwern genāden hān,
106
sō lāntȥ an iuwern hulden stān
685
daȥ ich ouch die beide
von dem tiuvel scheide
und mich gote müeȥe geben.
jā ist dirre werlte leben
niuwan der sēle verlust.
690
ouch hāt mich werltlīch gelust
unz her noch niht berüeret,
der hin zer helle füeret.
nū wil ich gote genāde sagen
daȥ er in mīnen jungen tagen
695
mir die sinne hāt gegeben
daȥ ich ūf diz brœde leben
ahte harte kleine.
ich wil mich alsus reine
antwürtẹn in gotes gewalt.
700
ich fürhte, solt ich werden alt,
daȥ mich der werlte süeȥe
zuhte under füeȥe,
als sī vil manegen hāt gezogen
den ouch ir süeȥe hāt betrogen:
705
sō würde ich līhte gote entsaget.
gote müeȥe eȥ sīn geklaget
daȥ ich unz morne leben sol:
mir behaget diu werlt niht sō wol.
ir meiste liep ist herzeleit
710
(daȥ sī iu für wār geseit),
ir süeȥer lōn ein bitter nōt,
ir lancleben ein gæher tōt.
wir hān niht gewisses mē
wan hiute wol und morne wē
715
und ie ze jungest der tōt.
daȥ ist ein jæmerlīchiu nōt.
eȥ enschirmet geburt noch guot,
schœne, sterke, hōher muot,
107
eȥ enfrumt tugent noch ēre
720
für den tōt niht mēre
dann ungeburt und untugent.
unser leben und unser jugent
ist ein nebel unde ein stoup,
unser stæte bibent als ein loup.
725
er ist ein vil verschaffen gouch
der gerne in sich vaȥȥt den rouch,
eȥ sī wīp oder man,
der diz niht wol bedenken kan
und ouch der werlt nāch volgende ist.
730
wan uns ist über den fūlen mist
der pfeller hie gespreitet:
swen nū der blic verleitet,
der ist zuo der hellẹ geborn
unde enhāt niht mē verlorn
735
wan beidiu sēle unde līp.
nu gedenkent, sæligeȥ wīp,
müeterlīcher triuwe
und senftent iuwer riuwe
die ir dā habent umbe mich:
740
so bedenket ouch der vater sich.
ich weiȥ wol daȥ er mir heiles gan.
er ist ein alsō biderber man
daȥ er erkennet wol daȥ ir
unlange doch mit mir
745
iuwer fröude mügent hān,
ob ich joch lebende bestān.
belībe ich āne man bī iu
zwei jār oder driu,
sō ist mīn herre līhte tōt,
750
und kument in sō grōȥe nōt
vil līhte von armuot
daȥ ir mir alsolheȥ guot
zeinem man niht mugent geben,
108
ich enmüeȥe alse swache leben
755
daȥ ich iu lieber wære tōt.
nu verswīgẹ wir aber der nōt,
daȥ uns niht enwerre
und uns mīn lieber herre
were und alsō lange lebe
760
unz daȥ man mich zeim manne gebe
der rīche sī unde wert:
sō ist geschehen des ir dā gert
und wænent mir sī wol geschehen.
anders hāt mir mīn muot verjehen.
765
wirt er mir liep, daȥ ist ein nōt:
wirt er mir leit, daȥ ist der tōt.
wan sō hān ich iemer leit
und bin mit ganzer arbeit
gescheiden von gemache
770
mit maneger hande sache
diu den wīben wirret
und sī ze fröuden irret.
nū setzt mich in den vollen rāt
der dā niemer zergāt.
775
mīn gert ein frīer būman
dem ich wol mīnes lībes gan.
zwāre, dem sult ir mich geben,
sō ist geschaffet wol mīn leben.
im gēt sīn pfluoc harte wol,
780
sīn hof ist alles rātes vol,
da enstirbet ros noch daȥ rint,
da enmüent diu weinenden kint,
da enist ze heiȥ noch ze kalt,
dā wirt von jāren niemen alt,
785
der alte wirt junger,
da enist frost noch hunger,
da enist deheiner slahte leit,
da ist ganziu fröude ān arbeit.
109
ze dem wil ich mich ziehen
790
und solhen bū fliehen
den daȥ fiur und der hagel sleht
und der wāc abe tweht,
mit dem man ringet unde ie ranc.
swaȥ man daȥ jār alse lanc
795
dar ūf gearbeiten mac,
daȥ verliuset schiere ein halber tac.
den bū den wil ich lāȥen:
er sī von mir verwāȥen.
ir minnent mich: deist billich.
800
nū sihe ich gerne daȥ mich
iuwer minne iht unminne.
ob ir iuch rehter sinne
an mir verstān kunnent
und ob ir mir gunnent
805
beide guotes unde ēren,
sō lāȥet mich kēren
ze unserm herren Jēsū Krist,
des gnāde alsō stæte ist
daȥ sī niemer zergāt,
810
unde ouch zuo mir armen hāt
alsō grōȥe minne
als zeiner küniginne.
ich sol von mīnen schulden
ūȥ iuwern hulden
815
niemer komen, wil eȥ got.
eȥ ist gewisse sīn gebot
daȥ ich iu sī undertān,
wan ich den līp von iu hān:
daȥ leist ich āne riuwe.
820
ouch sol ich māne triuwe
an mir selber niht brechen.
ich hōrte ie daȥ sprechen,
swer den andern fröuwet sō
110
daȥ er selbe wirt unfrō,
825
und swer den andern krœnet
und sich selben hœnet,
der triuwen sī ze vil.
wie gerne ich iu des volgen wil
daȥ ich iu triuwe leiste,
830
mir selber doch die meiste.
welt ir mir wenden mīn heil,
sō lāȥ ich iuch ein teil
ē nāch mir geweinen,
ich enwelle mir erscheinen
835
wes ich mir selber schuldic bin.
ich wil iemer dā hin
da ich volle fröude vinde.
ir hānt doch mē kinde:
diu lānt iuwer fröude sīn
840
und getrœstent ir iuch mīn.
wan mir mac daȥ nieman erwern,
zwāre, ich enwelle ernern
mīnen herren unde mich.
muoter, jā hōrte ich dich
845
klagen unde sprechen ē,
eȥ tæte dīme herzen wē,
soltest dū ob mīme grabe stān.
des wirst du harte wol erlān:
dū stāst ob mīme grabe niht.
850
wan dā der tōt geschiht,
daȥ enlāt dich niemen sehen:
eȥ sol ze Sālerne geschehen.
a
dā sol uns viere der tōt
b
lœsẹen von aller slahte nōt.
des tōdes des genese wir,
und ich doch verre baȥ dan ir.’
855
Dō sī daȥ kint dō sāhen
ze dem tōde sō gāhen,
111
und eȥ sō wīslīchen sprach
unde menschlich reht zerbrach,
si begunden ahten under in
860
daȥ die wīsheit und den sin
niemer erzeigen kunde
dehein zunge in kindes munde.
sī jāhen daȥ der heiliggeist
der rede wære ir volleist,
865
der ouch sante Niklauses pflac
dō er in der wagen lac
und in die wīsheit lērte
daȥ er ze gote kērte
sīne kintlīche güete:
870
und bedāhtẹn sich in ir gemüete
daȥ sī niht enwolden
sī wenden noch ensolden
des sī sich hete an genomen:
der willẹ sī ir von gote komen.
875
von jāmẹr erkalte in der līp,
dō der meiger und sīn wīp
an dem bette sāȥen
und vil gar vergāȥen
durch des kindes minne
880
der zungen und der sinne
sā ze der selben stunde.
ir enwederȥ enkunde
einic wort gesprechen.
daȥ gegihtẹ begunde brechen
885
die muoter von leide.
sus gesāȥen sī beide
riuwic unde unfrō
unz sī sich bedāhten dō
waȥ in ir trūren töhte:
890
sō man ir doch niht enmöhte
benemen ir willen unde ir muot,
112
sō enwære in niht alsō guot
sō daȥ sī irs wol gunden,
wan sī doch niht enkunden
895
ir niemer werden āne baȥ;
enpfiengen sī der rede haȥ,
eȥ möhte in umbe ir herren
vil harte wol gewerren,
und verviengen anders niht dā mite.
900
mit vil willeclīchem site
sprāchen sī beide dō
daȥ sī der rede wæren frō.
Des fröute sich diu reine maget.
dō eȥ vil kūme was getaget
905
dō gie sī dā ir herre slief.
sīn trūtgemahele ime rief,
sī sprach ‘herre, slāfent ir?’
‘nein ich, gemahele, sage mir,
wie bistū hiute alsō fruo?’
910
‘herrẹ, dā twinget mich derzuo
der jāmer iuwerr siecheit.’
er sprach ‘gemahelẹ, daȥ ist dir leit:
daȥ erzeigest du an mir wol,
als eȥ dir got vergelten sol.
915
nune mag es dehein rāt sīn.’
‘entriuwen, lieber herre mīn,
iuwer wirt vil guot rāt.
sīt eȥ alsus umbe iuch stāt
daȥ man iu gehelfen mac,
920
ichn gesūme iuch niemer tac.
herre, ir hānt uns doch gesaget,
ob ir hetent eine maget
diu gernẹ den tōt durch iuch lite,
dā soltent ir genesen mite.
925
diu wil ich weiȥgot selbe sīn:
iuwer leben ist nützer dan daȥ mīn.’
113
Dō gnādẹte ir der herre
des willen harte verre.
und ervollẹten im diu ougen
930
von jāmer alsō tougen.
er sprach ‘gemahelẹ, ja ist der tōt
iedoch niht ein senftiu nōt,
als dū dir līhte hāst gedāht.
du hāst mich des wol innen brāht,
935
möhtestū, dū hülfest mir.
des genüegẹt mich wol von dir.
ich erkenne dīnen süeȥen muot:
dīn wille ist reine unde guot.
ichn sol ouch niht mē von dir gern.
940
dū maht mich des niht wol gewern
daȥ dū dā gesprochen hāst.
die triuwe die du an mir begāst,
die sol dir vergelten got.
ditz wærẹ der lantliute spot,
945
swaȥ ich mich für dise stunde
arzenīen underwunde,
und mich doch niht vervienge
wan als eȥ doch ergienge.
gemahele, dū tuost als diu kint
950
diu dā gæhes muotes sint:
swaȥ den kumet in den muot,
eȥ sī übel oder guot,
dar zuo ist in allen gāch,
und geriuwẹt sī sēre dar nāch.
955
gemahele, alsō tuost ouch dū.
der rede ist dir ze muote nū:
der d e
von dir nemen wolte,
sō manȥ danne enden solte,
so geriuweȥ dich vil līhte doch.’
960
und daȥ sī sich ein teil noch
baȥ bedæhte des bat er.
114
er sprach ‘dīn muoter und dīn vater
die enmugen dīn niht wol enbern.
ich sol ouch niht ir leides gern
965
die mir ie gnāde tāten.
swaȥ sī dir beide rāten,
liebẹ gemahele, daȥ tuo.’
hie mite lachete er dar zuo,
wan er lützel sich versach
970
daȥ doch sider dō geschach.
Sus sprach er zuo der guoter.
der vater und diu muoter
sprāchen ‘lieber herre,
ir hānt uns vil verre
975
geliebet und geēret:
daȥ enwærẹ niht wol bekēret,
wir engültenȥ iu mit guote.
unser tohter ist ze muote
daȥ sī den tōt durch iuch dol:
980
des gunne wir ir harte wol.
eȥ ist hiutẹ der dritte tac
daȥ sī uns alleȥ ane lac
daȥ wir ir sīn gunden:
nū hāt sīȥ an uns funden.
985
nū lāȥe iuch got mit ir genesen:
wir wellen ir durch iuch entwesen.’
Do im sīn gemahele dō bōt
für sīnen siechtuom ir tōt
und man ir ernest ersach,
990
dō wart dō michel ungemach
und jæmerlīch gebærde.
manc mislīchiu beswærde
huop sich dō under in,
zwischẹn dem herren unde in drin.
995
ir vater unde ir muoter die
erhuoben michel weinen hie:
115
des weinens tet in michel nōt
umb ir vil lieben kindes tōt.
nū begunde ouch der herre
1000
gedenken alsō verre
an des kindes triuwe,
und begreif in ein riuwe,
daȥ er sēre weinen began,
und zwīvelte vaste dran
1005
weder eȥ beȥȥer getān
möhte sīn oder verlān.
von vorhten weinte ouch diu maget:
sī wānde er wære dran verzaget.
sus wārens alle unfrō.
1010
sī gerten keines dankes dō.
Ze jungest dō bedāhte sich
ir herrẹ, der arme Heinrich,
und begunde sagen in
grōȥe gnāde allen drin
1015
der triuwen und des guotes
(diu maget wart rīches muotes
daȥ ers gevolgẹte gerne),
und bereitẹ sich ze Sālerne
sō er schiereste mohte.
1020
swaȥ ouch der megede tohte,
daȥ wart vil schiere bereit:
schœniu pfert und rīchiu kleit,
diu sī getruoc nie vor der zīt:
hermin unde samīt,
1025
den besten zobel den man vant,
daȥ was der megede gewarit.
Nū wer möhte volgesagen
die herzeriuwe und daȥ klagen,
der muoter grimmigeȥ leit
1030
und ouch des vater arbeit?
eȥ wærẹ wol undẹr in beiden
116
ein jæmerliīcheȥ scheiden,
dō sī ir liebeȥ kint von in
gefrumten sō gesundeȥ hin
1035
niemer mē ze sehenne in den tōt,
wan daȥ in senftet ir nōt
diu reine gotes güete,
von der doch daȥ gemüete
ouch dem jungen kinde quam
1040
daȥ eȥ den tōt gerne nam.
eȥ was āne ir rāt kōmen:
dā von wart von ir herzẹn genomen
alliu klage und swære,
wan eȥ anders wunder wære
1045
daȥ in ir herze niht zerbrach.
ze liebe wart ir ungemach,
daȥ sī dar nāch deheine nōt
liten umbe ir kindes tōt.
IV
WALTHER VON DER VOGELWEIDE.
The exact dates of his birth and death are unknown. His chief poems were
written between the years 1187 and 1230.
The best edition of his works is: Walther von der Vogelweide,
herausgegeben und erklärt von W. Wilmanns, Halle, 1883 (2nd
edit.).
1.
Ir sult sprechen: ‘willekomen!’
der iu mære bringet, daȥ bin ich.
Alleȥ daȥ ir habt vernomen,
daȥ ist gar ein wint: nū frāget mich.
5
Ich wil aber miete:
wirt mīn lōn iht guot,
sō sage ich iu vil līhte, daȥ in sanfte tuot.
seht, waȥ man mir ēren biete.
117
Ich wil tiuschen frouwen sagen
10
solhiu mære, daȥ si deste baȥ
Al der werlte suln behagen:
āne grōȥe miete tuon ich daȥ.
Waȥ wold’ ich ze lōne?
si sint mir ze hēr;
15
sō bin ich gefüege und bite si nihtes mēr
wan daȥ si mich grüeȥen schōne.
Ich hān lande vil gesehen
unde nam der besten gerne war:
Übel müeȥe mir geschehen,
20
künde ich ie mīn herze bringen dar,
Daȥ im wol gevallen
wolde fremeder site.
nū waȥ hülfe mich, ob ich unrehte strite?
tiuschiu zuht gāt vor in allen.
25
Von der Elbe unz an den Rīn
und her wider unz an Ungerlant
Mügen wol die besten sīn,
die ich in der werlte hān erkant.
Kan ich rehte schouwen
30
guot gelāȥ und līp,
sam mir got, sō swüere ich wol, daȥ hie diu wīp
beȥȥer sint danne ander frouwen.
Tiusche man sint wol gezogen,
rehte als engel sint diu wīp getān.
35
Swer si schiltet, derst betrogen:
ich enkan sīn anders niht verstān.
Tugent und reine minne,
swer die suochen wil,
der sol komen in unser lant: da ist wünne vil:
40
lange müeȥe ich leben dar inne!
118
2.
Owē war sint verswunden alliu mīniu jār!
ist mir mīn leben getroumet oder ist eȥ wār?
daȥ ich ie wānde, daȥ iht wære, was daȥ iht?
dar nāch hān ich geslāfen und enweiȥ es niht.
45
Nū bin ich erwachet, und ist mir unbekant,
daȥ mir hie vor was kündic als mīn ander hant.
liut unde lant, dā ich von kinde bin erzogen,
die sint mir fremde worden, reht’ als eȥ sī
gelogen:
Die mīne gespilen wāren, die sint træge und alt;
50
bereitet ist daȥ velt, verhouwen ist der walt:
wan daȥ daȥ waȥȥer fliuȥet, als eȥ wīlent flōȥ,
für wār ich wāndẹ mīn ungelücke würde grōȥ.
mich grüeȥet maneger trāge, der mich bekande ē wol.
diu werlt ist allenthalben ungenāden vol.
55
als ich gedenke an manegen wünneclīchen tac,
die sint mir enpfallen gar als in daȥ mer ein slac,
iemer mēre owē!
Owē wie jæmerlīche junge liute tuont!
den vil unriuweclīche ir gemüete stuont,
60
die kunnen niuwan sorgen: owē wie tuont si sō?
swar ich zer werlte kēre, dā ist nieman frō:
Tanzen unde singen zergāt mit sorgen gar.
nie kristenman gesach sō jæmerlīchiu jār.
nū merket, wie den frouwen ir gebende stāt;
65
die stolzen ritter tragent dörperlīche wāt.
Uns sint unsenfte brieve her von Rōme komen,
uns ist erloubet trūren und fröude gar benomen.
daȥ müet mich inneclīchen (wir lebten ē vil wol),
daȥ ich nū für mīn lachen weinen kiesen sol.
70
diu wilden vogellīn betrüebet unser klage:
waȥ wunders ist, ob ich dā von vil gar verzage?
119
waȥ spriche ich tumber man durch mīnen bœsen zorn?
swer dirre wünne volget, der hāt jene dort verlorn
iemer mēre, owē!
75
Owē wie uns mit süeȥen dingen ist vergeben!
ich sihe die gallen mitten in dem honege sweben.
diu werlt ist ūȥen schœne, wīȥ, grüen’ unde rōt
und innen swarzer varwe, vinster sam der tōt.
Swen si nū habe verleitet, der schouwe sīnen trōst:
80
er wirt mit swacher buoȥe grōȥer sünde erlōst.
dar an gedenket, ritter! eȥ ist iuwer dinc;
ir traget die liehten helme und manegen herten
rinc,
Dar zuo die vesten schilte und diu gewīhten swert.
wolte got, wær ich der sigenünfte wert,
85
sō wolte ich nōtic man verdienen rīchen solt.
joch meine ich niht die huoben noch der hērren
golt:
ich wolte selbe krōne ēweclīchen tragen;
die möhte ein soldenære mit sīme sper bejagen.
möht ich die lieben reise gevaren über sē,
90
sō wolte ich denne singen ‘wol’ und niemer mēre
‘owē,’
niemer mēre ‘owē!’
3.
Dō der sumer komen was
und die bluomen durch daȥ gras
wünneclīche ensprungen,
95
aldā die vogele sungen,
dār kom ich gegangen
an einen anger langen,
dā ein lūter brunne entspranc;
vor dem walde was sīn ganc,
100
dā diu nahtegale sanc.
Bī dem brunnen stuont ein boum,
dā gesach ich einen troum.
ich was zuo dem brunnen
gegangen von der sunnen,
120
105
daȥ diu linde mære
den küelen schaten bære.
bī dem brunnen ich gesaȥ:
mīner swære ich gar vergaȥ,
schiere entslief ich umbe daȥ.
110
Dō bedūhte mich zehant,
wie mir dienten elliu lant,
wie mīn sēle wære
ze himel āne swære
und der līp hie solte
115
gebāren swie er wolte.
dā enwas mir niht ze wē.
got der waldes, swie’ȥ ergē:
schœner troum enwart nie mē.
Gerne sliefe ich iemer dā,
120
wan ein unsæligiu krā,
diu begonde schrīen.
daȥ alle krā gedīen
alse ich in des günne!
si nam mir michel wunne.
125
von ir schrīenne ich erschrac:
wan daȥ dā niht steines lac,
sō wær’ eȥ ir suontac.
Wan ein wunderalteȥ wīp
diu getrōste mir den līp.
130
die begonde ich eiden.
nū hāt si mir bescheiden
waȥ der troum bediute.
daȥ merken wīse liute;
zwēne und einer daȥ sint drī;
135
dannoch seitẹ si mir dā bī,
daȥ mīn dūme ein vinger sī.
121
4.
Ich saȥ ūf eime steine
und dahte bein mit beine;
dar ūf satzt ich den ellenbogen;
140
ich hete in mīne hant gesmogen
daȥ kinne und ein mīn wange:
dō dāhte ich mir vil ange,
wie man zer werlte solte leben.
deheinen rāt kond ich gegeben,
145
wie man driu dinc erwürbe,
der keineȥ niht verdürbe.
diu zwei sint ēre und varnde guot,
daȥ dicke einander schaden tuot;
daȥ dritte ist gotes hulde,
150
der zweier übergulde.
die wolte ich gerne in einen schrīn;
jā leider des enmac niht sīn,
daȥ guot und werltlīch ēre
und gotes hulde mēre
155
zesamene in ein herze komen.
stīg’ unde wege sint in benomen:
untriuwe is in der sāȥe,
gewalt vert ūf der strāȥe,
fride unde reht sint sēre wunt.
160
diu driu enhabent geleites niht,
diu zwei enwerden ē gesunt.
5.
Ich hōrte ein waȥȥer dieȥen
und sach die vische flieȥen;
ich sach swaȥ in der werlte was,
165
velt unde walt, loup rōr und gras;
swaȥ kriuchet unde fliuget
und bein zer erden biuget,
122
daȥ sach ich unde sage iu daȥ:
der keineȥ lebet āne haȥ.
170
daȥ wilt und daȥ gewürme
die strītent starke stürme,
sam tuont die vogel under in;
wan daȥ sie habent einen sin:
175
sie enschüefen starc gerihte:
sie kiesent künege unde reht,
sie setzent hērren unde kneht.
sō wē dir, tiuschiu zunge,
wie stēt dīn ordenunge,
180
daȥ nū diu mucke ir künic hāt
und daȥ dīn ēre alsō zergāt!
bekērā dich, bekēre!
die zirken sint ze hēre,
die armen künege dringent dich:
Philippe setze en weisen ūf und heiȥ sie treten
hinder sich!
6.
Ich sach mit mīnen ougen
man
unde wībe tougen,
dā ich gehōrte und gesach
swaȥ iemen tet, swaȥ iemen sprach.
190
ze Rōme hōrte ich liegen
und zwēne künege triegen.
dā von huop sich der meiste strīt,
der ē was oder iemer sīt,
daȥ sich begonden zweien
195
die pfaffen unde leien.
daȥ was ein nōt vor aller nōt:
līp unde sēle lac dā tōt,
die pfaffen striten sēre:
doch wart der leien mēre.
123
200
diu swert sie legeten dernider
und griffen zuo der stōle wider:
sie bienen die sie wolten
und niuwet den sie solten.
dō stōrte man diu goteshūs.
205
ich hōrte verre in einer klūs
vil michel ungebære:
dā weinde ein klōsenære,
er klagete gote sīniu leit:
‘ōwē, der bābest ist ze junc: hilf, hērre, dīner Kristenheit!’
7.
210
Diu krōne ist elter dan der künec Philippes sī:
dā muget ir alle schouwen wol ein wunder bī,
wie s’ ime der smit sō ebene habe gemachet.
sīn keiserlicheȥ houbet zimt ir alsō wol,
daȥ sie ze rehte nieman guoter scheiden sol.
215
ir dwedereȥ daȥ ander niht enswachet.
sie liuhtent beide ein ander an,
daȥ edele gesteine wider den jungen man:
die ougenweide sehent die fürsten gerne.
swer nū des rīches irre gē,
220
der schouwe, wem der weise ob sīme nacke stē:
der stein ist aller fürsten leitesterne.
8.
Mir ist verspart der sælden tor:
dā stēn ich als ein weise vor,
mich hilfet niht swaȥ ich dar an geklopfe.
225
wie möhte ein wunder grœȥer sīn?
eȥ regent beidenthalben mīn,
daȥ mir des alles niht enwirt ein tropfe.
des fürsten milte ūȥ Ōsterrīche
freut dem süeȥen regen gelīche
124
230
beidiu liute und ouch daȥ lant.
er ist ein schœne wol gezieret heide,
dar abe man bluomen brichet wunder:
und bræche mir ein blat dar under
diu sīn vil milte rīchiu hant,
235
sō möhte ich loben die süeȥen ougenweide.
hie bī sī er an mich gemant.
9.
Ich hān mīn lēhen, al die werlt! ich hān mīn lēhen!
nū enfürhte ich niht den hornunc an die zēhen
und wil alle bœse hērren deste minre vlēhen.
240
der edel künec, der milte künec hāt mich berāten,
daȥ ich den sumer luft und in dem winter hitze hān.
mīn’ nāhgebūren dunke ich verre baȥ getān:
sie sehent mich niht mēr an in butzen wīs, alsō sie tāten.
ich bin ze lange arm gewesen ān’ mīnen danc.
245
ich was sō volle scheltens, daȥ mīn ātem stanc.
daȥ hāt der künec gemachet reine und dar zuo mīnen sanc.
10.
Ōwē hovelīcheȥ singen,
daȥ dich ungefüege dœne
solten ie ze hove verdringen!
250
ōwē, daȥ dīn wirde alsō geliget,
des sint alle dīne friunde unfrō.
daȥ muoȥ eht sō sīn, nū sī alsō:
frō Unfuoge, ir habt gesiget.
255
diu reht und gefüege wære,
hei wie wol man des gedæhte,
swā man von im seite mære!
125
eȥ wær’ ein vil hovelīcher muot,
260
des ich iemer gerne wünschen sol.
frouwen unde hērren zæme eȥ wol:
ōwē daȥ eȥ nieman tuot!
Die daȥ rehte singen stœrent,
der ist ungelīche mēre
265
danne die eȥ gerne hœrent.
des volg’ ich der alten lēre:
ich enwil niht werben ze der mül;
dā der stein sō riuschend’ umbe gāt
und daȥ rat sō manegẹ unwīse hāt,
270
merket wer dā harpfen sül!
Die sō frevellīchen schallent,
der muoȥ ich vor zorne lachen,
daȥ s’ in selben wol gevallent
mit als ungefüegen sachen.
275
die tuont sam die frösche in eime sē,
den ir schrīen alsō wol behaget,
daȥ diu nahtegal dā von verzaget,
sō si gerne sunge mē.
Der unfuoge swīgen hieȥe,
280
waȥ man noch von freuden sunge,
und sie abe den bürgen stieȥe,
daȥ si dā die frōn iht twunge!
wurden ir die grōȥen höve benomen,
daȥ wær’ alleȥ nāch dem willen mīn:
285
bien gebūren lieȥe ich sie wol sīn,
dannen ist s’ ouch here komen.
11.
Der rīfe tet den kleinen vogelen wē,
daȥ sie niht ensungen.
nū hōrte ich s’aber wünneclīche als ē:
290
nū ist diu heide entsprungen.
126
dā sach ich bluomen strīten wider den klē,
weder ir lenger wære.
mīner frouwen seite ich disiu mære.
Uns hāt der winter kalt und ander nōt
295
vil getān ze leide.
ich wānde, daȥ ich iemer bluomen rōt
sæhe an grüener heide.
joch schāte eȥ guoten liuten, wære ich tōt,
die nāch freuden rungen
300
und ie gerne tanzten unde sprungen.
Versūmde ich disen wünneclīchen tac,
sō wær’ ich verwāȥen
und wære an freude ein angestlīcher slac:
dennoch müese ich lāȥen
305
al mīne freude, der ich wīlent pflac.
got gesegen’ iuch alle:
wünschet noch, daȥ mir ein heil gevalle.
12.
Wīp muoȥ ēt iemer sīn der wībe hōhste name
und tiuret baȥ dan frouwe, als ich’ȥ erkenne.
310
swā nū deheiniu sī, diu sich ir wīpheit schame,
diu merke disen sanc und kiese denne.
under frouwen sint unwīp,
under wīben sint sie tiure:
wībes name und wībes līp
315
die sint beide vil gehiure.
swie’ȥ umb’ alle frouwen var,
wīp sint alle frouwen gar.
zwīvellop daȥ hœnet,
als under wīlen frouwe: wīp dēst ein name der s’alle krœnet.
127
13.
320
Sō die bluomen ūȥ dem grase dringent,
same sie lachen gegen der spileden sunnen,
in einem meien an dem morgen fruo,
und diu kleinen vogellīn wol singent
in ir besten wīse die sie kunnen,
325
waȥ wünne mac sich dā genōȥen zuo?
eȥ ist wol halb ein himelrīche.
suln wir sprechen, waȥ sich deme gelīche,
sō sage ich, waȥ mir dicke baȥ
in mīnen ougen hāt getān,
330
und tæte ouch noch, gesæhe ich daȥ.
Swā ein edeliu schœne frouwe reine
wol gekleidet unde wol gebunden
durch kurzewīle zuo vil liuten gāt,
hovelīchen hōchgemuot, niht eine,
335
umbe sehendẹ ein wēnic under stunden:
alsam der sunne gegen den sternen stāt:
der meie bringe uns al sīn wunder,
waȥ ist dā sō wünneclīches under
als ir vil minneclīcher līp?
340
wir lāȥen alle bluomen stān,
und kapfen an daȥ werde wīp.
Nū wol dan, welt ir die wārheit schouwen,
gēn wir zuo des meien hōchgezīte!
der ist mit aller sīner krefte komen.
345
seht an in und seht an werde frouwen,
wedereȥ daȥ ander überstrīte,
daȥ beȥȥer spil ob ich daȥ habe genomen.
ōwē der mich dā welen hieȥe,
deich daȥ eine durch daȥ ander lieȥe,
350
wie rehte schiere ich danne küre!
hēr Meie, ir müeset merze sīn,
ē ich mīne frouwen dā verlüre.
128
14.
Swie wol der heide ir manicvaltiu varwe stāt,
sō wil ich doch dem walde jehen,
355
daȥ er vil mēre wünneclīcher dinge hāt.
noch ist dem velde baȥ geschehen.
sō wol dir, sumer, sus getāner emȥekeit!
sumer, daȥ ich iemer lobe dīne tage,
mīn trōst, sō trœste ouch mīne klage:
360
ich sage dir, waȥ mir wirret:
diu mir ist liep, der bin ich leit.
Ich mac der guoten niht vergeȥȥen noch ensol,
diu mir sō vil gedanke nimet.
die wīle ich singe, wil ich vinden iemer wol
365
ein niuwe lop, daȥ ir gezimet.
nū habe ir diȥ für guot (sō lobe ich danne mē):
eȥ tuot in den ougen wol, daȥ man sie siht,
und daȥ man ir vil tugende giht,
daȥ tuot wol in den ōren.
370
sō wol ir des! sō wē mir, wē!
15.
In einen zwīvellīchen wān
was ich geseȥȥen und gedāhte,
ich wolte von ir dienste gān,
wan daȥ ein trōst mich wider brāhte.
375
trōst mag eȥ rehte niht geheiȥen, ouwē des!
eȥ ist vil kūme ein kleineȥ trœstelīn,
sō kleine, swenne ich’ȥ iu gesage, ir spottet mīn;
doch fröwet sich lützel ieman, er enwiȥȥe wes.
Mich hāt ein halm gemachet frō:
380
er giht, ich süle genāde vinden.
ich maȥ daȥ selbe kleine strō,
als ich hie vore sach von kinden.
129
nū hœret unde merket, ob si’ȥ denne tuo:
‘si tuot, si entuot, si tuot, si entuot, si tuot.’
385
swie dicke ich’ȥ tete, sō was ie daȥ ende guot.
daȥ trœstet mich: dā hœret ouch geloube zuo.
16.
Nieman kan beherten
kindes zuht mit gerten:
den man z’ēren bringen mac,
390
dem ist ein wort als ein slac.
dem ist ein wort als ein slac,
den man z’ēren bringen mac:
kindes zuht mit gerten
nieman kan beherten.
395
Hüetet iuwer zungen,
daȥ zimt wol den jungen;
stōȥ den rigel für die tür,
lā kein bœse wort dar für.
lā kein bœse wort dar für,
400
stōȥ den rigel für die tür:
daȥ zimt wol den jungen,
hüetet iuwer zungen.
Hüetet iuwer ougen
offenbāre und tougen:
405
lāt sie guote site spehen
und die bœsen übersehen;
und die bœsen übersehen
lāt sie, guote site spehen:
offenbāre und tougen
410
hüetet iuwer ougen.
Hüetet iuwer ōren,
oder ir sīt tōren:
130
lāt ir bœsiu wort dar in,
daȥ gunēret iu den sin.
415
daȥ gunēret in den sin,
lāt ir bœsiu wort dar in,
oder ir sīt tōren:
hüetet iuwer ōren.
Hüetet wol der drīer
420
leider alze frīer:
zungen ougen ōren sint
dicke schalchaft, z’ēren blint.
dicke schalchaft, z’ēren blint
zungen ougen ōren sint:
425
leider alze frīer
hüetet wol der drīer.
17.
Junc man, in swelher aht dū bist,
ich wil dich lēren einen list:
dū
lā dir niht ze wē sīn nāch dem guote:
430
lā dir’ȥ ouch niht z’unmære sīn.
und volges dū der lēre mīn,
sō wis gewis, eȥ frumt dir an dem muote.
die rede wil ich dir baȥ bescheiden.
lāst dū dir’ȥ ze sēre leiden,
435
zergāt eȥ so
ist dīn freude tōt:
wilt aber dū daȥ guot ze sēre minnen,
dū maht verliesen sēle und ēre.
dā von sō volge mīner lēre:
leg’ ūf die wāge ein rehteȥ lōt
440
und wig ouch dar mit allen dīnen sinnen,
als eȥ diu māȥe eht ie gebōt.
18.
Die väter hānt ir kint erzogen,
dar an sie beide sint betrogen:
sie brechent dicke Salomōnes lēre:
445
der sprichet, swer den besmen spar,
daȥ der den sun versūme gar:
des sint die ungebatten gar ān’ ēre.
hie vor dō was diu werlt sō schœne,
nū ịst sie worden alsō hœne.
450
des enwas niht wīlent ē:
die jungen hānt die alten sō verdrungen.
nū spottet alse dar der alten!
eȥ wirt iu selben noch behalten.
beitet unz iuwer jugent zergē:
455
swaȥ ir nū tuot, daȥ rechent iuwer jungen,
daȥ weiȥ ich wol und weiȥ noch mē.
19.
Wer zieret nū der ēren sal?
der jungen ritter zuht ist smal,
sō pflegent die knehte gar unhövescher dinge
460
mit worten und mit werken ouch.
swer zühte hāt, der ist ir gouch.
nemt war, wie gar unfuoge für sich dringe!
hie vor dō berte man die jungen,
die dā pflāgen frecher zungen;
465
nū ist eȥ ir werdekeit:
sie schallent unde scheltent reine frouwen.
wē ir hiuten unde ir hāren,
die niht kunnen frō gebāren
sunder wībe herzeleit!
470
dā mac man sünde bī der schande schouwen,
die maneger ūf sich selben leit.
20.
Swer āne vorhte, hērre got,
wil sprechen dīniu zehen gebot
und brichet diu, daȥ ist niht rehtiu minne.
475
dich heiȥet vater maneger vil:
swer mīn ze bruoder niht enwil,
der sprichet starkiu wort ūȥ krankem sinne.
wir wahsen ūȥ gelīchem dinge:
spīse frumet uns, diu wirt ringe,
480
sō si durch den munt gevert.
wer kan den hērren von dem knehte scheiden
swa ẹr ir gebeine blōȥeȥ fünde,
und hæte er ir joch lebender künde,
sō gewürme daȥ fleisch verzert?
485
im dienent kristen, juden unde heiden,
der elliu lebendiu wunder nert.
21.
Ōwē daȥ wīsheit unde tugent,
des mannes schœne noch sīn jugent
niht erben sol, sō ie der līp erstirbet!
490
daȥ mac wol klagen ein wīser man,
der sich des schaden versinnen kan.
Reinmār, waȥ guoter kunst an dir verdirbet!
dū solt von schulden iemer des genieȥen,
daȥ dich des tages wolte nie verdrieȥen,
495
du’n spræches ie den frouwen wol und guoten wībes siten.
des suln sie iemer danken dīner zungen.
und hætest niht wan eine rede gesungen:
‘sō
wol dir, wīp, wie reine ein nam!’, dū hætest an gestriten
ir lobe, daȥ elliu wīp dir iemer gnāden solten biten.
133
22.
500
Dēswār, Reinmār, dū riuwes mich
michels harter denne ich dich,
obe dū lebtes unde ich wære erstorben
ich wil’ȥ bī mīnen triuwen sagen:
dich selben wil ich lützel klagen,
505
ich klage dīn edelen kunst, daȥ s’ist verdorben.
dū kundest al der werlte freude mēren,
sō du’ȥ ze guoten dingen woltest kēren.
mich riuwet dīn wol redender munt und dīn vil süeȥer sanc,
daȥ der verdorben ist bī mīnen zīten.
510
daȥ dū niht eine wīle mohtest bīten!
sō leiste ich dir geselleschaft: mīn singen ist niht lanc.
dīn sēle müeȥe wol gevarn und habe dīn zunge danc.
V
REINMAR.
Reinmar, often called Reinmar der Alte, was by birth an Alsatian. He
spent many years of his active life as Court poet at Vienna, where he
was extremely popular. Next to his rival Walther von der Vogelweide he
was the most prolific and important lyrical poet of his period, cp.
ll. 487-512, pp. 132-3. He died some time during
the first decade of the thirteenth century. See Burdach, Reinmar der
Alte und Walther von der Vogelweide, Leipzig, 1880, and Bartsch,
Deutsche Liederdichter des zwölften his vierzehnten Jahrhunderts,
Stuttgart, 1879.
1
‘Sī koment underwīlen her
die baȥ dā heime möhten sīn.
Ein ritter des ich lange ger,
bedæhte er baȥ den willen mīn,
5
sō wære er z’allen zīten hie,
als ich in gerne sæhe.
owē des, waȥ suochent die
die nīdent daȥ ob iemen guot geschæhe?’
134
Mir ist geschehen daȥ ich niht bin
10
langer vrō wan unz ich lebe.
sī wundert wer mir schœnen sin
und daȥ hōhgemüete gebe
daȥ ich zer werlte niht getar
ze rehte alsō gebāren,
15
nie genam ich vrowen war,
ich wære in holt die mir ze māȥe wāren.
2
Ein rede der liute tuot mir wē:
da enkan ich niht gedulteclīchen zuo gebāren.
nu tuont si’ȥ alle deste mē:
20
sī frāgent mich ze vil von mīner frouwen jāren
und sprechent welher tage sī sī,
dur daȥ ich ir sō lange bin gewesen mit triuwen bī;
sī jehent daȥ es möhte mich verdrieȥen.
nu lā daȥ aller beste wīp
25
ir zühtelōser vrāge mich genieȥen.
3
Sī jehent, der sumer der sī hie,
diu wunne diu sī komen
und daȥ ich mich wol gehabe als ē.
nu rātet unde sprechet wie:
30
der tōt hāt mir benomen
daȥ ich niemer überwinde mē.
waȥ bedarf ich wunneclīcher zīt,
sīt aller vröuden hērre Liutpolt in der erde līt,
den ich nie tac getrūren sach?
35
eȥ hāt diu werlt an ime verlorn
daȥ ir an manne nie
sō jæmerlīcher schade geschach.
135
‘Mir armen wībe was ze wol,
dō ich gedāhte an in
40
wie mīn heil an sīnem lībe lac.
daȥ ich des nū niht haben sol,
des gāt mit sorgen hin
swaȥ ich iemer mē geleben mac.
mīner wunnen spiegel derst verlorn
45
den ich mir hete ze sumerlīcher ougen weide erkorn,
des muoȥ ich leider ænic sīn.
dō man mir seite er wære tōt,
zehant wiel mir daȥ bluot
von herzen ūf die sēle mīn.
50
Die fröide mir verboten hāt
mīns lieben hērren tōt
alsō deich ir mēr enberen sol.
sīt des nu niht mac werden rāt,
in ringe mit der nōt,
55
daȥ mīn klagedeȥ herze ist jāmers vol,
diu in iemer weinet, daȥ bin ich,
wan er vil sælic man, jā trōste er wol ze lebenne mich.
der ist nu hin: waȥ töhte ich hie?
wis ime genædic, hērre got,
60
wan tugenthafter gast
kam in dīn ingesinde nie.’
4
Ich welte ūf guoter liute sage
und ouch durch mīnes herzen rāt
ein wīp von der ich dicke trage
65
vil manige nōt diu nāhe gāt.
die swære ich z’allen zīten klage,
wand eȥ mir kumberlīche stāt.
ich tet ir schīn den dienst mīn:
wie möhte ein grœȥer wunder sīn,
70
daȥ sī mich des engelten lāt?
136
Ze rehter māȥe sol ein man
beidiu daȥ herze und al den sin
ze stæte wenden, ob er kan:
daȥ wirt im līhte ein guot gewin.
75
swem dā von ie kein leit bekan,
der weiȥ wol wie’ch gebunden bin.
ich gloube im wol, als er mir sol.
von schulden ich den kumber dol:
ich brāhte selbe mich dar in.
5
80
‘Er hāt ze lange mich gemiten
den ich mit triuwen nie gemeit.
von sīner schulde ich hān erliten
daȥ ich nie grœȥer nōt erleit.
sō lebt mīn līp nāch sīnem lībe.
85
ich bin ein wīp, daȥ im von wībe
nie liebes mē geschach, swie mir von im geschæhe.
mīn ouge in gerner nie gesach dann ich in hiute sæhe.’
Mir ist vil liebe nu geschehen,
daȥ mir sō liebe nie geschach.
90
sō gerne hān ich sī gesehen
daȥ ich sī gerner nie gesach.
ich scheide ir muot von schwachem muote:
sī ist sō guot, ich wil mit guote
ir lōnen, ob ich kan, als ich doch gerne kunde.
95
vil mēre fröiden ich ir gan dann ich mir selben gunde.
6
Wol mich lieber mære,
diu ich hān vernomen,
daȥ der winter swære
welle ze ende komen.
137
100
kūme ich des erbeiten mac,
want ich fröide niht enpflac
sīt der kalte rīfe lac.
Mich enhaȥȥet niemen,
ob ich bin gemeit.
105
Weiȥ got, tuot eȥ iemen,
deist unsælekeit,
wande ich schaden niht enkan.
swes ot sī mir wole gan,
waȥ wil des ein ander man?
110
Solte ich mīne liebe
bergen unde heln,
sō müest ich ze diebe
werden unde steln.
sinneclīch ich daȥ bewar.
115
mīn gewerbe ist anderswar,
ich gē dannen oder dar.
Sō sī mit dem balle
trībet kindes spot,
daȥ’s iht sēre valle,
120
daȥ verbiete got.
megde, lāt iur dringen sīn:
stōȥet ir mīn frouwelīn,
so’st der schade halber mīn.
7
Ich sach vil wunneclīche stān
125
die heide mit den bluomen rōt,
der vīol der ist wol getān:
des hāt diu nahtegal ir nōt
wol überwunden diu sī twanc.
zergangen ist der winter lanc.
130
ich hōrte ir sanc.
138
Dō ich daȥ grüene loup ersach,
dō lieȥ ich vil der swære mīn.
von einem wībe mir geschach
daȥ ich muoȥ iemer mēre sīn
135
vil wunneclīchen wol gemuot.
eȥ sol mich alleȥ dunken guot
swaȥ sī mir tuot.
Sī schiet von sorgen mīnen līp,
daȥ ich dekeine swære hān.
140
wan āne sī vier tūsent wīp
dien heten’s alle niht getān.
ir güete wendet mīniu leit.
ich hān sī mir ze friunt bereit,
swaȥ iemen seit.
145
Mir’n mac niht leides widerstān:
des wil ich gar ān angest sīn.
ergienge eȥ als ich willen hān,
sō læge’s an dem arme mīn.
daȥ mir der schœnen wurde ein teil,
150
daȥ diuhte mich ein michel heil,
und wære ouch geil.
Deich ir sō holdeȥ herze trage,
daȥ ist in sumelīchen leit.
dar umbe ich niemer sō verzage:
155
sī vliesent alle ir arebeit.
waȥ hilfet sī ir arger list?
si’n wiȥȥen wie’ȥ ergangen ist
in kurzer frist.
8
Mīn ougen wurden liebes alsō vol,
160
dō ich die minneclīchen ērst gesach,
daȥ eȥ mir hiute und iemer mē tuot wol.
ein minneclīcheȥ wunder dō geschach:
139
sī gie mir alse sanfte dur mīn ougen
daȥ sī sich in der enge niene stieȥ.
165
in mīnem herzen sī sich nider lieȥ:
dā trage ich noch die werden inne tougen.
Lā stān, lā stān! waȥ tuost du, sælic wīp,
daȥ du mich heimesuochest an der stat,
dar sō gewalteclīche wībes līp
170
mit starker heimesuoche nie getrat?
genāde, frowe! ich mac dir niht gestrīten.
mīn herze ist dir baȥ veile danne mir:
eȥ solde sīn bī mir, nu’st eȥ bī dir:
des muoȥ ich ūf genāde lōnes bīten.
9
175
Ze fröiden nāhet alle tage
der werlte ein wunneclīchiu zīt,
ze senfte maniges herzen klage
die nu der swære winter gīt.
von sorge ich dicke sō verzage,
180
swenn alsō jæmerlīche līt
diu heide breit. daȥ ist mir leit.
diu nahtegal uns schiere seit
daȥ sich gescheiden hāt der strīt.
10
Sō wol dir, wīp, wie reine ein nam!
185
wie sanfte er doch z’erkennen und ze nennen ist!
eȥ wart nie niht sō lobesam,
swā du’ȥ an rehte güete kērest, sō dū bist.
dīn lop mit rede nieman wol volenden kan.
swes dū mit triuwen pfligest wol, der ist ein sælic man
190
und mac vil gerne leben.
dū gīst al der werlte hohen muot:
maht dū ouch mir ein wēnic freude geben?
140
VI
ULRICH VON LICHTENSTEIN.
Ulrich von Lichtenstein came of a better-class Styrian family, and was
born about the year 1200 and died in 1275 or 1276. He was one of the
best representatives of the later Court lyrical poets. For editions of
his works, see Lachmann, Ausgabe der Dichtungen Ulrichs von
Lichtenstein, Berlin, 1841; Bechstein, Ulrichs von Lichtenstein
Frauendienst, Leipzig, 1887. The following extracts are taken from
Bartsch, Deutsche Liederdichter des zwölften bis vierzehnten
Jahrhunderts, Stuttgart, 1889.
1
Ein tanzwīse, und ist diu vierde wīse.
In dem walde süeȥe dœne
singent kleiniu vogellīn.
an der heide bluomen schœne
blüejent gegen des meien schīn.
5
alsō blüet mīn hōher muot
mit gedanken gegen ir güete,
diu mir rīchet mīn gemüete
sam der troum den armen tuot.
Eȥ ist ein vil hōch gedinge
10
den ich gegen ir tugenden trage,
daȥ mir noch an ir gelinge,
daȥ ich sælde an ir bejage.
des gedingen bin ich vrō.
god geb’ daȥ ich’ȥ wol verende,
15
daȥ sie mir den wān iht wende
der mich freut sō rehte hō.
Sie vil süeȥe, valsches āne,
vrī vor allem wandel gar,
lāȥe mich in liebem wāne
20
die wīl eȥ niht baȥ envar;
daȥ diu vreude lange wer,
daȥ ich weinens iht erwache,
daȥ ich gegen dem trōste lache
des ich von ir hulden ger.
141
25
Wünschen unde wol gedenken
dēst diu meiste vreude mīn.
des sol mir ir trōst niht wenken,
sie enlāȥe mich ir sīn
mit den beiden nāhen bī,
30
sō daȥ sie mit willen gunne
mir von ir sō werder wunne
daȥ sie sælic immer sī.
Sælic meie, du aleine
trœstest al die welde gar.
35
du und al diu werlt gemeine
vreut mich min dann umb ein hār.
wie möht’ ir mir vreude geben
āne die vil lieben guoten?
von der sol ich trōstes muoten;
40
wan ir trōstes muoȥ ich leben.
2
Ein sincwīse, und ist diu sibende wīse.
Wē war umbe sul wir sorgen?
vreude ist guot.
von den wīben sol man borgen
hōhen muot.
45
wol im der in kan gewinnen
von in! der’st ein sælic man.
freude sol man durch sie minnen,
wan dā līt vil ēren an.
Wir suln tanzen singen lachen
50
durch diu wīp.
dā mit mac ein man gemachen
daȥ sīn līp
142
wirdet wert, ob er mit triuwen
dienet guoter wībe gruoȥ.
55
swen sīn dienest wil geriuwen,
dem wirt selten kumbers buoȥ.
Mit dem waȥȥer man daȥ, fiuwer
laschet gar:
vinster ist der sunnen tiuwer.
60
beidiu wār
sint diu mære: ir hœret mēre.
habet für wār ūf minen līp:
rehten man von herzen sēre
scheidet nieman wan diu wīp.
65
Owē owē, frowe Minne,
mir ist wē.
nu grīf her wie sēre ich brinne.
kalder snē
müeste von der hitze brinnen
70
diu mir an dem herzen līt.
kanstu, Minne, triuwe minnen,
sō hilfestu mir enzīt.
3
Daȥ ist ein ūȥreise.
Wil iemen nāch ēren die zīt wol vertrīben,
ze sælden sich kēren, bī freuden belīben,
75
der diene ze flīȥe mit triuwen vil schōne
nāch der minne lōne: der ist süeȥe, reine,
vil guot und aleine den guoten gemeine.
Swer volget dem schilde, der sol eȥ enblanden
dem lībe, dem guote, dem herzen, den handen.
80
des lōnet vil hōhe mit guotem gewinne
diu vil werde Minne: diu gīt freud’ und ēre.
wol ir süeȥen lēre! sie kan trœsten sēre.
143
Der schilt wil mit zühten vil baltlīcheȥ ellen:
er haȥȥet, er schiuhet Schand’ und ir gesellen.
85
got des niht enwelle daȥ man bī im vinde
sō swachlīch gesinde, er wil daȥ die sīnen
ūf ēre sich pīnen, in tugenden erschīnen.
Erg’ unde unfuoge und unfuore diu wilde
gezimt niht dem helme und touc niht dem schilde,
90
der schilt ist ein dach daȥ niht schande kan decken.
sīn blic tæt’ enblecken an ēren die weichen,
von vorhten erbleichen: diu varwe ist ir zeichen.
Hōchgemuote frouwen, ir sült wol gedenken:
getriuwen gesellen vil stæte āne wenken
95
den minnet, den meinet, mit herzen, mit muote,
daȥ in iwer huote behalte, behüete
mit liebe, mit güete, vrī vor ungemüete.
Sie ist āne schulde mir haȥlīch erbolgen
der ich ze dienste dem schilde wil volgen.
100
nu hān ich für zürnen noch für herzen sēre
niht ander schilt mēre wan den trōst aleine,
daȥ ich sie baȥ meine dann ie wīp deheine.
Gein ir langen kriege setz’ ich mīn gedulde:
sō stē gein ir haȥȥe ze wer mīn unschulde.
105
mīn wer gein den valschen daȥ sol sīn mīn triuwe
vil süeȥe āne riuwe: mīn kampflīch gewæte
für ir nīdetæte daȥ sol sīn mīn stæte.
4
Ditz ist der leich.
Got füege mir’ȥ ze guote:
ich bin noch in dem muote
110
daȥ ich wil guoten wīben
mit dienest āne valschen muot immer bī belīben.
dā von rāt’ ich einen rāt
der allen wol gemuoten mannen tugentlīchen stāt.
144
Ich rāt’ iu, ēre gerende man,
115
mit triuwen, als ich beste kan:
ob ir welt werende freude hān,
sō sīt den wīben undertān
mit triwen āne valschen muot.
ir güete ist alsō rehte guot,
120
swer in mit triwen dienest tuot,
den kunnen sie wol machen frō.
der werlde heil gar an in līt:
ir güete ist freuden hōchgezīt,
ir schœne sō vil freuden gīt,
125
dā von diu herze stīgent hō.
Werdekeit
sunder leit
kunnen sie wol friunden geben.
swem sō sī
130
witze bī,
der sol nāch ir hulden streben
unde zinsen in sīn leben:
daȥ rāte ich ūf die triwe mīn.
swer ēren sælic welle sīn
135
und rīche an hōhem muote,
der sol mit triwen guotiu wīp
reht minnen als sīn selbes līp.
vil guot vor allem guote
ist der wībe güete, unde ir schœne schœne ob aller schœne.
140
ir schœne ir güete ir werdikeit ich immer gerne krœne.
an ir schœne und an ir güete stāt mīn heil und ouch mīn wunne.
wær’ guoter wībe schœne niht, wie selten ich gewunne
deheinen ēren gernden muot.
wol mich daȥ sie sint alsō guot,
145
daȥ man hāt von ir güete
sō hōhen trōst für senediu leit.
145
ir schœne, ir güete, ir werdikeit
gīt mir vil hōch gemüete.
Mīn muot von wīben hōhe stāt.
150
waȥ danne ob mir ir einiu hāt
erzeiget hōhe missetāt?
dēswār des mac wol werden rāt.
Waȥ sie gegen mir hāt getān,
daȥ wil ich gerne wiȥȥen lān
155
mit zühten, als ich beste kan,
ūf genāde guotiu wīp.
ich hān ir driu und zehen jār
gedienet sunder wenken gar,
bī mīnen triwen, daȥ ist wār,
160
daȥ in der zīt mīn seneder līp
nie gewan
sölhen wān,
des mīn stæte wurde kranc.
al mīn gir
165
was gein ir
sleht mit triwen āne wanc.
nu vert entwer ir habedanc
reht als ein rat daȥ umbe gāt
und als ein marder den man hāt
170
in eine lin gebunden.
kund’ ich als sie unstæte sīn,
sō hæt’ ich nāch dem willen mīn
ān sie ein frowen funden.
Ē daz ich mīn ritterlīche stæte bræch’ an guoten wīben
175
ich wold’ ē immer valscher wībe hulde vrī belīben.
ich muoȥ in der stæten wībe dienest sunder lōn verderben
oder ich muoȥ ir stæten herzen liebe alsus erwerben
daȥ ich gewenke nimmer wanc
von in. ir hōhen habedanc,
146
180
und mag ich den erringen,
sō hān ich alleȥ daȥ ich wil,
süeȥ’ ougen wunne, herzen spil,
vil wunne an allen dingen.
Nu waȥ bedarf mīn seneder līp
185
genāden mēr, ob ich ein wīp
ze frowen vinde alsō gemuot,
diu sich vor wandel hāt behuot
und niht wan daȥ beste tuot?
der sol mīn dienest sīn bereit
190
immer mē,
swie’ȥ ergē,
sunder valsch mit stætikeit.
dā von gewinne ich werdikeit
und alsō freuderīchen sin,
195
des ich getiuret immer bin
an aller hande dingen.
Vind’ ich sie, ich sol sō ritterlīchen nāch ir hulden ringen.
daȥ mir von ir stætikeit muoȥ hō an ir gelingen.
sie muoȥ abr ūf die triwe mīn
200
gar vrī vor allem wandel sīn,
diech mēr mich lāȥe twingen
und ouch in kumber bringen.
jā gehœret man mich nimmer mē
deheines valschen wībes lop gesprechen noch gesingen.
5
205
In dem lufte süeȥem meien,
sō der walt gekleidet stāt,
sō siht man sich schōne zweien
alleȥ daȥ iht liebes hāt,
unde ist mit ein ander vrō.
210
daȥ ist reht: diu zīt wil sō.
147
Swā sich liep ze liebe zweiet,
hōhen muot diu liebe gīt.
in der beider herzen meiet
eȥ mit vreuden alle zīt.
215
trūrens wil diu liebe niht,
swā man liep bī liebe siht.
Swā zwei liep ein ander meinent
herzenlīchen āne wanc
und sich beidiu sō vereinent
220
daȥ ir liebe ist āne kranc,
die hāt got zesamne geben
ūf ein wunneclīcheȥ leben.
Stætiu liebe heiȥet minne.
liebe, minne, ist al ein:
225
die kan ich in mīnem sinne
niht gemachen wol zuo zwein.
liebe muoȥ mir minne sīn
immer in dem herzen mīn.
Swā ein stæteȥ herze vindet
230
stæte liebe, stæten muot,
dā von al sīn trūren swindet.
stætiu liebe ist alsō guot
daȥ sie stæte freude gīt
stætem herzen alle zīt.
235
Möhte ich stæte liebe vinden,
der wold’ ich sō stæte sīn
daȥ ich dā mit überwinden
wolde gar die sorge mīn.
stæter liebe wil ich gern
240
unde unstæte gar verbern.
6
Disiu liet diu heiȥent vrowen tanz:
diu sol niemen singen, er’n sī vrō.
swer mit zühten treit der freuden kranz,
und dem sīn muot stāt von wīben hō,
245
dem erloube ich sie ze singen wol:
blīdeclīchen man sie tanzen sol.
Trūren ist ze wāre niemen guot
wan dem einen der sīn sünde klaget,
hōhen lop erwirbet hōher muot.
250
guoten wīben hōchmuot wol behaget:
dā von wil ich immer mēre sīn
hōchgemuot durch dich, guot vrowe mīn.
Vreude gibt mir dīn wol redender munt,
hōhen muot dīn reine senfte sit’:
255
vreuden tou mir ūȥ des herzen grunt
kumt von dir in elliu mīniu lit.
got hāt sīnen vlīȥ an dich geleit,
dā von dī lop ēren krōne treit.
Liehtiu ougen, dā bī brūne brā,
260
hāstu und zwei rōtiu wängelīn.
schœne bistu hie und schœne dā.
brūn rōt wīȥ, der drīer varwe schīn
treit dīn hōchgeborner schœner līp.
tugende hāstu vil, guot wīplīch wīp.
265
Daȥ du alsō manege tugende hāst,
dā von bin ich alles trūrens vrī.
sō du alsō schœniu vor mir gāst,
sō ist mir als ich in dem himel sī.
got sō schœnen engel nie gewan
270
den ich für dich wolde sehen an.
149
VII
DAS NIBELUNGEN-LIED.
B. Text.
ĀVENTIURE XVII.
Wie Kriemhilt ir man klagte und wie er begraben
wart.
The following extract is from Bartsch’s edition, Leipzig, 1879.
Dō erbiten si der nahte und fuoren über Rīn.
von heleden kunde nimmer wirs gejaget sīn.
ein tier daȥ si dā sluogen, daȥ weinden edeliu
kint.
4
jā muosen sīn engelten vil guote wīgande sint.
Von grōȥer übermüete muget ir hœren sagen,
und von eislīcher rāche. dō hieȥ Hagene tragen
Sīfriden alsō tōten von Nibelunge lant
8
für eine kemenāten dā man Kriemhilde vant.
Er hieȥ in tougenlīchen legen an die türe,
daȥ sin dā solde vinden so si gienge derfüre
him zer mettīne ē daȥ eȥ wurde tac,
12
der diu vrouwe Kriemhilt vil selten keine verlac.
Man lūte dā zem münster nāch gewoneheit.
vrou Kriemhilt diu schœne wahte manige meit:
ein lieht bat si ir bringen und ouch ir gewant.
16
dō kom ein kamerære dā er Sīfriden vant.
Er sah in bluotes rōten: sīn wāt was elliu naȥ.
daȥ eȥ sīn herre wære, nine wesse er daȥ.
hin zer kemenāten daȥ lieht truog an der hant
20
von dem vil leider mære diu vrouwe Kriemhilt
ervant.
Dō si mit ir vrouwen zem münster wolde gān,
dō sprach der kamerære ‘jā sult ir stille stān:
eȥ līt vor dem gademe ein ritter tōt erslagen.’
24
dō begonde Kriemhilt vil harte unmæȥlīche klagen.
150
Ē daȥ si rehte erfunde daȥ iȥ wære ir man,
an die Hagenen vrāge denken si began,
wie er in solde vristen: dō wart ir ērste leit.
28
von ir was allen vreuden mit sīme tōde widerseit.
Dō seic si zuo der erden, daȥ si niht ensprach:
die schœnen vreudelōsen ligen man dō sach.
Kriemhilde jāmer wart unmāȥen grōȥ:
32
do ẹrschrē si nāch unkrefte daȥ al diu kemenāte
erdōȥ.
Dō sprach daȥ gesinde: ‘waȥ ob eȥ ist ein gast?’
daȥ bluot ir ūȥ dem munde von herzen jāmer brast.
dō sprach si ‘eȥ ist Sīfrit, der mīn vil lieber
man:
36
eȥ hāt gerāten Prünhilt, daȥ eȥ hat Hagene getān.’
Diu vrouwe bat sich wīsen dā si den helt
vant.
si huop sīn schœne houbet mit ir vil wīȥen hant.
swie rōt eȥ was von bluote, si het in schiere
erkant.
40
dō lac vil jæmerlīche der helt von Nibelunge lant.
Dō rief vil trūreclīche diu küneginne milt:
‘owē mir mīnes leides! nu ist dir dīn schilt
mit swerten niht verhouwen: du līst ermorderōt.
44
unt wesse ich wer iȥ het getān, ich riete im immer
sīnen tōt.’
Alleȥ ir gesinde klagete und scrē
mit ir lieben vrouwen, wand’ in was harte wē
umb’ ir vil edelen herren, den si dā heten verlorn.
48
dō het gerochen Hagene harte Prünhilde zorn.
Dō sprach diu jāmerhafte: ‘ir sult hine gān
und wecket harte balde die Sīfrides man.
ir sult ouch Sigemunde mīnen jāmer sagen,
52
ob er mir helfen welle den küenen Sīfriden klagen.’
Dō lief ein bote balde da ẹr si ligen vant,
die Sīfrides helede von Nibelunge lant.
mit den vil leiden mæren ir vreude er in benam.
56
si wolden’ȥ niht gelouben unz man daȥ weinen
vernam.
151
Der bote kom ouch schiere dā der künic lac.
Sigemunt der herre des slāfes niht enpflac:
ich wæn’ sīn herze im sagete daȥ im was geschehen,
60
ern möhte sīnen lieben sun lebenden nimmer gesehen.
‘Wachet, herre Sigemunt. mich bat nāch iu gān
Kriemhilt mīn vrouwe. der ist ein leit getān
daȥ ir vor allen leiden an ir herze gāt:
64
daȥ sult ir klagen helfen, wand’ eȥ iuch sēre
bestāt.’
Ūf rihte sich dō Sigemunt; er sprach: ‘waȥ sint diu
leit
der schœnen Kriemhilde, diu du mir hāst geseit?’
der bote sprach mit weinen: ‘ine kan iu niht
verdagen:
68
jā ist von Niderlanden der küene Sīfrit erslagen.’
Dō sprach der herre Sigemunt: ‘lāt daȥ schimpfen sīn
und alsō bœsiu mære durch den willen mīn,
daȥ ir daȥ saget iemen daȥ er sī erslagen:
72
wand’ ine kunde in nimmer unz an mīn ende
verklagen.’
‘Welt ir mir niht gelouben daȥ ir mich hœret sagen,
sō muget ir selbe hœren Kriemhilde klagen
unt alleȥ ir gesinde den Sīfrides tōt.’
76
vil sēre erscrac dō Sigemunt: des gie im wærlīchen
nōt.
Mit hundert sīnen mannen er von den betten spranc.
si zuhten zuo den handen diu scharpfen wāfen lanc,
si liefen zuo dem wuofe vil jāmerliche dan.
80
dō kōmen tūsent recken des küenen Sīfrides man.
Dō si sō jæmerlīche die vrouwen hōrten klagen,
dō wānden sumelīche, si solden kleider tragen.
janẹ mohten si der sinne vor leide niht gehaben:
84
in wart vil michel swære in ir herzen begraben.
Dō kom der künec Sigemunt da ẹr Kriemhilde vant.
er sprach: ‘owē der reise here in ditze lant.
wer hāt mich mīnes kindes und iuch des iuwern man
88
bī alsō guoten friunden sus mortlīch āne
getān?’
152
‘Hey solde ich den bekennen,’ sprach daȥ vil edele
wīp,
‘holt enwurde im nimmer mīn herze unt ouch mīn līp:
ich geriete im alsō leide daȥ die friunde sīn
92
von den mīnen schulden müesen weinende sīn.’
Sigemunt der herre den fürsten umbeslōȥ.
dō wart von sīnen vriunden der jāmer alsō grōȥ
daȥ von dem starken wuofe palas unde sal
96
und ouch diu stat ze Wormeȥ von ir weinen erschal.
Donẹ kunde niemen trœsten daȥ Sīfrides wīp.
man zōch ūȥ den kleidern den sīnen schœnen līp.
man wuosch im sīne wunden unt leit’ in ūf
den rē.
100
dō was sīnen liuten von grōȥem jāmere wē.
Dō sprāchen* sīne recken von Nibelunge lant:
‘in sol immer rechen mit willen unser hant.
er ist in dirre bürge, der iȥ hāt getān.’
104
dō īlten nāch wāfen alle Sīfrides man.
Die ūȥ erwelten degene mit schilden kōmen dar,
einlef hundert recken: die hete an sīner schar
Sigemunt der herre. sīnes sunes tōt
108
den wolde er gerne rechen: des gie im wærlīchen
nōt.
Sinẹ wessen wen si solden mit strīte dō bestān,
sīne tæten’ȥ Gunther unde sīne man,
mit den der herre Sīfrit an daȥ gejegede reit.
112
Kriemhilt sach si gewāfent: daȥ was ir grœȥlīche
leit.
Swie michel wær’ ir jāmer und swie starc ir nōt,
dō vorhte si harte der Nibelunge tōt
von ir bruoder mannen, daȥ si eȥ understuont.
116
si warnt’ si güetlīche sō vriunde liebe vriunde
tuont.
Dō sprach diu jāmers rīche: ‘mīn her Sigemunt,
wes welt ir beginnen? iu ist niht rehte kunt.
jā hāt der künic Gunther sō manigen küenen man:
120
ir welt iuch alle vliesen, welt ir die recken
bestān.’
153
Mit ūf erbürten schilden in was ze strīte nōt.
diu edel küneginne bat und ouch gebōt
daȥ siȥ mīden solden, die recken vil gemeit.
124
dō siȥ niht lāȥen wolden, daȥ was ir wærlīchen
leit.
Si sprach: ‘herre Sigemunt, ir sult iȥ lāȥen stān
unz eȥ sich baȥ gefüege: sō wil ich mīnen man
immer mit iu rechen. der mir in hāt benomen,
128
wirde ich des bewīset, ich sol im schedelīche
komen.
Eȥ ist der übermüeten hie bī Rīne vil:
dā von ich iu des strītes rāten niht enwil.
si habent wider einen ie wol drīȥec man.
132
nu lāȥ’ in got gelingen als si umb uns gedienet
hān.
Ir sult hie belīben, unt dolt mit mir diu leit;
als iȥ tagen beginne, ir helde vil gemeit,
sō helfet mir besarken den mīnen lieben man.’
136
dō sprāchen die degene: ‘daȥ sol werden getān.’
Iu enkunde niemen daȥ wunder volsagen
von rittern unt von vrouwen, wie man die hōrte
klagen,
sō daȥ man des wuofes wart in der stat geware.
140
die edelen burgære die kōmen gāhende dare.
Si klageten mit den gesten, want in was harte leit.
die Sīfrides schulde in niemen het geseit,
durch waȥ der edele recke verlüre den sīnen līp.
144
dō weinden mit den vrouwen der guoten burgære wīp.
Smide hieȥ man gāhen, wurken einen sarc,
von silber und von golde, vil michel unde starc.
man hieȥ in vaste spengen mit stahel, der was guot.
148
dō was al den liuten harte trūrec der muot.
Diu naht was zergangen: man sagte eȥ wolde tagen.
dō hieȥ diu edele vrouwe zuo den münster tragen
Sīfrit den herren, ir vil lieben man.
152
swaȥ er dā vriunde hēte, die sach man weinende gān.
154
Dō sị in zem munster brāhten,// vil der gloken klanc.
dō hōrt’ man allenthalben vil maniges pfaffen sanc.
dō kom der künic Gunther mit den sīnen man
156
und ouch der grimme Hagene zuo dem wuofe gegān.
Er sprach: ‘vil liebiu swester, owē der leide dīn,
daȥ wir niht mohten āne des grōȥen schaden sīn.
wir müeȥen klagen immer den Sīfrides līp.’
160
‘daȥ tuot ir āne schulde’, sprach daȥ jāmerhafte
wīp.
‘Wær’ iu dar umbe leide, son wær’ es niht geschehen.
ir hetet mīn vergeȥȥen, des mag ich wol jehen,
da ịch dā wart gescheiden von mīme lieben man.
164
daȥ wolde got’, sprach Kriemhilt, ‘wær’ iȥ mir selber
getān.’
Si buten vaste ir lougen. Kriemhilt begonde jehen
‘swelher sich unschuldige, der lāȥe daȥ gesehen;
der sol zuo der bāre vor den liuten gēn.
168
dā bī mac man die wārheit harte schiere verstēn.’
Daȥ ist ein michel wunder: vil dicke eȥ noch geschiht,
swā man den mortmeilen bī dem tōten siht,
sō bluotent im die wunden: als ouch dā gescach.
172
dā von man die sculde dā ze Hagenen gesach.
Die wunden vluȥȥen sēre alsam si tāten ē.
die ē dā sēre klageten, des wart nu michel mē.
dō sprach der künic Gunther ‘ich wil’ȥ iuch wiȥȥen
lān.
176
in sluogen schāchære: Hagene hāt es niht getān.’
‘Mir sint die schāchære’, sprach si, ‘vil wol bekant.
nu lāȥe eȥ got errechen noch sīner vriunde hant.
Gunther unde Hagene, jā habet ir iȥ getān.’
180
die Sīfrides degene heten dō ze strīte wān.
Dō sprach aber Kriemhilt: ‘nu habt mit mir die nōt.’
dō kōmen dise beide dā si in funden tōt,
Gērnōt ir bruoder und Gīselher daȥ kint.
184
in triuwen si in klageten mit den anderen sint.
155
Si weinden inneclīche den Kriemhilde man.
man solde messe singen: zuo dem münster dan
giengen allenthalben man wīp unde kint.
188
die sīn doch līhte enbāren, die weinden Sīfriden
sint.
Gērnōt und Gīselher sprāchen: ‘swester mīn,
nu trœste dich nāch tōde, als iȥ doch muoȥ sīn.
wir wellen dich’s ergetzen die wīle unt wir
geleben.’
192
donẹ kunde ir trōst deheinen zer werlde niemen
gegeben.
Sīn sarc der was bereitet wol umbe’n mitten tac.
man huop in von der bāre dā er ūfe lac.
in wolde noch diu frouwe lāȥen niht begraben.
196
des muosen al die liute michel arebeite haben.
In einen rīchen pfellel man den tōten want.
ich wæne man dā iemen āne weinen vant.
dō klagete herzenlīche Uote, ein edel wīp,
200
und alleȥ ir gesinde den sīnen wætlīchen līp.
Dō man daȥ gehōrte, daȥ man zem münster sanc,
unt in gesarket hēte, dō huop sich grōȥ gedranc:
durch willen sīner sēle waȥ opfers man dō truoc!
204
er hete bī den vīnden doch guoter vriunde genuoc.
Kriemhilt diu arme zir kameræren sprach:
‘si suln durch mīne liebe līden ungemach,
die im iht guotes günnen und mir wesen holt;
208
durch Sīfrides sēle sol man teilen sīn golt.’
Dehein kint was sō kleine daȥ witze mohte haben,
daȥ muose gēn zem opfer. ē ẹr wurde begraben,
baȥ danne hundert messe man dā des tages sanc.
212
von Sīfrides vriunden wart dō grōȥer gedranc.
Dō man dā hete gesungen, daȥ volc huop sich von dan.
dō sprach diu vrouwe Kriemhilt ‘irn sult niht eine
lān
hīnte mich bewachen den ūȥ erwelten degen.
216
eȥ ist an sīme lībe al mīn vreude gelegen.
156
Drī tage und drī nahte wil ich in lāȥen stān,
unz ich mich geniete mīns vil lieben man.
waȥ ob daȥ got gebiutet daȥ mich ouch nimet der
tōt?
220
sō wære wol verendet mīn armer Kriemhilde nōt.’
Zen herbergen giengen die liute von der stat.
pfaffen unde müniche si belīben bat
und alleȥ sīn gesinde, daȥ des heldes pflac.
224
si heten naht vil arge unt vil müelīchen tac.
Ān eȥȥen und ān trinken beleip dā manic man.
die eȥ nemen wolden, den wart daȥ kunt getān,
daȥ man’s in den vollen gæbe: daȥ schuof Sigemunt.
228
dō was den Nibelungen vil michel arebeite kunt.
Die drīe tagezīte, sō wir hœren sagen,
die dā kunden singen, daȥ si muosen tragen
vil der arebeite. waȥ man in opfers truoc!
232
die vil arme wāren, die wurden rīche genuoc.
Swaȥ man vant der armen die es niht mohten hān,
die hieȥ man doch zem opfer mit dem golde gān
ūȥ sīn selbes kamere. do ẹr niht solde leben,
236
umbe sīne sēle wart manic tūsent marc gegeben.
Urbor ūf der erden teilte s’in diu lant,
swā sō man diu klōster und guote liute vant.
silber unde wæte gap man den armen gnuoc.
240
si tet dem wol gelīche daȥ sim holden willen truoc.
An dem dritten morgen ze rehter messezīt
sō was bī dem münster der kirchof alsō wīt
von den lantliuten weinens alsō vol:
244
si dienden im nāch tōde als man lieben vriunden
sol.
In den tagen vieren, man hāt gesaget daȥ,
ze drīȥec tūsent marken, oder dannoch baȥ,
wart durch sīne sēle den armen dā gegeben.
248
dō was gelegen ringe sīn grōȥiu schœne und ouch sīn
leben.
157
Dō gote dā wart gedienet und daȥ man vol gesanc,
mit ungefüegem leide vil des volkes ranc.
man hieȥ in ūȥ dem münster zuo dem grabe tragen.
252
die sīn ungern enbāren, die sah man weinen unde
klagen.
Vil lūte scrīende daȥ liut gie mit im dan:
vrō enwas dā niemen, weder wīp noch man.
ē daȥ man in begrüebe, man sanc unde las:
256
hey waȥ guoter pfaffen ze sīner pīfilde was!
Ē daȥ zem grabe kœme daȥ Sīfrides wīp,
dō ranc mit solhem jāmer der ir getriuwer līp,
daȥ man si mit dem brunnen vil dicke dā vergōȥ.
260
eȥ was ir ungemüete vil harte unmæȥlīchen grōȥ.
Eȥ was ein michel wunder daȥ si ie genas.
mit klage ir helfende manic vrouwe was.
dō sprach diu küneginne: ‘ir Sīfrides man,
264
ir sult durch iuwer triuwe an mir genāde begān.
Lāt mir nāch mīme leide daȥ kleine liep geschehen,
daȥ ich sīn schœne houbet noch eines müeȥe sehen.’
dō bat si’s alsō lange mit jāmers sinnen starc,
268
daȥ man zebrechen muose den vil hērlīchen sarc.
Dō brāhte man die vrouwen dā si in ligen vant.
si huop sīn schœne houbet mit ir vil wīȥen hant;
dō kuste s’ alsō tōten den edelen ritter guot.
272
ir vil liehten ougen vor leide weineten bluot.
Ein jæmerlīcheȥ scheiden wart dō dā getān.
dō truoc man si von dannen: sine mohte niht gegān.
dō vant man sinnelōse daȥ hērlīche wīp.
276
vor leide möht’ ersterben der ir vil wünneclīcher
līp.
Dō man den edelen herren hete nu begraben,
leit āne māȥe sah man die alle haben
die mit im komen wāren von Nibelunge lant.
280
vil selten vrœlīchen man dō Sigemunden vant.
158
Dō was der etelīcher der drīer tage lanc
vor dem grōȥem leide niht aȥ noch entranc.
doch mohten si dem lībe sō gar geswīchen niht:
284
si nerten sich nāch sorgen, sō noch genuogen
geschiht.
VIII
WOLFRAM VON ESCHENBACH.
Wolfram von Eschenbach was a native of Bavaria. Of his life little is
known, not even the exact dates of his birth and death. He flourished in
the latter part of the twelfth and early part of the thirteenth century,
and was by far the best and most extensive representative of the Court
epic poetry. He is best known by his Parzival, which contains 24,812
lines divided up into sixteen books. The following extract is taken from
Book III. For editions of his works, see Lachmann, Wolfram von
Eschenbach, Berlin, 1833, fifth edition, Berlin, 1891; Bartsch,
Wolfram’s von Eschenbach Parzival und Titurel, Leipzig, 1875.
Sich zōch diu frouwe jāmers balt
ūȥ ir lande in einen walt,
zer waste in Soltāne;
niht durch bluomen ūf die plāne,
5
ir herzen jāmer was sō ganz,
sinẹ kērte sich an keinen kranz,
er wære rōt oder val.
sie brāhte dar durch flühtesal
des werden Gahmuretes kint.
10
liute, die bī ir dā sint,
müeȥen būwen unde riuten.
sie kunde wol getriuten
ir sun. ē daȥ sich der versan,
ir volc sie gar für sich gewan:
15
eȥ wære man oder wīp,
den gebōt sie allen an den līp,
daȥ se iemer rīters wurden lūt.
‘wan friesche daȥ mīns herzen trūt,
159
welch rīters leben wære,
20
daȥ wurde mir vil swære.
nu habet iuch an der witze kraft,
und helt in alle rīterschaft.’
Der site fuor angestlīche vart.
der knappe alsus verborgen wart
25
zer waste in Soltāne erzogen,
an küneclīcher fuore betrogen;
eȥ ẹnmöhte an eime site sīn:
bogen unde bölzelīn
die sneit er mit sīn selbes hant,
30
und schōȥ vil vogele die er vant.
swenne ab er den vogel erschōȥ,
des schal von sange ē was sō grōȥ,
sō weinde er unde roufte sich,
an sīn hār kērt’ er gerich.
35
sīn līp was klār unde fier:
ūf dem plān am rivier
twuog er sich alle morgen.
er’n kunde niht gesorgen,
eȥ ẹnwære ob im der vogelsanc,
40
die suoȥe in sīn herze dranc:
daȥ erstracte im sīniu prüstelīn.
al weinde er lief zer künegīn.
sō sprach sie ‘wer hāt dir getān?
du wær’ hin ūȥ ūf den plān.’
45
er’n kunde es ir gesagen niht,
als kinden līhte noch geschiht.
dem mære gienc sie lange nāch.
eins tages sie in kapfen sach
ūf die boume nāch der vogele schal.
50
sie wart wol innen daȥ zeswal
von der stimme ir kindes brust.
des twang in art und sīn gelust.
160
frou Herzeloyde kērte ir haȥ
an die vogele, sine wesse um waȥ:
55
sie wolte ir schal verkrenken.
ir būliutẹ und ir enken
die hieȥ sie vaste gāhen,
vogele würgen unde vāhen.
die vogele wāren baȥ geriten:
60
etslīches sterben wart vermiten:
der bleip dā lebendic ein teil,
die sīt mit sange wurden geil.
Der knappe sprach zer künegīn
‘waȥ wīȥet man den vogelīn?’
65
er gerte in frides sā zestunt.
sīn muoter kuste in an den munt:
diu sprach ‘wes wende ich sīn gebot,
der doch ist der hœhste got?
suln vogele durch mich fröude lān?’
70
der knappe sprach zer muoter sān
‘owē muoter, waȥ ist got?’
‘sun, ich sage dir’ȥ āne spot.
er ist noch liehter denn’ der tag,
der antlitzes sich bewac
75
nāch menschen antlitze.
sun, merke eine witze,
und flēhe in umbe dīne nōt:
sīn triwe der werlde ie helfe bōt.
sō heiȥet einẹr der helle wirt:
80
der ịst swarz, untriuwe in niht verbirt.
von dem kēr’ dīne gedanke,
und och von zwīvels wanke.’
daȥ vinster unt daȥ lieht gevar.
85
dar nāch sīn snelheit verre spranc.
er lerntẹ den gabylōtes swanc,
161
dā mite er manegen hirz erschōȥ:
des sīn muoter und ir volc genōȥ.
eȥ wære æber oder snē,
90
dem wilde tet’ sīn schieȥen wē.
nu hœret fremdiu mære.
swenne er’rschōȥ daȥ swære,
des wære ein mūl geladen genuoc,
als unzerworht hin heim er’ȥ truoc.
95
Eins tages gieng er den weideganc
an einer halden, diu was lanc:
er brach durch blates stimme ‘en zwīc.
dā nāhen bī im gienc ein stīc:
dā hōrt’ er schal von huofslegen.
100
sīn gabylōt begund’er wegen:
dō sprach er ‘waȥ hān ich vernomen?
wan wolte et nu der tiuvel komen
mit grimme zorneclīche!
den bestüende ich sicherlīche.
105
mīn muoter freisen von im saget:
ich wæne ir ellen sī verzaget.’
alsus stuont er in strītes ger.
nu seht, dort kom geschūftet her
drī rīter nāch wunsche var,
110
von fuoȥe ūf gewāpent gar.
der knappe wānde sunder spot,
daȥ ieslīcher wære ein got.
dō stuont ouch er niht langer hie,
in’ȥ phat viel er ūf sīniu knie.
115
lūte rief der knappe sān
‘hilf, got: du maht wol helfe hān.’
der vorder zornes sich bewac,
dō der knappe im phade lac:
‘dirre tœrsche Wāleise
120
unsich wendet gāher reise.’
162
ein prīs den wir Beier tragen,
muoȥ ich von Wāleisen sagen:
die sint tœrscher denne beiersch her,
und doch bī manlīcher wer.
125
swer in den zwein landen wirt,
gefuoge ein wunder an im birt.
Dō kom geleischieret
und wol gezimieret
ein rīter, dem was harte gāch.
130
er reit in strīteclīchen nāch,
die verre wāren von im komen:
zwēn’ rīter heten im genomen
ein’ frouwen in sīm’ lande,
den helt eȥ dūhte schande:
135
in müetẹ der juncfrouwen leit,
diu jæmerlīche vor in reit.
dise drī wāren sīne man.
er reit ein schœne kastelān:
sīns schildes was vil wēnic ganz.
140
er hieȥ Karnahkarnanz
leh cons Ulterlec.
er sprach ‘wer irret uns den wec?’
sus fuor er zuome knappen sān.
den dūhte er als ein got getān:
145
er’n het’ ē sō liehtes niht erkant.
ūfẹm towe der wāpenroc erwant.
mit guldīn schellen kleine
vor ietwederem beine
wārn die stegreife erklenget
150
unt ze rehter māȥe erlenget.
sīn zeswer arm von schellen klanc,
swar er’n bōt oder swanc.
der was durch swertslege sō hel:
der helt was gein prīse snel.
163
155
sus fuor der fürste rīche,
gezimiert wünneclīche.
Aller manne schœne ein bluomen kranz,
den vrāgte Karnahkarnanz
‘junchērre, sāht ir für iuch varen
160
zwēn’ rīter die sich niht bewaren
kunnen an rīterlīcher zunft?
sie ringent mit der nōtnunft
und sint an werdekeit verzaget:
sie füerent roubes eine maget.’
165
der knappe wānde, swaȥ er sprach,
eȥ wære got, als ime verjach
frou Herzeloyd’ diu künegīn,
do s’im underschiet den liehten schīn.
dō rief er lūte sunder spot
170
‘nu hilf mir, helfe rīcher got.’
vil dicke viel an sīn gebet
fil li roy Gahmuret.
der fürste sprach ‘ich pin niht got,
ich leiste ab gerne sīn gebot.
175
du maht his vier rīter sehen,
ob du ze rehte kundest spehen.’
der knappe frāgte fürbaȥ
‘du nennest rīter: waȥ ist daȥ?
hāstu niht gotelīcher kraft,
180
sō sage mir, wer gīt rīterschaft.’
‘daȥ tuot der künec Artūs.
junchērre, komet ir in des hūs,
der bringet iuch an rīters namen,
daȥ ir’s iuch niemer durfet schamen.
185
ir muget wol sīn von rīters art.’
von den helden er geschouwet wart:
dō lac diu gotes kunst an ime.
von der āventiurẹ ich daȥ nime,
164
diu mich mit wārheit des beschiet:
190
nie mannes varwe baȥ geriet
vor ime sīt Adāmes zīt.
des wart sīn lop von wīben wīt.
Aber sprach der knappe sān
dā von ein lachen wart getān.
195
‘ay rīter got, waȥ mahtu sīn?
du hāst sus manec vingerlīn
an dīnen līp gebunden,
dort oben unt hie unden.’
aldā begreif des knappen hant
200
swaȥ er īsers ame fürsten vant:
des harnasch begunder schouwen.
‘mīner muoter juncfrouwen
ir vingerīn an snüeren tragent,
diu niht sus an ein ander ragent.’
205
der knappe sprach durch sīnen muot
‘war zuo ist ditze guot,
daȥ dich sō wol kan schicken?
i’ne mages niht abe gezwicken.’
der fürste im zeigete sā sīn swert:
210
‘nu sich, swer an mich strītes gert,
des selben wer ich mich mit slegen:
für die sīne muoȥ ich an mich legen,
und für den schuȥ und für den stich
muoȥ ich alsus wāpen mich.’
215
aber sprach der knappe snel
‘ob die hirze trüegen sus ir vel,
son’ verwunt’ ir niht mīn gabylōt.
der vellet manger vor mir tōt.’
Die rīter zurnden daȥ er hielt
220
bi dem knappen der vil tumpheit wielt.
der fürste sprach ‘got hüete dīn.
ōwī wan wær’ dīn schœne mīn!
165
dir hete got den wunsch gegeben,
ob du mit witzen soldest leben.
225
diu gotes kraft dir virre leit.’
die sīne und och er selbe reit,
unde gāheten balde
z’einem velde in dem walde.
dā vant der gefüege
230
frōn Herzeloyden phlüege.
ir volke leider nie geschach;
die er balde eren sach:
si bẹgunden sæn, dar nāch egen,
ir gart ob starken ohsen wegen.
235
der fürste in guoten morgen bōt,
und frāgte sẹ, op sie sæhen nōt
eine juncfrouwen līden,
sine kunden niht vermiden,
swes er vrāgt’, daȥ wart gesaget.
240
‘zwēne rīter und ein maget
dā riten hiute morgen.
diu frouwe fuor mit sorgen:
die die juncfrouwen fuorten.’
245
eȥ was Meljahkanz.
den ergāhte Karnachkarnanz,
mit strīte er ime die frouwen nam:
diu was dā vor fröuden lam.
sie hieȥ Īmāne
250
von der Bēāfontāne.
Die būliute verzageten,
dō die helde für sie jageten.
sie sprāchen ‘wie’st uns sus geschehen?
hāt unser junchērre ersehen
255
ūf disen rītern helme schart,
sonẹ hān wir uns niht wol bewart.
166
wir sulen der küneginne haȥ
von schulden hœren umbe daȥ,
wand’ er mit uns dā her lief
260
hiute morgen dō sie dannoch slief.’
der knappe enruochte ouch wer dō schōȥ
die hirze kleine unde grōȥ:
er huop sich gein der muoter wider,
und sagete ir mær’. dō viel sie nider:
265
sīner worte sie sō sēre erschrac,
daȥ sị unversunnen vor im lac.
dō diu küneginne
wider kom z’ir sinne,
swie sie dā vor wær’ verzaget,
270
dō sprach sie ‘sun, wer hāt gesaget
dir von rīters orden?
wā bist du’s innen worden?’
‘muoter, ich sach vier man
noch liehter danne got getān:
275
die sageten mir von rīterschaft.
Artūses küneclīchiu kraft
sol mich nāch rīters ēren
an schildes ambet kēren.’
sich huop ein niuwer jāmer hie.
280
diu frouwe enwesse rehte, wie
daȥ sie ir den list erdæhte
unde in von dem willen bræhte.
Der knappe tump unde wert
iesch von der muoter dicke ein pfert.
285
daȥ begunde sẹ in ir herzen klagen.
sie dāhte ‘i’n wil im niht versagen:
eȥ muoȥ aber vil bœse sīn.’
dō gedāhte mēr diu künegīn
‘der liute vil bī spotte sint.
290
tōren kleider sol mīn kint
167
ob sīme liehten lībe tragen.
wirt er geroufet unt geslagen,
sō kumet er mir her wider wol.’
ōwē der jæmerlīchen dol!
295
diu frouwe nam ein sactuoch:
sie sneit im hemede unde bruoch,
daȥ doch an eime stücke erschein,
unz enmitten an sīn blankeȥ bein.
daȥ wart für tōren kleit erkant.
300
ein gugel man obene drūfe vant.
al frisch rūch kelberīn
von einer hūt zwei ribbalīn
nāch sīnen beinen wart gesniten.
dā wart grōȥ jāmer niht vermiten.
305
diu künegīn was alsō bedāht,
sie bat belīben in die naht.
‘dunẹ solt niht hinnen kēren,
ich wil dich list ē lēren.
an ungebanten strāȥen
310
soltu tunkel fürte lāȥen:
die sīhte unde lūter sīn,
dā solte al balde rīten īn.
du solt dich site nieten,
der werelde grüeȥen bieten.
315
ob dich ein grā wīse man
zuht wil lērn als er wol kan,
dem soltu gerne volgen,
und wis im niht erbolgen.
sun, lā dir bevolhen sīn,
320
swa du guotes wībes vingerlīn
mügest erwerben unt ir gruoȥ,
daȥ nim: eȥ tuot dir kumbers buoȥ.
du solt z’ir kusse gāhen
und ir līp vast’ umbevāhen:
325
daȥ gīt gelücke und hōhen muot,
168
op sie kiusche ist unde guot.
du solt och wiȥȥen, sun mīn,
der stolze küene Lähelīn
dīnen fürsten abe ervaht zwei lant,
330
diu sollen dienen dīner hant,
Wāleis und Norgāls.
ein dīn fürste Turkentals
den tōt von sīner hende enphienc:
dīn volc er sluoc unde vienc.’
335
‘diz riche ich, muoter, ruocht es got:
in verwundet noch mīn gabylōt.’
Des morgens dō der tag erschein,
der knappe balde wart enein,
im was gein Artūse gāch.
340
frou Herzeloyde in kuste und lief im nāch.
der werelde riuwe aldā geschach.
dō sie ir sun niht langer sach
(der reit enwec: wem’st deste baȥ?),
dō viel diu frouwe valsches laȥ
345
ūf die erde, aldā sie jāmer sneit
dō daȥ se ein sterben niht vermeit.
ir vil getriulīcher tōt
der frouwen wert’ die hellenōt.
ōwol sie daȥ se ie muoter wart!
350
sus fuor die lōnes bernden vart
ein wurzel der güete
und ein stam der diemüete.
ōwē daȥ wir nu niht enhān
ir sippe unz an den eilften spān!
355
des wirt gevelschet manec līp.
doch solten nu getriuwiu wīp
heiles wünschen disem knaben,
der sich hie von ir hāt erhaben.
169
NOTES
[The references refer to the paragraphs in the Grammar.]
All notes are directly linked to the text referenced.
I. BERTHOLD VON REGENSBURG
p. 79, l. 13.
werdent sehende, will see.
p. 79, l. 19.
daȥ si anders niht enpflæge, see §§ 102, 108.
p. 81, l. 34.
von sō getāner freude, of joy of such a beautiful kind.
II. LANTREHTBUOCH
p. 83, l. 26.
mege, pres. subj. of mac, see § 93.
p. 85, l. 15.
sempervrīen, from sentbærevrīen, the highest class of
freemen.
p. 85, l. 17.
miter = mitter(e), aj. nom. pl., middle, see
§ 9, 2.
III. DER ARME HEINRICH
l.
6.
im, is reflexive, see §§ 66,
104.
ll. 24-5.
That this one (er) may pray to God for the salvation of Heinrich’s
soul.
l. 31.
ze Swāben = in the country of the Swabians, i.e. Swabia.
l. 38.
ze handen haben, possess.
l. 50.
versworn, pp. of verswern, §
86.
l. 101.
des muge wir: des is dependent on ein wāreȥ bilde;
for muge, see § 74,
note.
l. 106.
sehent = sehet, imperative.
l. 133-4.
dō . . . alrēst, as soon as.
l. 164.
eime = eineme, see §
9, 3.
l. 190.
gnislich = genislich, cp. §
9, 7.
l. 239.
für die selben frist, since then.
ll. 240-1.
no longer any hopes of being healed.
170
l. 257.
sich abe tuon, renounce, resign.
l. 351.
getwelte, had dwelt, see § 106.
ll. 372-3.
The construction is sō ze Salerne vil meister (gen.)
von arzenīen ist, see § 102.
l. 376.
kunde for kundet.
l. 486.
es gen. is dependent on niht.
l. 547.
sich ein dinc an nemen, to take a thing to heart.
l. 591.
mohter = mohte er, see § 65, note 3.
l. 621.
die wīle daȥ, so long as.
l. 640.
wan = waȥ ne, why not.
l. 756.
verswīge wir is the imperative, cp. also note to l. 101.
l. 846.
dīme = dīneme, see § 9, 3.
IV. WALTHER VON DER VOGELWEIDE
l. 144.
kond pret. of kan.
ll. 174-5.
They would imagine themselves ruined if they did not exercise a stern
rule. On the omission of the negative see § 108.
l. 178.
tiuschiu zunge, German language, i.e. Germany.
l. 182.
bekērā, see ā in the Glossary.
l. 185.
Philippe is dative; en = den.
l. 187.
man . . . wībe are the gen. plural.
l. 214.
guoter is gen. plural.
l. 232.
bluomen . . . wunder, a great multitude of flowers.
l. 250.
daȥ sie schiere got gehœne! may God curse them soon.
l. 255.
Der uns freude wider bræhte, if anyone would bring us joy
again.
l. 285.
bien = bī den.
l. 292.
weder ir, which of the two.
l. 308.
hōhste (weak form) name, the most beautiful or
precious name.
l. 429.
du lā dir niht ze wē sīn nāch dem guote, do not worry yourself
too much about wealth.
ll. 475-6.
Very many call thee father, who will not recognize me as their
brother.
ll. 498-9.
See Extracts from Reinmar, ll. 184-192.
171
V. REINMAR
l.
33.
Liutpolt: Duke Leopold VI of Austria.
l.
75.
bekan = bekam.
VII. DAS NIBELUNGEN-LIED
l. 28.
sīme = sīneme, see § 9, 3; widerseit =
widersaget, § 37.
l. 32.
nāch unkrefte, after she had regained her consciousness.
l. 37.
bat sich wīsen, asked them to lead her to.
l. 43.
ermorderōt, older form of pp. of ermordern, see
§ 88, note.
l. 88.
āne tuon, with gen. and acc., bereave, rob.
l. 92.
weinende sīn = weinen, see § 106.
l. 213.
huop sich von dan, betook themselves away.
VIII. PARZIVAL
l. 17.
that they should never mention the word ‘knight’. On the omission of the
negative see § 108.
l. 42.
weinde = weinende, see § 29.
ll. 83-4.
The mother explained to him fully the difference between darkness and
light, i.e. between the Devil and God.
l. 141.
leh cons = le (li) cons, the Count.
ll. 157-8.
K. asked him, who was the perfection of human beauty.
l. 172.
fil li roy, son of the king.
l. 243.
Supply ros as object.
172
GLOSSARY
ABBREVIATIONS
sm., sf., sn., | = strong masculine, &c. |
sv. | = strong verb. |
wm., wf., wn., | = weak masculine, &c. |
wv. | = weak verb. |
pret.-pres. | = preterite-present. |
pn. | = proper name. |
The remaining abbreviations need no explanation.
The Roman numeral after a verb indicates the class to which the verb
belongs. The ordinary numerals after a word indicate the paragraph in
the Grammar where the word either occurs or some peculiarity of it is
explained.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Z
ā, interj. added to the imperative, nouns, and
particles;
neinā, certainly not.
ab, abe, prep. c. dat. of, from;
av. away, away from, 9.6.
aber, abr, ab, av. and cj. again,
once more, but;
aber sprëchen, answer, reply.
acker, sm. field, acre, 9.2,
31.2, 42.
Adām, pn. Adam.
adamas, sm. diamond.
æber, sn. place where the snow has melted away.
ænic (with gen.), aj. bereft.
äher (OHG. ahir), sn. ear of corn.
aht(e), num. eight, 62.
aht(e), sf. attention, meditation; station,
position.
ahtede, num. eighth, 62.
ahten, wv. observe, consider, deliberate.
ah(t)zëhen, num. eighteen, 62.
ah(t)zëhende, num. eighteenth, 62.
ah(t)zic (-ec), num. eighty, 62.
ah(t)zigeste, num. eightieth, 62.
al (infl. aller, alleȥ, alliu
(älliu, elliu)), aj. all;
al dā, there, thereupon;
al dō, as soon as;
al ein, all one, the same;
aller hande, of all kinds;
alle wëge, everywhere, 55.
aleine, av. alone.
allenthalben, av. on all sides.
allertegelīch, av. daily.
alleȥ, av. always, already.
allmahtic (almähtic, almehtic), aj.
all-powerful, almighty.
almuosen, sn. alms, charity.
alrēst = aller ērst, at first.
als, see alsō.
alsam, av. as, just as, 69.
alsō (alse, als), av. as, just as, so,
likewise, 69;
alse dar, always, all the time.
alsolch = solch.
alsus (alsust), av. in this manner, so,
thus.
alter, sn. age.
alwære, aj. foolish.
alze, av. too, too much.
173
alzehant, av. on the spot, at once, immediately.
am = an dëm.
ambet, sn. service, office, calling.
anblic, sm. look.
ander, num. and pr. other, second, 55, 62, 71.
anders, av. otherwise, else;
niht anderswan, nothing but.
anderswar, av. elsewhere.
ane (an), prep. c. dat. or acc. on, by,
in; of; along with; until, 9.6;
an dën līp, by (their) life, on the penalty of (their) life;
an dër stat, at once, on the spot.
āne (ān), av. alone, free, deprived of;
eines āne wërden, to lose;
cj. except;
prep. c. acc. or gen. without, except, next to.
ange, av. narrowly, exactly, carefully, anxiously,
9.7.
anger, sm. grass plot.
angesiht, sf. sight.
angest, smf. care, sorrow, anxiety.
anges(t)lich, aj. anxious, fearful, dangerous,
terrible.
anme, amme, ame, am = an dëme,
68 note 2.
ansëhen, sv. V, look at, behold.
anst (pl. enste), sf. favour, 49.
antlütze, antlitze, sn. face, countenance.
antwürten (pret. antwurte), wv.
answer.
apfel, sm. apple, 31.2.
arbeit (arebeite), sf. work, trouble, grief.
arbeitsam, aj. painful, troublesome.
arc (-ges), aj. bad, mischievous, wicked.
arm, aj. poor, helpless, unhappy, 57.
arm, sm. arm.
armuot, sf. poverty, want.
art, smf. inborn manner, nature, quality; origin,
descent.
Artūs, pn. Arthur, king of Britain.
arzāt, sm. physician.
arzenīe, sf. medicine, remedy.
ās, sn. carrion, 28.
ātem, sm. breath, 42.
āventiure, sf. wonderful event
ay, interj. ah! alas!
bābest, sm. pope.
bāgen, sv. VII, quarrel, 87.
bal (-lles), sm. ball.
balde, av. boldly, bravely, valiantly; quickly;
balde wërden enein, be quickly resolved.
balt, aj. courageous, full of courage, firm,
unyielding.
baltlīch, aj. courageous.
bange, aj. anxious, 9.7.
bannen, sv. VII, banish, expel, put under the
ban, 87.
bar, aj. bare, 55.
bāre, sf. bier.
bat (-des), sn. bath, flood of tears.
baȥ, av. better, more, 61;
baȥ geriten, quicker;
baȥ veile, of less value;
wëm’st deste baȥ?, who feels joy at this parting?
Bēāfontāne, pn.
bedāht, p.p. thoughtful, intent.
bēde = beide.
bedecken (pret. -dacte, -dahte),
wv. cover, 90.
bedenken (pret. -dāhte, subj. pret.
-dæhte), think over, consider;
sich dës willen bedenken, decide upon a thing.
174
bediuten, wv. expound;
refl. mark, denote.
bedrieȥen, sv. II, seem troublesome or
irksome.
bedunken (pret. -dūhte), wv. seem,
appear.
bedurfen, bedürfen (pr. sing. -darf),
pret. pres., need, require;
see durfen.
begān, anom. v. to do a thing;
refl. live;
see gān.
begieȥen, sv. II, pour over, moisten.
beginnen, sv. III (pret. also weak
begunde, begonde), begin, 81.
begraben, sv. VI, bury, inter.
begrīfen, sv. I, grasp, understand.
begunder = begunde ër.
behagen, wv. please, delight, suit.
behalten, sv. VII, hold, keep, preserve, reserve,
store up.
beherten, wv. harden, enforce.
behüeten, wv. keep, preserve, protect.
behuot, p.p. of behüeten.
beide (bēde), num., neut. beidiu,
both;
beide—und, both—and.
beidenthalben, av. on both sides.
Beier, pn. people of Bavaria, Bavarians.
beier(i)sch, aj. Bavarian.
beiten, wv. wait;
sn. a waiting.
bejagen, wv. acquire, get.
bejëhen, sv. V, assure.
bekan = bekam.
bekennen (pret. -kante), wv. know,
recognize, get to know.
bekēren, wv. employ, turn;
bekēren sich, turn round.
bekomen, sv. IV, get, obtain.
belīben (blīben), sv. I, remain, 9.7, 76;
under wëgen belīben, be left undone, cease.
beliuhten, wv. illumine, explain, make manifest.
benamen = bī namen, in the true sense of the word.
benëmen, sv. IV, take, take away;
c. gen. exempt.
berāten, sv. VII, consider, arrange, provide for;
refl. consider, reflect.
bërc (-ges), sm. mountain.
bereit (bereite), aj. ready, willing;
av. readily, willingly, 55.
bereiten (pret. -reite), wv. plough, make
arable, prepare, make ready.
bërgen, sv. III, hide, 81.
bërn, sv. IV, bear, carry, bring forth, 9.1, 19, 82.
bern (pret. berte), wv. beat, strike.
berouben, wv. bereave, rob.
berüeren, wv. touch, move.
besarken (beserken), wv. put into the
coffin.
beschëhen, sv. V, happen.
bescheiden, sv. VII, make clear, explain.
bescheiden (bescheidenlīch), aj. sensible,
prudent.
bescheidenheit, sf. understanding, sense, prudence.
bescheidenlīchen, av. definitely, clearly,
sensibly.
beschern, wv. bestow upon, divide, let out.
bëseme, wm. besom; rod.
besitzen (pret. -saȥ), sv. V, take
possession of.
beslieȥen, sv. II, close, shut.
besorgen, wv. provide, be conscious of;
requite.
bestān, anom. v. remain; attack, assail;
einen bestān, concern, belong to.
beste, aj. and av. best, 9.5, 23.1, 61.
besunder, av. apart.
175
beswærde, sf. affliction, grief, sadness.
beswæren, wv. afflict, grieve.
beswern (pret. -swuor, pp.
-sworn), sv. VI, take an oath, swear to.
bëte, sf. request, command.
bëten, wv. pray, 92.
betrahten, wv. view, consider.
betriegen, sv. II, deceive.
betrüeben, wv. make gloomy or angry.
bettestat, sf. couch, place of rest.
bevëlhen, sv. III, order, recommend; bring home to a
person, 19, 34, 81.
bevinden, sv. III, become sensible of, get to know.
bewachen, wv. watch, guard.
bewarn, wv. protect, guard against, preserve; avert,
ward off, prevent.
bewëgen (sich with gen.), sv. V, resolve
to or upon, take upon oneself; part with, cast off.
bewenden (pp. -want), wv. turn to,
use.
bewīsen, wv. put right, inform, instruct.
beȥȥer (superl. beȥȥest, beste),
aj. better, 58.
beȥȥern, wv. refl. get better, improve.
beȥȥerunge, sf. improvement, 8.
bī, prep. and av. near, near by, with, beside;
thereby;
bī sīn with dat. of person: be near, have;
bī mīnen triuwen, in truth, upon my word!;
bī mīnen zīten, during my lifetime;
bī spotte sīn, like mockery;
bī wësen, remain.
bibenen (biben, pp. bibent), wv.
quake, tremble.
biderbe, aj. noble, active, good.
biegen, sv. II, bow, bend, 5,
11, 12, 15, 16, 18, 33, 78.
bien = bī dën.
bieten, sv. II, offer, show, 5,
11, 18, 25, 78.
bilde, sn. example, comparison.
bilden, wv. form.
billich, aj. becoming, right.
billīchen, av. rightly, properly, befittingly.
bin, am, 97.
binden, sv. III, bind, fasten, 10
note 2, 11, 12,
15, 33, 81;
wol gebunden, with the hair neatly braided and decked out.
bir, swf. pear, 50.
bīten, sv. I, wait, put off, delay, 76.
bit(t)en (pret. bat), sv. V, ask, beg,
request, command, 3, 26,
31.3, 84.
bitter, aj. bitter, 20, 31.2, 55.
bitterlīch, aj. bitter, 8.
bitterlīchen, av. bitterly.
biȥ, sm. bite, 44.
bīȥen, sv. I, bite, 5, 19, 76.
blanc, aj. white, shining, beautiful.
blāsen, sv. VII, blow, 87.
blat, sn. leaf.
blī (-ges), snm. lead, 35.
blīben = belīben.
blic (-ckes), sm. glance, look; splendour.
blīdeclīchen, av. blithely, joyfully.
blint (-des), aj. blind, 7, 9.2, 55, 56.
bliuwen, sv. II, strike, 16
note, 19, 36, 79.
blōȥ, aj. bare, naked; only.
blüejen, blüewen, blüen, wv. bloom,
19, 35, 90.
blüemen, wv. bloom, 90.
bluome, wmf. flower, blossom.
176
bluot, sn. blood.
bluoten, wv. bleed.
boc (-ckes), sm. he-goat, 10, 32.1.
böcklīn, sn. little he-goat, 10.
bœse, aj. bad, worthless, despicable.
boge, wm. bow.
bölzelīn, sn. little cross-bow, bolt or
arrow.
borgen, wv. borrow.
bote, wm. messenger, 51.
bougen, böugen, wv. bend, 10.
boum, sm. tree.
bōȥen, sv. VII, beat, strike, 87.
brā (brāwe), swf., brow, eyebrow; eyelash,
48.
brāten, sv. VII, roast, 87.
brëchen, sv. IV, break, pluck, gather; neglect, 82.
breit, aj. wide, broad.
brennen, wv. burn, 10, 11, 90.
bresten, sv. IV, break, burst, be deficient, want,
lack, 19.
brief (-ves), sm. letter, 33, 44.
bringen (pret. brāhte, pret. subj.
bræhte), bring, 28, 29, 91;
sich bringen lāȥen, let oneself be brought;
vür bringen, carry out.
brinnen, sv. III, burn, 81.
briuwen, sv. II, brew, 16
note, 79.
brœde, aj. breakable, perishable.
brōt, sn. bread.
brugge, brügge (brucke, brücke),
sf. bridge, 10 note 3, 26, 31.3.
brūn, aj. brown; dark-coloured.
brunne, wm. spring, well, brook.
bruoch, sf. covering for the upper part of the
thigh.
bruoder, sm. brother, 3, 5, 11, 24, 25, 45.
brust (pl. bruste, brüste), sf.
breast, bosom, 10 note 3, 49.
brūt (pl. briute), bride, 5, 10, 11.
bū (-wes), smn. cultivated land; farmhouse;
dwelling, abode, 42.
büechlīn, sn. little book, 10.
būman (pl. būliute), sm. peasant, farmer,
farm labourer.
buoch, sn. book, 10.
buosem, sm. bosom, 9.2.
buoȥ, sm. remedy, compensation, reparation;
buoȥ tuon c gen., free from, liberate from.
būr, sm. peasant.
burc (-ge), sf. castle, town, 10 note 1, 49.
burgære, sm. citizen, parishioner.
burt, sf. birth, of good family.
butze, wm. hobgoblin, bug-bear;
in butzen wīs, like a ghostly hobgoblin.
būwen, biuwen (pret. biute), wv.
till, cultivate, plant.
For c see k.
dā, dār, av. there, where, 39, 69;
dā mite, therewith;
dā von, thereby;
dā vor, before it or that;
dā zuo, thereby, therewith, thereto.
dach, sn. covering, 31.3.
dagen, wv. be silent, 92.
dahte, see decken.
danc (-kes), sm.. thanks, wish;
sunder or an’ mīnen danc, against my wish.
danken, wv. thank, 9.2.
danne, denne (dan), av. then;
after the comparative, than as;
in conditional sentences with or without ne = unless.
177
dannen, av. from there, thence; wherefrom, 69.
dannoch (dennoch), av. however, even, still;
besides, in addition to this; moreover.
dar, dare, av. thither, whither, 69;
dar an, thereon, in that, therein;
dar für, before it;
dar nāch, thereupon, after that;
dar umbe, therefore, 69;
dar under, amongst them, in between;
dar zuo, besides, in addition.
dārinne, darinne, av. therein.
daȥ cj. that.
dechein, pr. no, none, 71.
decken (pret. dacte, dahte), wv.
cover, 23.2, 31.3,
32.2, 90.
dëgen, sm. warrior, vassal, 11.
dehein, dekein, pr. any one; no, none, 71.
deich = daȥ ich.
deist = daȥ ist.
denen (dennen), wv. stretch, 92.
denken (pret. dāhte), think, 5, 11, 28,
29, 91.
denne = danne.
dennoch, see dannoch.
dër, daȥ, diu, def. art., dem.
pr., and rel. pr., the, who; 9.6,
68, 69;
dës, av. with which, thereby, therefore, wherefore.
derfüre, av. out.
dernider, av. down.
dërst = dër ist.
dēst, deis, dēs = daȥ ist, 68 note 1.
deste, av. the more, all the more;
before comparatives, the, so much, 11.
dēswār (= daȥ ist wār), av. truly, in truth,
indeed.
dewëder, dwëder, pr. one of two, neither of
two, 71.
deȥ = daȥ.
dic (dicke), aj. thick, dark, 55;
av. dicke, often;
dicke baȥ, often still better.
die = Middle Germ. form of dër.
diech = daȥ ich.
diemüete, sf. humility.
dien = die en.
dienen, wv. serve, earn, deserve; requite, 9.2, 92.
dienest (dienst), sm. service, serviceableness;
devotion, 9.2;
ze dienste, out of devotion.
dienstman, sm. servant, feoffee.
diep (-bes), sm. thief;
ze diebe wërden, become a thief.
dieȥen, sv. II, resound, roar, rush, 18, 78.
dīhen (pret. dēch, pp. gedigen),
sv. I, thrive, 17, 30, 76.
dinc (-ges), sn. thing, affair, 46.
dingen, wv. speak, make a contract.
dirre, diser, dise (neut. ditze,
diz, diȥ; fem. disiu), pr.
this, 68.
diuhen, wv. change, remove; press, shove.
diuten, wv. intimate, relate, display.
diuwe (diw), sf. servant, 48.
dō, do, av. and cj. then, when,
as, 69.
doch, av. yet, however, nevertheless.
dol, sf. suffering, pain, distress, misery, 48.
doln, wv. endure, tolerate, suffer, 90.
dōn, tōn (pl. dœne), sm. sound,
melody, song.
donreslac (-ges), sm. thunder-clap,
lightning,
dorf (pl. dörfer), sn. village,
hamlet, 10.
dorn, sm. thorn, 24.
dörperlīch, aj. peasant-like, rustic.
dort, av. there, yonder.
178
douwen, döuwen, wv. digest, 10.
dræjen (dræn), wv. turn, 35, 90.
drāte, av. quickly, immediately;
alsō drāte, directly, forthwith.
dreschen, sv. IV, thrash, 11, 82.
drī (neut. driu), num. three, 62, 63;
drīer hande, of three kinds.
dringen, sv. III, press, throng, shoot up, also
sn., 81;
für sich dringen, press forwards, spread.
drīstunt, av. thrice.
dritte, drite, num. third, 26, 62.
drīvaltic, aj. threefold.
drīȥic (-ec), num. thirty, 62.
drīzëhen, num. thirteen, 62.
drīzëhende, num. thirteenth, 62.
drīȥigeste, num. thirtieth, 62.
drouwe (drowe, drō), sf. threat,
threatening.
drouwen, dröuwen, wv. threaten, 3, 10.
drucken, drücken, wv. press, 10 note 3, 90.
drūfe = dar ūfe.
drumb(e), av. to that end, therefore.
drunder = dar under.
dū, du, pr. thou;
gen. dīn; dat. dir; acc.
dich;
pl. nom. ir; gen. iuwer; dat.
iu; acc. iuch, 65.
dulden, wv. endure.
dūme, wm. thumb.
dunken, dünken (pret. dūhte, pret.
subj. diuhte), seem, appear, 5,
10 note 2, 11, 29, 91;
sich ze nihte dunken, to imagine oneself undone.
dünne, aj. thin, 5, 10, 11, 55.
durch (dur), prep. through, on account of, for,
for the sake of, 34;
dur daȥ, on this account, for that reason, therefore;
durch plates stimme, for drawing sounds or notes from the
leaf; for making a whistling sound on the leaf;
durch sīnen muot, through his (childish) mind.
durfen, dürfen (pres. sing. darf,
pret. dorfte, pret. subj. dörfte), pret.
pres. need, 16, 93.
durftige, wm. beggar, one in want of help.
dūȥ = du ëȥ.
ē, ēr, av. formerly, rather, sooner, before,
39, 61.
ëbene, av. evenly, smoothly, well-fitting, 60.
ecke, swf., sn. corner, 31.3.
edel(e), aj. and av. noble, 60.
edelinc, sm. son of a nobleman, 8.
edeln, wv. ennoble.
egen, wv. harrow.
egeslīch (eislīch), aj. fearful,
terrible, 37.
ëht (ē̆t, ō̆t), av. only; even, at any
rate, 34.
ei (pl. eijer, eiger, eier),
sn. egg, 35, 47.
ei, interj. ah.
eiden, wv. take an oath, pledge.
eigen, aj. own, 55.
eigen, sn. property;
ze eigen gëben, present.
eilfte, aj. eleventh, 62.
ein, num. and indef. art. one; a, an, 9.3, 62, 63;
indef, pr. one, some one, 71.
einander, pr. one another.
eine, av. alone.
eines, av. once.
einic (-ec), aj. only, single.
einlif, einlef (eilif), num.
eleven, 62.
ei(n)lifte (eilfte), num. eleventh, 62.
179
eischen, sv. VII, ask, demand.
eislīch, see egeslīch.
eit (-des), sm. oath.
element, sn. element.
ēlīch, aj. legal, conjugal.
ellen, sn.courage, valour; manliness.
ellenboge, wm. elbow.
ellenden, wv. go abroad.
ellich, aj. universal, constant.
elter, aj. older.
eltlīch, aj. elderly, old.
emphëlhen, sv. III, recommend, 81.
emzekeit, sf. activity, diligence, industry.
en, neg. particle, generally used before the verb with
or without niht after the verb, not.
en in subordinate sentences with the subjunctive, unless,
if not, except that, when that, that not,
&c.
en = in;
shortened form of dën.
enbërn, sv. IV, be without a thing, do without.
enbieten, sv. II, bid, announce, summon.
enblanden, sv. VII, let be painful or
irksome to.
enblecken, wv. make visible, expose.
ende, sn. end.
endelīchen, av. throughout, entirely.
enden, wv. end, finish.
enein = in ein.
enge, aj. narrow, 55.
enge, sf. narrow place, strait, difficulty.
Engellant, pn. England, 54.
engëlten, sv. III, pay, requite.
enges(t)līch, aj. anxious, timid, dangerous.
enke, wm. man who tends the cattle.
enmitten, av. in the midst;
enmitten dō, during, whilst.
enpfāhen, enpfān, sv. VII, accept, receive.
enpfallen, sv. VII, pass away, perish.
enpfinden, sv. III, perceive, become
conscious of.
enpflëgen, sv. V, care for, cherish.
enphëlhen, sv. III, order, recommend, 81.
entrinnen, sv. III, escape.
entsagen, wv. free, remove, withdraw.
entseben (-seven), sv. VI, perceive, 86.
entsetzen, wv. bereave, rob.
entslāfen, sv. VII, fall asleep.
en(t)springen, sv. III, spring up, shoot up, shoot
forth.
entstān, sv. VI, understand.
entwër, entwërch, av. athwart; perversely.
entwësen, sv. V, be without, do without.
entwīchen, sv. I, yield, go away.
enwëc, av. away.
enzīt, av. by times, soon.
enzünden, wv. light, kindle.
enzwischen, prep. between.
ër, si (sī, siu, sie), ëȥ,
pr. he, she, it;
gen. sīn (ës), ir, ës; dat.
im(e), ir, im(e); acc. in, sie
(si, sī), ëȥ (iȥ);
pl. nom. acc. si, sī, sie, neut. also
siu; gen. ir(e); dat. in, 65.
ērbære, aj. honourable, decent, modest.
erbarmen, wv. move to pity.
erbe, sn. inherited property, inheritance.
erbeit = arbeit.
erbeiten, wv. work, have trouble;
c. gen. wait for.
erbëlgen, sv. III, become angry, grow angry.
180
erben, wv. be hereditary, descend from generation to
generation.
erbieten, sv. II, show, manifest.
erbīten, sv. I, wait.
erbleichen, wv. become pale.
erbolgen, pp. angered, angry with.
erbürn, wv. raise, lift up.
ërde, wf. earth, world, 14.2.
erdenken (pret. erdāhte, pret. subj.
erdæhte), wv. think out, devise, contrive.
ërderīch = ërtrīch.
erdieȥen, sv. II, resound, re-echo.
erdringen, sv. III, gain by force.
erdröuwen, wv. compel by threats.
ēre, wf. honour, renown, 11.
ēren, wv. honour.
ērest, ērste, aj. first, 59.
ergāhen, wv. overtake, go to meet.
ergān, sv. VII, come out, happen.
erge, sf. wickedness.
ergëben, sv. V, submit, devote.
ergetzen, wv. cause to forget, compensate.
ergrīfen, sv. I, seize.
erhāhen, erhān, sv. VII, hang.
erheben, sv. VI, raise;
refl. rise.
erhœren, wv. hear.
erkalten, wv. become cold.
erkant, aj. known.
erkennelich, aj. well-known, renowned.
erkennen (pret. -kante, -kande),
wv. recognize, perceive, understand; know.
erkiesen, sv. II, elect, select, choose.
erklengen, wv. make resonant or sonorous.
erlāȥen, erlān, sv. VII, release, forgive.
erlengen, wv. lengthen.
erleschen, sv. IV, extinguish.
erlīden, sv. I, suffer.
erlouben, erlöuben, wv. allow, permit, 10.
erlœsen (pp. erlōst), wv. remove, free,
deliver.
ermordern, wv. murder.
ern, eren, erren (pret. ier,
pp. gearn), sv. VII, till, plough, 87.
ërn = ër ne.
ernern, wv. rescue, heal, cure.
erniuwen, wv. renew.
ërnst, sm. fervour.
errëchen, sv. IV, avenge.
ērrer, ērre, ërre, aj. former, 59.
erringen, sv. III, gain, obtain, get.
erscheinen, wv. show, make to appear.
erschëllen, sv. III, resound.
erschieȥen, sv. II, shoot, shoot through, pierce to
death.
erschīnen, sv. I, appear; dawn.
erschrëcken, sv. IV, frighten, become frightened;
refl. c. gen. become frightened at.
erschrīen (pret. -schrē), sv. I, shriek,
cry out.
ersëhen, sv. V, see, perceive.
erslahen, erslān, sv. VI, slay, kill.
ēr(e)st, ērste, av. at first, so soon
as, 61.
erstërben, sv. III, die.
erstrecken (pret. erstracte), wv. expand,
spread out.
ërtrīch (ërderīch), sn. earth, world.
ertrinken, sv. III, drown, perish.
ervëhten, sv. IV, gain by fighting;
with abe and dat.: win or gain from by
fighting.
ervinden, sv. III, experience, get to know.
181
ervollen, wv. become full.
ervröuwen, wv. rejoice, make glad.
erwachen, wv. awake.
erwecken (pret. -wahte), wv. waken,
awaken.
erweln, wv. elect, choose.
erwërben, sv. III, reach, attain, acquire, beget.
erwern, wv. prevent, hinder.
erwinden, sv. III, turn round; be thrown back, be
reflected.
erzeigen, wv. show, prove.
erziehen, sv. II, bring up, educate.
esche, wf. ash.
ët, ēt = ëht.
etelīch, eteslīch (etlīch, etslīch),
pr. many a one, any one;
pl. some, 71.
etewër, eteswër, pr. any or some one;
neut. etewaȥ, anything, something, 70, 71.
ettewanne (eteswenne, ettewenne), av.
sometimes.
ēvangēlium, sn. gospel.
ēwic, aj. everlasting.
ēwiclīchen, av. ever, everlastingly.
ëȥ, pr. it, 65.
ëȥȥen (pp. gëȥȥen), sv. V, eat, 9.7, 19, 20, 23.1, 28, 83.
For f see v.
gābe, sf. gift.
gabylōt, gabilōt, sn. small javelin or
dart.
gāch (-hes), aj. quick, rapid, 55;
gāch wësen (with dat. of pers.), be in a hurry;
mir ist gāch, I hasten;
gen. gāhes as av.
gadem, sn. room, bed-room; house, 46.
gæhe, aj. quick, hasty.
gāhelōs, aj. fickle, wanton.
gāhen, gæhen, wv. hasten, hurry.
Gahmuret, pn. the name of Parzival’s father.
galge, wm. gallows, scaffold.
galle, swf. gall, bitterness, grief.
gan, see gunnen.
gān, gēn, sv. VII, go, 87, 95;
umbe gān, go or turn round.
ganz, aj. whole, entire, complete, 19, 60.3.
ganzlīche(n), av. completely, 60.3.
gar (-wes), aj. ready, prepared, 9.1, 36, 55.
gar, av. fully, entirely, completely.
gart, sm. goad, whip.
gartenære, sm. gardener, 8.
gast (pl. geste), stranger, guest, 3, 5, 10,
11, 44.
gearbeiten, wv. work.
gebærde, sf. countenance.
gebāren, wv. behave, conduct oneself.
gebeine, sn. bones, remains.
gëben, sv. V, give, grant, 5,
12, 14.2, 25, 28, 33, 83.
gëben, pp. = gegëben.
gebende, sn. head-dress.
gebët, sn. prayer.
gebieten, sv. II, order, command.
gebot, sn. command, order, commandment.
gebrëchen = brëchen.
gebreste, wm. defect, waste.
gebresten = bresten.
gebüeȥen, wv. atone for, improve.
gebūre, wm. peasant, citizen.
geburt, sf. birth, noble birth.
182
gedagen, wv. keep silent.
gedanc, sm. thought, 44.
gedanken = danken.
gedenken (pret. -dāhte), wv. think,
intend, strive; bear in mind, remember.
gedienen, wv. earn, deserve, obtain.
gedīhen (gedīen), sv. I, thrive, speed well,
advance.
gedinge, wm. or sfn. hope, confidence; thought;
contract.
gedingen, wv. negotiate.
gedranc (-ges), sm. thronging, crowd.
gedulde, gedult, sf. patience.
gedulteclīchen, av. patiently.
gedultic (-ec), aj. patient, indulgent, 10 note 1.
gedultikeit, sf. patience.
geenden, wv. end, finish.
gefüege, aj. befitting, suitable, seemly.
gefuoge, sf. fitness, good breeding.
gegān = gān.
gegëben = gëben.
gëgen (gein), prep. against, opposite to,
towards, to; at, for, 37.
gegihte, sn. gout, cramp.
gegrüeȥen, wv. greet, salute.
gehaben (refl.), wv. be, fare, feel.
geheiȥen, sv. VII, promise; call, name.
gehëlfen = hëlfen.
gehenge, sf. permission.
gehiure, aj. lovely, charming, gracious.
gehœnen, wv. dishonour, abuse, revile, curse.
gehœren, wv. hear.
gehōrsam(e), sf. obedience.
geil, aj. joyous, joyful, gay.
geist, sm. spirit, mind, ghost.
gejegede, sn. hunt.
geklopfen, wv. knock.
gël (-wes), aj. yellow, 55.
gelāȥ, snm. formation, figure, shape.
gelëben, wv. live, live to see.
geleischiert, pp. with or having the reins of the horse
slack;
see leischieren.
geleisten = leisten.
geleit = geleget.
geleite, sn. protection, retinue;
wm. attendant, companion.
gëlf (gëlph), aj. shining; merry, insolent.
gelīch (glīch), aj. like, same, straight, even,
9.7;
av. gelīche, equally, in like manner.
gelīchen, refl. wv. be like, be equal; resemble.
gelieben, wv. love, make dear, please.
geligen, sv. V, succumb, be ruined.
gelimpfen, wv. be meet, 23.2.
gelingen, sv. III, succeed, 81;
mir gelingt wol, I have good success.
gelit, glit (-des), sn. member, 9.7.
geloube, wm. faith.
gelouben, gelöuben, wv. believe, think, 10, 33, 90.
gëlt (-des), sn. money.
gëlten, sv. III, pay, requite; procure, 9.4 note, 81.
gelücke, sn. good fortune, happiness.
gelust, sm. wish, desire; joy, pleasure.
gemach, smn., rest, ease; bedroom.
gemachen, wv. make.
gemahele, wf. bride.
gemeine, aj. common, familiar.
gemeit, aj. happy, joyful.
gemēren, wv. increase.
gemīden, sv. I, avoid, keep at a distance.
183
gemīten, sv. I, shun, avoid.
gemüete, sn. disposition, desire, longing; heart.
gemuot, aj. minded, disposed, inclined.
genāde, gnāde, sf. grace, favour, kindness,
9.7;
in addressing a person: be gracious;
genāde sagen, thank;
ūf genāde, graciously.
genādelōs, aj. unhappy, without grace.
genāden, wv. to thank.
genædic, aj. gracious, merciful.
genæme, aj. beloved, dear, pleasant.
genanne, gnanne, wm. namesake, 9.7.
genësen, sv. V, recover, become well or free,
30, 83.
genieten, wv. refl. rejoice, be glad, become satisfied
with.
genieȥen, sv. II c. gen., enjoy, have
advantage of; make use of, use as food.
genisbære, aj. healable, curable.
genislīch, aj. healable, curable.
genist, sf. recovery.
genōȥ, sm. companion.
genōȥen (hin ze), wv. compare, compare with.
genüegen, wv. be sufficient, suffice;
mich genüeget dës, that is enough for me.
genuoc, gnuoc, aj. and av. enough,
9.7;
pl. many;
as indecl. sb. with gen. enough.
genüogen = genüegen.
gequeln, wv. plague, torment.
gër, gir, sf. longing, eager desire.
gerāde, grāde, aj. quick, 9.7.
gerāten (pret. -riet), sv. VII, advise;
come at; prosper, thrive, succeed.
gerëch, grëch, aj. straight, 9.7.
gerich, sm. revenge, vengeance.
gerihte, sn. jurisdiction.
gerinclīchen, av. small, easily.
geringen, sv. III, struggle, strive.
geriute, sn. arable land.
geriuwen, wv. repent, lament.
gërn (with gen. and dat.), wv. long for,
yearn for, desire, want, hanker after.
gërne, av. willingly, gladly.
gerte, swf. rod.
gerūmen, wv. leave, make room.
geruochen, wv. be pleased, hold good for.
gesagen, wv. say, tell.
geschaffen, sv. VI, provide, care for, create.
geschaft, sf. creature, 28.
geschëhen, sv. V, happen, fall to one’s lot or
share, 19, 34, 83.
geschiht, sf. occurrence, event.
geschlähte, sn. race, generation, 10.
gesëgen, wv. bless.
gesëhen = sëhen.
geselle, wm. companion.
geselleschaft, sf. company.
gesīn = sīn.
gesinde, sn. retinue;
wm. retainer.
gesingen = singen.
gesitzen = sitzen.
gesmac, sm. taste, smell.
gesorgen, wv. trouble oneself; fear, dread.
gespile, wm. play-mate, comrade.
gesprëchen = sprëchen.
gestān, sv. VI, remain.
gesteine, sn. precious stones.
gestern, av. yesterday.
gestrīten, sv. I, quarrel, fight, strive.
gesūmen, wv. stay, delay, let one wait.
184
gesunde (gesunt), aj. healthy, alive.
gesunt, sm. health.
gesweigen, wv. bring to silence.
geswīchen, sv. I, weary, tire; leave in the lurch.
getar = tar, see turren.
getragen = tragen.
getriulīch, aj. through, owing to faithfulness.
getriuten, wv. love, like, be fond of.
getriuwe, aj. faithful, good.
getriuwen, getrūwen, wv. trust,
confide in.
getrœsten, wv. refl. bear with patience, forget.
getrūren, wv. mourn, grieve, be downcast.
getrūwen, see getriuwen.
getuon = tuon.
geturren, pret. pres. dare, venture.
getweln, wv. dwell, stay.
gevallen, sv. VII, fall to one’s lot, please.
gevangen(e), wm. prisoner, 50.
gevar, aj. having colour.
gevarn, sv. VI, go, travel;
wol gevarn, make a successful journey.
gevolgen, wv. obey.
gevüege, gefüege, aj. courteous, well-bred.
gewæte, sn. clothing.
gewähenen, sv. VI, mention, 86.
gewalt, smf. power, might, command.
gewalteclīch, aj. violent, mighty;
av. gewalteclīche.
gewaltic, aj. powerful, mighty.
gewant, sn. clothing.
gewant (pp. of wenden), conditioned,
circumstanced;
so gewante sache, of such a nature;
ëȥ ist alsō gewant, it is important;
ëȥ ist niht alsō gewant, the matter is not so.
gewar(e), aj. sensible, mindful.
geweinen, wv. weep, cry.
gewenen, wv. accustom.
gewenken, wv. waver, vacillate; bend, turn.
gewërbe, sn. activity.
gewërn, wv. perceive, perform.
gewërren, sv. III, be troublesome, hinder.
gewin (-nnes), sm. gain, advantage.
gewinnen, sv. III, get, gain, obtain, receive, 81;
für sich gewinnen, get for oneself.
gewis (-sses), aj. certain, sure, 31.
gewisse, av. surely, truly, certainly.
gewonheit, sf. custom.
gewürme, sn. worm, insect; reptile, creeping
creature.
gezëmen, sv. IV, become, beseem;
mich gezimt dës, that pleases me.
gezierde, sf. adornment.
gezwicken, wv. pinch, pull, pluck.
gift, sf. gift, 28.
giht, third pers. sing. of jëhen.
gir, see gër.
gīst = gibest, 37.
gīt = gibet, 37.
glast, sm. splendour.
glīchnisse, sn. parable.
glocke, sf. bell.
gnanne, see genanne.
gotelīch, aj. divine.
goteshūs, sn. church, monastery.
gotheit, sf. godhead.
185
gotvar (-wes), aj. godlike, divine.
gouch, sm. cuckoo; fool.
grā (-wes), aj. grey, 55.
graben, sv. VII, dig, 10,
12, 85.
gram, aj. hostile.
grap (-bes), sn. grave, 46.
gras, sn. grass.
grīfen, sv. I, seize, grasp, touch, feel.
grim (-mmes), sm. rage, fury.
grimme (grimmic), aj. fearful, angry; great.
grimmen, sv. III, rage.
grīs (grīse), aj. grey, old, 55.
grœȥlīch, aj. great.
grœȥlīchen, av. greatly, very.
grōȥ, aj. great, large, 9.2, 57.
grüen(e), aj. green, 5, 10, 55.
grüeȥen, wv. greet, 39;
also sn.
grunt (-des), sm. bottom.
gruoȥ, sm. greeting, salutation.
güete, sf. goodness, kindness, 5, 10.
güetlich, aj. friendly;
av. güetlīchen.
gugel, sf. cowl; cape, hood.
gunēren, wv.. dishonour, disgrace.
gunnen, günnen (pres. sing. gan;
pret. gunde, pret. subj. gunde,
günde), pret. pres. grant, bestow, not to grudge, 9.7, 93.
guot, aj. good, 9.2, 25, 55, 58;
daȥ guot, wealth, property;
ze guote, to the good.
gürtel, sm. girdle, belt, sash.
güsse, sf. inundation, 28.
gütinne, sf. goddess, 48.
habe, sf. possession.
habedanc, sm. thanks with words.
haben (hān), wv. have, hold, 3, 99;
haben sich an dër witze kraft, collect all one’s wits
together.
hacken, sm. hook, fetter; footprint.
haft, sm. bond, fetter.
hagel, sm. hail; misfortune, destruction.
Hagene, pn., 54.
hāhen (hān), sv. VII, hang, 29, 30, 38, 87.
halde, wf. slope, declivity.
halm, sm. blade, stalk.
halp (-bes), aj. half.
halsen, sv. VII, embrace, 87.
halten (halden), sv. VII, hold, keep; stop, keep
from, 5, 10, 11, 40, 87.
hān, see haben.
handeln, wv. do, perform.
handelunge, sf. action, 8.
hant (pl. hende), hand, 49.
hār, sn. hair.
hārbant, sn. head-band.
harnasch, smn. harness.
harpfen, wv. play the harp.
hart, aj. hard, 19.
harte, av. very, very great, 60;
comp. harter, more; more seriously.
haȥ, sm. hate, hatred, enmity; indignation, anger,
wrath, 19.
haȥlīch, aj. full of hate, hostile.
haȥȥen, wv. hate.
heben (heven), sv. VI, raise, 30, 86;
sich (an) heben, betake oneself, begin.
hei, interj. an exclamation of joy, grief, or
wonder.
186
heide, sf., heath, uncultivated land; meadow.
heiden, sm. heathen, 9.2.
heil, sn. happiness, welfare, good fortune.
heilant, sm. Saviour, 8.
heiliggeist, sm. holy ghost.
heim, smn. home;
heime, av. at home.
heimlīch (-lich), aj. homely, familiar.
heimsuochen, wv. visit; attack with evil intent.
heimsuochunge, sf. disturbance of domestic peace and
security.
heimvart, sf. homeward journey.
heiȥ, aj. hot, 31.3.
heiȥen, sv. VII, call, be called, named; bid, 11, 17, 23.1, 87.
hël (-lles), aj. resounding.
hëlfe, sf. help.
hëlfen, sv. III, help, 3,
11, 12, 14.2, 15, 23.2, 81.
helle, sf. hell.
hellemōr, sm. devil.
hellenōt, sf. necessity of hell.
helm, sm. helm, helmet, 11.
helme, wm. warrior.
hëln (with double acc.), sv. IV, hide,
conceal.
helt (gen. heldes, heledes), sm.
hero, protector, brave warrior.
hemede, hemde, sn. shirt.
hendelinc (-ges), sm. glove, 8.
hengen, wv. hang, 30.
henne, swf. hen, 31.3.
hēr, hēre, aj. and av. high, proud,
haughty, agreeable, 55.
her, sn. army, host.
hër(e), av. hither, this way.
herbërge, sf. lodging.
hērlīch, aj. agreeable, distinguished;
av. hērlīchen.
hērre, hërre, hër, wm. master, lord,
9.3, 9.6.
hërren, wv. to make as master.
hērsen, hërsen, wv. rule, govern, 9.2.
herte (hart), aj. hard, difficult, 60;
av. harte (herte), 60.
hërze, wn. heart, 7, 19, 23.2, 50, 52.
hërzeleit, sn. heart-sore, grief.
hërzelīch, aj. dear, affectionate.
hërzeliep, sn. heart’s joy.
Hërzeloyde, pn. the name of Parzival’s mother.
hërzenlīch, aj. hearty, dear, affectionate;
av. hërzenlīchen.
hërzeriuwe, sf. great grief, sadness of heart,
pain.
hërzesēre, sf. great sorrow, grief.
heven, see heben.
hey, interj., hey!
hie, hier, av. here, 5,
11, 39;
hie bī, herewith, hereby;
hie vor(e), formerly, in former times.
hierunder, av. hereunder, 39.
himel, sm. heaven, sky.
himelisch, aj. heavenly, 8.
himelkrōne, sf. heavenly crown.
himelrīch, sn. kingdom of heaven.
hin, hinnen, av. from here, hence, away;
hin für, without, out of doors;
hin heim, away home.
hinder, aj. hinder;
prep. behind, 59.
hindernisse, snf. hindrance, 8.
hinderste, aj. hindmost, 59.
hīnte, hīnt, hīnaht, av.
to-night, 34.
hīrāt, sm. marrying, marriage.
hirtelōs, aj. shepherdless.
187
hirȥ (OHG. hiruȥ) beside hirz (OHG.
hirz), sm. stag.
hitze, sf. heat, warmth, 31.3.
hiute, av. to-day;
hiute morgen, this morning.
hōch (comp. hœher, superl. hœhst,
hōhst), aj. high, 5, 10, 11, 19, 34, 57, 60.
hōchgeborn, aj. of gentle birth; noble.
hōchgemuot, aj. noble, high-minded; lofty, proud;
joyful, in high spirits.
hōchgezīt, sfn. festival, feast, highest joy.
hōchmuot, sm. consciousness, pride, well-being.
hōchvart, sf. pride, haughtiness.
hœne, aj. haughty; contemptible.
hœnen, wv. dishonour, calumniate.
hœren, wv. hear; be requisite, be necessary, require;
listen; belong to, 5, 10,
11, 90.
hof (-ves), sm. court, 19, 30, 33, 42.
hogen, wv. think, consider.
hōhe, hō, av. highly, 60.
hōhgemüete, sn. joyousness, joyfulness.
hol, aj. hollow, 55.
holn, wv. fetch;
tiefen siuft holn, sigh deeply.
holt (-des), aj. kind, affectionate,
well-disposed.
holz, sn. wood, 19.
honic, honec (-ges), smn. honey, 29.
hornunc (-ges), sm. February; frost;
chilblain.
hovelīch, aj. courtly, court-like.
hovelīchen, av. courtly, in the manner of the
court.
hübesch, aj. noble, courtly, chivalrous, 30.
hüeten, wv. protect, shield, hold, keep, guard.
huge, sm. thought, 43.
hügen, wv. consider, 15.
hulde, sf. grace, favour, kindness, permission, 10 note 1.
hundertste, num. hundredth, 62.
hundertstunt, num. hundred times.
hunger, sm. hunger.
hunt, hundert, num. hundred, 62, 64.
huobe, sf. a piece (hide) of land.
huofslac (dat. pl. huofslegen), sm.
horseshoe.
huon (pl. hüener), sn. hen, 47.
huote, sf. care, guardianship.
hupfen, hüpfen, wv. hop, 10 note 3.
hūs (pl. hiuser), sn. house, 3, 5, 10,
11, 33.
hūt (dat. pl. hiuten), sf. skin,
hide.
ie, av. ever.
iedoch, av. however.
iegelīch, iegeslīch (ieglīch, ieslīch),
pr. each, 71.
ieman, iemen, pr. anyone, no one, someone,
somebody, 71.
iemer, immer, av. ever, always, at any time,
never.
ietwëder, pr. aj. each of two, 71.
iewëder, pr. each, 71.
iewelī̆ch, pr. each, 71.
iewiht, pr. anything, 71.
iezuo, av. now, directly.
iht, pr. anything;
av. not, 71.
īlen, wv. hasten.
Imāne, fpn.
in, prep. in, into.
in, pr. acc. him.
188
īn, in, av. in, into, from out here.
in, ine = ich ne, I not.
i’n = ich in.
ingesinde, sn. household, family; followers.
inme, imme = in dëme.
inneclīch, aj. inward;
av. inneclīchen, at heart.
innen, inne, av. within, inwardly;
inne bringen, observe, let understand, convince;
inne wërden, hear of, learn of.
ir, pr. her, their, ye, 71.
irdenisch, aj. earthly.
irdīn, aj. earthen, 14.2.
irdisch, aj. earthly, 8.
irre, aj. astray;
dës rīches irre, astray in regard to the kingdom.
irren, wv. put out, confound, hinder, interrupt,
stop.
irs = ir ës.
īser, sn. iron, iron weapon, armour.
iuwer (iwer), pr. your, 67.
iȥ = ëȥ, 65 note 1.
jā, interj. forsooth.
jæmerlīch, aj. pitiable, sad, sorrowful;
av. jæmerlīche(n).
jagen, wv. pursue, follow, hunt.
jāmer, sm. grief, pain;
jāmers balt, courageous in grief.
jāmerhaft, aj. painful, sorrowful.
jār, sn. year; age, 19.
jëhen, sv. V, say, speak; assure, grant, concede,
35, 83.
jener, pr. that, 68.
jenhalp, av. on that side, the other side.
jësen, sv. V, ferment, 35, 83.
jëten, sv. V, weed, 35.
joch, av. and conj. also, even, yet.
jude, wm. Jew.
jugent, sf. youth, 49.
junc (-ges), aj. young, 19, 57.
juncfrouwe, wf. maiden.
junchērre, wm. young sir.
junger, sm. disciple.
kal (-wes), aj. bald, 55.
kāle, see quāle, 36.
kalp (pl. kälber), sn. calf, 47.
kalt, aj. cold.
kälte, sf. coldness, 11.
kamerære, sm. chamberlain, guard of the treasure,
or bed-room.
kampflīch, aj. warlike.
kapfen, wv. stare, gape, look on with astonishment.
Karnahkarnanz, Karnachkarnanz, pn. Count of
Unterlec.
kastelān, sn. Castilian horse.
këc, see quëc.
kein, pr. no, none, 71.
keiser, sm. emperor.
keiserlīch, aj. imperial.
kelberīn, aj. of a calf.
kemenāte, sf. room, bed-room.
kennen, wv. know, 90.
kēren, wv. turn, go, 90;
sich kēren, turn;
ze gote kēren, apply to God’s service.
kerze, kërze, wf. candle.
kiesen, sv. II, test, try, choose, elect, 5, 11, 18,
30, 33, 78.
kindelīn, sn. little child, 8.
kindisch, aj. childish, 8.
kinne, sn. chin.
kint (-des), sn. child, 33.
kintlīch, aj. childish.
kirchhof, sm. churchyard.
kīt = quīt, 36.
189
kiusch(e), aj. chaste, modest, pure, spotless;
maidenly.
kiuwen, sv. II, chew, 16 note,
36, 79.
klage, sf. complaint, lamentation.
klagen, wv. complain, bewail, 92;
klagedeȥ hërze, mournful heart.
klār, aj. clear, bright, beautiful, pure.
klē (-wes), sm. clover, trefoil.
klëben, wv. stick, 92.
kleiden, wv. clothe, dress.
klein(e), aj. little, neat, insignificant;
av. kleine.
kleit (pl. kleit or kleider), sn.
dress.
klieben, sv. II, cleave, 18, 78.
klingen, sv. III, ring, toll.
klōsenære, sm. hermit, recluse.
klōster, sn. cloister, monastery.
klūs, sf. cell, hermitage.
knabe, wm. boy, youth, 31.1.
knappe, wm. a youth who has not yet become a knight,
31.1.
knëht, sm. boy, candidate for knighthood, attendant;
warrior.
knëten, sv. V, knead, 83.
knie (gen. kniewes), sn. knee, 3, 23.2, 36, 46.
komen, sv. IV (pres. kume, kum;
pret. quam, kom; pret. subj. quæme,
pp. komen), come, 36, 82.
kopf, sm. head.
kōr, sm. choir.
korder, körder, see quërder, 36.
korn, sn. corn, 23.2.
korp (-bes), sm. basket.
koufen, köufen, wv. buy, acquire; earn, 10, 90.
krā, krāwe, sf. crow.
kraft, sf. strength, might; multitude.
kranc, sm. weakness.
kranc, aj. impotent, weak; little; worthless.
kranz, sm. garland, wreath.
krēatiure, krēatūr(e), sf. creature.
kreftic, aj. strong, powerful.
kriec (-ges), sm. resistance, strife,
quarrel.
kriechen, sv. II, creep, crawl, 78.
Kriemhilt, pn. 54.
krippe (kribbe), swf., manger (cradle),
crib, 26.
Krist, sm. Christ.
kristen, aj. and sb. christian.
kristenheit, sf. christianity, christian faith.
kriuze, sn. cross.
krœnen, wv. crown, adorn.
krōne, swf. crown.
kuchen, küchen, sf. kitchen, 10 note 3.
küele, aj. cool.
küen(e), aj. bold, warlike.
kumber, sm. grief, trouble.
kumberlīche, av. with grief, with oppression.
kumbersal, sn. distress, 8.
kūme, av. scarcely, hardly.
künde, sf. acquaintance, knowledge;
kunde haben (with gen.), know.
kunde, see künnen.
künden, wv. announce, promise.
kündic, aj. known.
küneclīch, aj. kingly, royal.
künic (-ec), sm. king, 7,
8, 29.
künne, race, generation; relationship, 7, 10, 46.
kün(n)egin(ne), künegīn, sf. queen, king’s
daughter, 8, 48.
künnen, kunnen (pret. kunde,
konde), pret. pres. know, understand, can, 93.
kunst, sf. art, skill, 19.
kunt (-des), aj. known.
190
kuo (pl. küeje, küewe), sf.
cow, 49.
kupfer, sn. copper, 31.2.
kurz, aj. short, small;
vor kurzer stunt, recently.
kurzewīle, sf. pastime, entertainment.
kus (-sses), smn. kiss, 32.1.
küssen, wv. kiss, 20, 32.2, 90.
lā, imperative of lāȥen, q.v.
lachen, wv. laugh, laugh at;
also sn.
laden, sv. VI, load, 85.
laden, wv. invite, 92.
lære, aj. empty, 3, 5, 10, 11, 55.
Lähelīn, mpn.
lam, aj. lame, weak in the limbs.
lamp (pl. lember), lamb, 5, 10, 11,
33, 47.
lān, see lāȥen.
av. lange, 60.
lanclëben, sn. long life.
lanclīp, sm. long life.
lant (-des), sn. land, country.
lantliut, sn. country folk, vassalage;
pl. inhabitants.
lantrëhtbuoch, sn. book of common or land
laws.
lantsæȥe, wm. freeholder.
last, sm. burden.
laster, sn. ignominy, disgrace.
laȥ (-ȥȥes), aj. feeble, languid, faint,
exhausted; weary.
lāȥen, lān, sv. VII, let, leave, give up;
stop, avoid, 87, 99;
lān niht ze wē sīn, not to worry too much;
lāȥen sīn, cease, stop;
lā stān, cease! stop!
lëben, wv. live, cause to live, 92.
lëben, sn. life.
lëbendic (-ec), aj. living, alive.
legen (leggen, lecken), wv. lay, place,
put, 31.3, 92;
arbeit dar an legen, expend much trouble on a thing.
leh (= le or li) cons, Count.
lēhen, sn. feudal tenure, loan, fee, feod.
leich, sm. song consisting of strophes of unequal
length.
leide, av. painfully, sorrowfully;
comp. leider, greater pain, grief, trouble.
leiden, wv. be repugnant, odious, or offensive;
render disagreeable, do harm;
mir leidet ëȥ, it is repugnant to me.
leider, av. and interj. unfortunately, alas!
leie, wm. layman.
leischieren, wv. give a horse its head.
leisten (pret. subj. leiste = leistete),
wv. follow the trace of, follow, perceive;
leisten geselleschaft, accompany.
leit (-des), aj. sorrowful, bitter, painful,
disagreeable; hateful, vexatious.
leit (-des), sn. grief, pain.
leit = leget, 37.
leiten (pret. leite), wv. to lead,
5, 11, 30, 32.4, 90.
leitestërne, wm. loadstar.
lenge, sf. length, 10.
lēre, sf. teaching, instruction, precept, guidance,
advice; saying.
lēren (lērn), wv. teach, 5, 11, 17.
lërnen,
wv. learn.
leschen, sv. IV, be extinguished, go out, 11, 82.
leschen, wv. extinguish, put out.
lësen, sv. V, gather, read, 33, 83.
191
lesterlīch, aj. disgraceful, ignominious.
letzen, wv. injure, prejudice; forsake.
leȥȥeste, leste, aj. last, 59.
līden, sv. I, suffer, endure, 30, 76.
liebe, sf. love, joy.
lieben, wv. give pleasure, gladden; present with.
liegen, sv. II, lie, tell a lie, 5, 78.
lieht, sn. light, 16.
lieht, aj. bright;
av. liehte.
liep (-bes), aj. dear, pleasant, friendly,
5, 11;
sn. what is lovable; dearest joy; lover.
liet (-des), sn. song, poem.
ligen (liggen, licken), sv. V, lie, lie
down, 14.2, 31.3, 84.
līhte, aj. light, easy, worthless;
av. easily, perhaps;
līhte noch, still now-a-days.
lin, line, swf. window with balcony.
linde, wf. linden-tree.
līp (-bes), sm. life, body, person, 33.
list, sm. prudence, wisdom, advice; means, art;
artfulness, cunning.
līst = liges(t), 37.
lit (-des), sn. limb, member.
līt = liget, 37.
liuhten, wv. light, shine, shed lustre, 16.
liut, sn. folk, people, army, 5, 11.
liuten, wv. ring.
liuterlīch, av. expressly, quite, entirely.
Liutpolt, pn. Leopold of Austria.
lobelīch, aj. praiseworthy.
loben, wv. praise, 92.
lobesam, aj. praiseworthy, glorious.
loch (pl. löcher), sn. hole, 5, 10, 31.3.
lōn, sm. pay, reward.
lōnen, wv. reward.
lop (-bes), smn. praise, glorification;
price.
lōsen, wv. be rid, released of;
hin ze einem lōsen, flatter.
lōt, sn. weight.
loufen, sv. VII, run, 5, 11, 87.
lougen, sn. a denying, denial;
āne lougen, truly.
loup (pl. löuber), sn. foliage, leaf,
5, 10, 11.
lūchen, sv. II, shut, 80.
lücke, swf. gap, hole, 31.3.
luft, smf. air, firmament.
luoder, sn. bait, 46.
lūt, aj. loud;
lūt wërden (c. gen.), give to understand, mention, be
heard.
lūte, av. aloud, loudly.
lūter, aj. clear, bright, 9.2;
av. lūterlīche.
lützel, aj. and av. little, small, 31.2, 58;
lützel ieman, nobody, no one;
as indecl. sb. with gen., little.
mac, see mügen.
māc (-ges), sm. relation.
machen, wv. make.
mære, sn. story, tidings, report.
mære, aj. known, renowned, 10.
magedīn, sn. maid, maiden, 8.
magen, megen, see mugen.
maget (pl. mägede, megde), sf.
girl, maiden, 5, 10,
37, 49.
maht (pl. mähte), sf. strength, power,
might, 5, 11.
mahtu = maht dū.
mālen, wv. paint, draw.
maln, sv. VI, grind, 85.
192
pr. one, 71.
manbære, aj. marriageable.
māne, wm. moon.
manen, wv. urge on, remind, admonish.
manic, manec (manc), aj. many,
much, 8;
pr. many a, 71;
maneger hande, slahte, or leie, in many
ways, manifoldly;
maneger vil, very many.
manicvalt, aj. manifold, variegated.
manlīch, aj. manly, brave, 5, 10.
mantel, sm. mantle, 42.
manunge, sf. exhortation, admonition.
marc, sf. half pound of gold or silver.
marder, sm. marten; skin of a marten.
market, sm. market, 9.2.
marter, sf. martyr; torture.
māȥe, sf. measure, manner; moderation, propriety,
fitness;
ze einer māȥe, little, moderate;
ze māȥe, fairly, sufficiently;
ze rëhter māȥe, to the right length.
mē, mēre, aj. and av. more, further,
5, 17, 39, 61;
as indecl. sb. with gen. more.
meie, wm. May; spring of the year, 35.
meien, wv. become May; be joyful, make merry.
meier (meiger), sm. farmer.
meierin, sf. farmer’s wife.
meinen, wv. mean, mean well, have in view; cause.
meist, meiste, aj. and av. most,
greatest, 58, 61.
meister, sm. master.
meisterschaft, sf. skill in an art, mastery, order.
meit = maget, 37.
meiȥen, sv. VII, cut, 87.
mëlden, wv. announce, make known; betray.
mëldunge, sf. announcement, 8.
Meljahkanz, pn.
mëlken, sv. III, milk.
mensch(e), wsmn. man (‘homo’).
menschenbluot, sn. human blood.
menschlich, aj. human.
mer, sn. sea.
mēre, see mē.
mēren, wv. increase.
mērer, mēr(r)e, aj. more, 58.
merken (pret. markte), wv. observe,
perceive, understand.
merze, wm. March.
mësse, sf. mass;
mëssezīt, sf. time for mass.
mëte, sm. mead, 43.
mettīne, sf. matins, primes.
mëȥȥen, sv. V, measure, 32.1,
32.4, 83.
mëȥȥer, sn. knife.
michel, aj. great;
mīden, sv. I, avoid, shun, do without, 30, 76.
miete, sf. pay, reward, present, 5, 11.
milch, sf. milk, 9.1.
milt (-des), aj. generous;
av. miltlīche, milteclīche.
milte, aj. generous, bounteous.
milte, sf. liberality, generosity; grace, favour.
min, av. less, 61.
mīn, pr. my, 67.
minne, sf. love; loving memory, remembrance.
minneclīch, aj. dear, lovely, loving, kind.
minnen, wv. love, value, 92.
minner, minre, min, aj. and
193
av. less, 9.3, 57, 58;
as indecl. sb. with gen. less.
minnest, min(ne)ste, aj. and av. least,
9.5, 57, 58, 61.
mirs = mir ës.
miselsuht, sf. leprosy.
mislīch, aj. sundry, uneven, different.
misselingen, sv. III, not to succeed.
missesagen, wv. deceive, lie.
missetāt, sf. misdeed, offence.
missewende, sf. mistake, fault, blot.
mist, sm. dung, dirt.
mit, mite, prep. and av. with, by,
through, 9.6;
mit sorgen, sorrowfully;
mit triuwen, faithful, faithfully;
mit willen, gladly, willingly;
mit witze, reasonably, sensibly, cleverly, prudently, wisely;
mit zühten, politely.
mitte, aj. middle;
av. mitten.
morgen (morne), sm. morning, 42;
dës morgens, in the morning.
mortlīch, aj. murderous;
av. mortlīche.
mortmeile, aj. blood-stained, blood-guilty.
motte, swf. moth, 24.
müedinc, sm. unhappy man, 8.
müelīch, aj. and av. painful, troublesome.
müen (müejen, müewen), wv. torment,
trouble, distress, grieve, 35, 90.
müeterlīch, aj. motherly.
müeterlīn, sn. little mother, 10.
müeȥen, pret.-pres. (pres. sing. muoȥ,
pret. muoste, muose), must, 28, 93.
müeȥic, aj. idle, at leisure.
müg(e)lich, aj. possible.
mügen, mugen, magen, megen (pres.
sing. mac, pret. mohte, pret. subj.
möhte), pret.-pres. may, can, 10,
11, 28, 93.
mugge, mügge (mucke, mücke), wf.
midge, fly, 10 note 3, 20.
mül, sf. mill.
mūl, sn. mule.
münich, sm. monk.
münster, sn. minster.
munt (-des), sm. mouth.
muot, sm. sense, mind, spirits, mood, feeling, courage,
disposition, sentiment;
rīches muotes wërden, be in good spirits.
muoten, wv. c. gen. desire, long for.
muoter, sf. mother, 10, 11, 49.
nac (-ckes), sm. back part of the head.
nāch, prep. after, according to, on account of, at,
for, to, 34;
nach dëm guote, about wealth or money;
nāch ēren, honourably;
nāch sīnen beinen, made to fit his legs;
nāch wünsche, to perfection, all that one could wish for;
vil nāch, nearly.
nacket, aj. naked.
nagen, sv. VI, gnaw, 85.
nāhe (nāch), av. near, nigh, 34;
nāhe tragen, take to heart;
nāhe gān, go closely, touch;
nāhen, near by.
nāhen, wv. draw near, come near, approach, be near.
nāhgebūre, wm. neighbour.
av. nahtes, by night.
nahtigale, nahtegal(e), sf. nightingale.
nam(e), wm. name, position, 3,
9.1, 9.4.
194
namen, wv. name, 92.
napf, sm. basin, 31.
nar, sf. food, 48.
nāt, sf. seam.
naȥ (-ȥȥes), aj. wet, 31.3.
ne, n’, neg. particle, generally used before the
verb with and without niht, not, 108.
nëbel, sm. fog, mist,
nehein, pr. no, none, 71.
neigen, wv. bow, bend down.
neiȥwër, pr. anyone, 70.
nëmen, sv. IV, take;
c. dat. pers. take away, rob, 5,
7, 10, 11, 12, 14.2, 74, 82.
nennen, wv. name, mention the name of, 32.2, 40, 90.
nern (nerigen, nerjen), wv. nourish,
rescue, keep alive, refl. subsist on, 9.1, 30, 35, 90.
nest, nëst, sn. nest, 11.
netze, sn. net, 46.
netzen, wv. make wet, 31.3.
nëve, wm. nephew, 33.
nīden, sv. I, hate, envy, 76.
nider, av. down;
sich nider laȥen, settle, establish oneself.
nīdetāt, sf. spiteful action.
nie, av. never.
nieman, niemen, pr. nobody, no one, 71.
niemēr (niemer, nimer, nimmer),
av. never.
niender, av. by no means.
niene, av. not, not at all.
niesen, sv. II, sneeze, 78.
nieten (refl. with gen.), wv. be eager
or zealous for.
nieȥen = genieȥen.
niftel, sf. niece, 33.
niht, nieht, niet, av. not;
pr. nothing, 71;
indecl. sb. c. gen. nothing.
nine = niene, not at all.
nīt (-des), sm. hatred, anger, hostility.
niun, num. nine, 62.
niunte (-de), num. ninth, 62.
niunzëhen, num. nineteen, 62.
niunzëhende, num. nineteenth, 62.
niunzic (-ec), num. ninety, 62.
niunzigeste, ninetieth, 62.
niuwan (niwan, niuwen), av. nothing but,
only;
cj. except, except that.
niuwet, av. not.
noch, av. still;
noch en noch, neither—nor.
Norgāls, pn. the country belonging to Herzeloyde.
nōt, sf. need, danger, trouble, distress.
nōthaft, aj. needy, poor,
nōtic, aj. in distress, hasty.
nōtnunft, sf. abduction by violence.
nū (nu), av. now;
nu wol dan, well then be off there!
nutz (nuz), sm. use, advantage.
nütze, aj. useful.
nutzen, nützen, wv. to use, 10 note 3.
ob, obe, op, prep. and av. over,
above;
conj. if, in case that, whether, 9.6.
oben (e), av. from above, above.
ober, aj. upper, 59.
oberste, oberist, oberest, aj. highest,
uppermost, 8, 59.
oder, ode, conj. or.
offen, aj. and av. open, 23.1.
offenbāre, av. openly.
ofte, av. often.
ohse, wm. ox.
opfer, sn. offering.
orden, sm. order, rule; rank;
rīters orden, knightly order.
ordenunge, sf. order, rule.
op = ob.
Ōsterrīch, pn. Austria.
ot, see ëht.
195
ouch, ō̆ch, av. also; henceforward.
ougenweide, sf. delight of the eyes, sight,
appearance.
ouwē, sf. water; meadow, 10.
owē, ouwē, ō̆wī, interj. woe!
alas! ah!;
owē mir mīnes leides! alas! for my grief;
ōwī wan, used to express a wish: would that;
owē dës, alas for that!
ōwol, interj. well!
palas, sn. hall.
paradys, sn. paradise.
pfaffe, wm. priest.
pfeller, pfellel, sm. carpet, silk cloth.
pfennic, pfenninc (-ges), sm.
penny, 29.
pfert (-des), sn. horse.
pflëge, sf. care, fostering.
pflëgen (phlëgen), sv. V, be accustomed, use,
practise, care for, 83.
pfluoc, phluoc (-ges), sm. plough;
ploughman.
pfunt, sn. pound, 23.2.
phat (-des), smn. path, footway.
phel (phelle) = pfeller.
Philip, Philippes (dat. Philippe),
pn. Philip.
phlëger, sm. guardian, protector.
pin = bin.
pīnen (with sich and ūf), wv. exert
oneself for.
plān, smf., plāne, sf. plain, open space,
meadow.
planēte, wm. planet.
porte, sf. door, gate.
portenære, sm. porter, door-keeper.
prëdige, wf. sermon.
prīs, sm. praise, renown, reputation; price.
prīsen, wv. value, praise, extol.
prophēte, wm. prophet.
prüstelīn, sn. breast, chest.
quāle (kāle), sf. torture, 36.
quëc (këc), aj. quick, alive, 19, 36.
quërder (korder, körder), smn.
bait, 36.
quicken (kücken), wv. enliven, 36.
quīst = quides(t), 37.
rabe, wm. raven, 31.1.
rāche, sf. revenge, punishment.
ragen, wv. strike, knock, hit.
rappe, wm. raven, 31.1.
rasch (rasche), aj. quick, 55.
rat (-des), sn. wheel, 47.
rāt, sm. (pl. ræte), advice, care,
resolution;
rāt wërden, be helped.
rāten, sv. VII, advise, devise, 87.
rē (-wes), smn. corpse; bier, hearse, 42, 46.
rëchen, sv. IV, avenge, punish.
rëde, sf. speech, answer, story, saying.
rëgen, sm. rain, 42.
rëht, aj. and sn. right, proper, just; right,
duty, law.
rëhte, av. rightly, properly; very.
reine, rein, aj. pure, spotless,
perfect, 55.
reise, sf. journey, march.
reiȥen, wv. irritate; entice, allure.
rennen, wv. run, 90.
ribbalīn, sn. foot-covering, shoe.
rīben, sv. I, rub, 76.
196
rīch, rīche, aj. powerful, mighty, noble, great,
fine, rich, free, 55.
rīche, sn. kingdom.
rīcheit, sf. wealth, power.
rīchen, wv. make rich, enrich, present with.
rīchsen, wv. rule, 9.2.
riechen, sv. II, smell, 78.
rīfe, wm. hoar-frost.
rigel, sm. bolt, bar.
rihten, wv. put right, confirm, judge;
refl. get up.
rinc (-ges), sm. ring.
ringe, aj. easy, light, small; consumed.
ringen, sv. III, strive, struggle; busy oneself,
wrestle;
ringen nāch, strive for or after.
rinnen, sv. III, run, 20,
31, 32.1, 81.
rint (pl. rinder), sn. cow, heifer.
rīten, sv. I, ride, 76.
rīter, ritter, sm. rider; knight, the name of
knight.
rīterlīch, aj. knightly.
rīterschaft, sf. knighthood, customs and manners of
knights.
ritterlīchen, av. in knightly manner.
riuschen, wv. rush, move noisily.
riuten, wv. root out, clear the land, bring the land
into cultivation.
riuwe, sf. sadness, grief, pity, regret, 16 note.
riuwen, wv. grieve, grieve for, regret.
riuwen, sv. II, pain, grieve, regret, 16 note, 78.
riuwic, aj. sorrowful, repentant.
rivier, sm. brook, stream.
rocke, rogge, wm. rye, 31.1.
Rōme, pn. Rome.
rōr, sn. reed.
ros, sn. horse.
rōt, aj. red, 19.
rouben, wv. rob.
rouch, sm. smoke.
roufen, wv. pluck, pull up, pull at, lug;
refl. tear or pull out one’s hair.
roup (-bes), sm. robbery;
roubes, av. by robbery.
rūch, aj. raw; coarse.
rucke, rügge, swm. back.
ruejen, wv. row, 90.
rüemen, wv. praise, commend.
rueren (pret. ruorte), wv. drive,
urge on;
with ros understood: run.
rūm, sm. room, 11.
ruochen, wv. trouble oneself about a thing,
observe;
with gen. deign, will, wish.
ruofen, sv. VII, call, 5,
11, 87.
sā, sān, av. presently, at once, forthwith,
immediately, quickly.
sache, sf. thing.
sactuoch, sn. sacking, sackcloth.
sæjen, sæwen, sæn, sow, 10, 35, 90.
sælde, sf. happiness, good fortune, excellence,
blessedness, 9.2.
sælic, sælec (-ges), aj. blessed, happy,
7, 8.
sælikeit, sf. blessedness.
sage, sf. saying, statement, report;
nāch sage, by hear-say.
sagen mære, relate what has happened.
sal, sm. room, hall; house.
197
salben, wv. anoint.
Salomōn, sm. Solomon.
salz, sn. salt, 23.2.
salzen, sv. VII, salt, 87.
same, sam, av. so, as, like, just as, even
as, 69.
samīt, sm. velvet.
samt, av. together.
sān, see sā.
sanc (-ges), sm. song, singing.
sanfte, av. softly, slowly, pleasantly, 60.
sant (-des), sm. sand, 42.
sant(e), aj. holy; holy one.
sarc, sm. coffin.
sarken, serken, wv. put into the coffin.
satzt(e), pret. of setzen.
sāȥe, sf. ambush, trap, snare.
sazte, pret. of setzen.
schāchære, sm. robber.
schade, wm. injury, loss.
schaden (pret. schadete, schāte),
wv. injure, harm.
schāf, sn. sheep.
schaffen, sv. VI, create, exercise, institute, 85.
schaffen, wv. do, perform, provide.
schal (-lles), sm. sound, noise, loud tone;
singing.
schalchaft, aj. malicious, mischievous.
schallen, wv. be noisy; bluster; exult, boast,
swagger.
schame, wf. shame.
schämelich, aj. shameful, 10.
schamen, wv. shame;
c. gen. be ashamed, 9.4.
schande, sf. disgrace, disgracefulness, shamefulness,
shameful or disgraceful act.
schapel, sn. garland, 46.
schar, sf. crowd, flock, 48.
scharpf, aj. sharp.
schart, aj. jagged, hacked, hewn, battered.
schate (gen. schat(e)wes),
sm. shade, shadow, 36, 43.
schaz (gen. schatzes), sm. treasure,
19, 23.2.
schedelīche, av. injuriously.
scheiden, sv. VII, sever, separate, deprive; go away,
87;
sich scheiden, come to an end, be decided.
schëlch (gen. schëlhes), aj.
askew, 34.
schelle, wf. little bell.
schëlten, sv. III, abuse, revile, mock, 81;
also as sn.
schemelīch, aj. disgraceful.
schepfen (pret. schuof, pp.
geschaffen), sv. VI, create, 23.2, 28, 31.3.
schepfære, schepfer, sm. creator, 8.
schërn, sv. IV, shear, 82.
schicken (with acc.), wv. become, suit, fit.
schieben, sv. II, shove, 78.
schiere, av. quickly, soon.
schieȥen, sv. II, shoot;
schif (-ffes), sn. ship, 19, 32.1.
schilt (-des), sm. shield, protection;
schildes ambet, knight-service, chivalry.
schimpfen, wv. make fun of, jest;
also as sn.
schīn, aj. visible, clear;
schīn tuon, make clear, show;
sm. splendour.
schīnen, sv. I, shine, become evident or
manifest, 76.
schirmen, wv. c. dat. protect.
schiuhen, wv. fear, shun.
schœnde, sf. beauty.
schœne, aj. beautiful, fine, 3,
5, 9.2, 55, 60.
schœnen, wv. make beautiful.
schōne, av. beautifully, 60.
schouwen, wv. see, behold, look, inspect, survey.
198
schrëcken, sv. IV, frighten, 82.
schrībære, sm. scribe, 8.
schrīben, sv. I, write, 5, 76.
schrīen (scrīen), sv. I, cry, cry out, scream;
croak, 77;
also as sn.
schrift, sf. writing (Bible).
schrīn, sm. box.
schrinden, sv. III, split, 81.
schrit, sm. step, 44.
schrunde, wf. scratch, tear, slit.
schūften, wv. gallop, canter.
schulde, sf. reason, cause;
von welhen schulden, wherefore.
schuldic (-ec), aj. guilty, 10 note 1;
schuldic sīn, owe.
schuoch (gen. schuohes), sm.
shoe, 34.
schupfen, schüpfen, wv. push, 10 note 3.
schuz (-tzes), sm. protection.
se = sie.
sē (-wes), sm. sea, lake, 3, 42.
sëgenen, wv. bless, 90.
sëhen, sv. V, see, look, 9.4
note, 34, 74
note, 83.
sëhs, num. six, 62.
sëhste, num. sixth, 62.
sëh(s)zëhen, num. sixteen, 62.
sëh(s)zehënde, num. sixteenth, 62.
sëh(s)zic (-ec), num. sixty, 62.
sëh(s)zigeste, num. sixtieth, 62.
seist = sages(t), 37.
seit = saget, 37.
seite, wm. string.
seite = sagete.
seitenspil, sn. playing of stringed instrument.
sele, sf. soul, 5, 11, 17, 48.
seln, wv. hand over, 90.
sëlp (-bes), pr. self.
sëlten, av. seldom.
sëltsæne, aj. rare, strange.
senden (pret. sante), wv. send, 32.3, 40, 90.
senede, sende, pp. of senen, painfully
longing, yearning, love-sick, 29.
senen, wv. refl. fret oneself, be sick at heart.
senfte, sf. softening.
senfte, aj. soft, gentle, tender, mild, easy; quiet,
55, 60.
senften, wv. appease, soften.
sēr, snm. pain; grief, trouble; sore.
sēre, av. sorely, violently; very.
setzen (pret. satzte), wv. put, set,
place, appoint, 19, 23.1, 31.3, 90.
si, sī, siu, sie, pr. she, 65.
siben, num. seven, 62.
sibende, num. seventh, 62.
sibenzëhen, num. seventeen, 62.
sibenzëhende, num. seventeenth, 62.
sibenzic (-ec), seventy, 62.
sibenzigste, seventieth, 62.
sich, refl. pr. himself, themselves, 66.
sicherheit, sf. assurance.
sicherlīch(e), av. certainly, surely,
assuredly, 8.
sīde, sf. silk.
sider, av. since, afterwards.
siech, aj. sick, ill, 5.
siecheit, sf., siechtuom, sm.
sickness.
sieden, sv. II, seethe, 12,
18, 78.
Sīfrit, pn., 54.
sige (sic), sm. victory, 43.
sīgen, sv. I, sink, 76.
sigenunft, sf. victory.
sīhte, aj. shallow.
silber, sn. silver.
sim = si im.
sin, sm. sense, mind, feeling; courage.
sīn, pr. his;
sīn sëlbes, of himself, 5, 11, 67.
199
sīn, anom. v. be, 97.
sin = si in.
sincwīse, sf. song.
singen, sv. III, sing;
also as sn. song, lay, 10 note 2,
33, 81.
sinken, sv. III, sink, 23.2, 81.
sinne, sf. sense, mind;
ze sinne wider komen, recover consciousness, become conscious
again.
sinneclīch, aj. sensible, reasonable.
sinnelōs, aj. unconscious.
sinnen, sv. III, reflect, 81.
sint = sīt.
sippe (sibbe), sf. consanguinity, relationship,
26, 31.3.
sīt (sīd, sint), av. and conj.
afterwards, since, because.
site, sm. custom, habit; bearing, demeanour, behaviour,
43.
sīte, swf. side.
sitzen (pret. saȥ, pp. gesëȥȥen),
sit, 14.2, 23.2,
31.3, 84.
siȥ = sī ëȥ.
slac (-ges), sm. blow; misfortune, 44.
slāf, sm. sleep.
slāfen, sv. VII, sleep, 5,
11, 19, 23.1, 74 note, 87.
slahen, sv. VI, beat, strike, slay, 10, 30, 85.
slahte, sf. manner; race.
slëht, aj. straight; straight-forward, honest.
slieȥen, sv. II, close, shut.
smac (-ckes), sm. taste, smell.
smācheit, sf. shameful treatment.
smæhe, aj. little, despicable, disgusting.
smal, aj. small, little.
smecken, wv. taste, 90.
smër (-wes), smn. fat, 36, 47.
smërze, wm. pain, 19.
smiegen, sv. II, bend, incline; press close.
smielen, wv. smile.
smirwen, wv. smear, 36.
smit (-des), sm. smith, metal worker,
goldsmith.
smitte, swf. smithy, 24.
snē (-wes), sm. snow, 17, 36, 42.
snël (-lles), aj. quick, eager, alert;
blithe.
snëlheit, sf. haste, quickness.
snīden, sv. I, cut, injure, wound, 11, 12, 17, 30, 76.
snit, sm. cut, slice, 44.
snuor (pl. snüere), sf. string.
sō, so, av. and conj. as, so, if,
whereas, on the other hand, thus, as it was, 69.
solch, sölch (solich), pr. such, of such
a nature, 71.
soldenære, sm. hired soldier, mercenary.
solt (-des), sm. pay.
Soltāne, pn.
soltu = solt dū.
son = so ne.
sorge, swf. care, grief, sorrow.
sorgelōs, aj. free from cares.
sorgen, wv. be anxious, fear, dread.
spāhe, av. elegantly, neatly.
spalten, sv. VII, split, 87.
spān, sm. chip, shaving; notched stick, tally; degree
of relationship.
spanen, sv. VI, entice, 85.
spange, swf. clasp, buckle.
spannen, sv. VII, span, 87.
sparn, wv. spare, forbear.
spëhen, wv. look at, observe.
spër, sn. spear, lance.
spiegel, sm. mirror, looking-glass; model, pattern.
spiegelglas, sn. lovely image, picture.
spil, sn. game, play; joke, fun; pleasure, delight.
spiln (pres. part. spilende, spilede),
wv. play; glitter, glisten, 90.
200
spinnen, sv. III, spin, 81.
spīse, sf. food.
spore, spor, wm. spur.
spot, sm. scoff, scorn, mockery; joke, fun;
āne spot, sincerely, candidly.
spotten, wv. (with gen.), mock, scoff at,
scorn.
sprëchen, sv. IV, speak, say, talk, 9.4 note, 19, 23.1, 82.
spreiten, wv. spread.
springen, sv. III, spring, leap.
stæte, sf. duration, continuance, constancy,
steadfastness.
stæte, aj. constant, firm, steadfast;
av. stæteclīchen.
stætekeit, stætikeit, sf. firmness,
constancy.
stahel, sm. steel.
stam (-mmes), sm. stem; prop, model.
stān, stēn, sv. VI, stand; befit, become, suit,
11, 86, 96.
stap (-bes), sm. stick, staff.
starc, aj. strong, heavy, hard, severe;
av. starke.
stat, sf. abode, place, spot; opportunity.
state, sf. suitable or comfortable place;
opportunity;
ze staten komen, help.
stëchen, sv. IV, prick, 9.4
note, 82.
stëgreif, sm. stirrup.
stein, sm. stone, precious stone, grindstone,
millstone, 3, 17.
stëln, sv. IV, steal, 9.1,
11, 74 note, 82.
stellen, wv. place, 90.
stërben, sv. III, die, 10 note
1, 81;
sn. dying, death.
sterke, sf. strength, bravery.
stërne, wm. star.
stīc (-ges), sm. path, way.
stich, sm. stab, thrust.
stīgen, sv. I, rise, mount,
stille, aj. still, quiet, secret.
stimme, sf. voice.
stinken (pret. stanc), sv. III, stink,
exhale a disagreeable odour.
stiure, sf. gift, tax.
stœren, wv. hinder, overthrow, destroy.
stōle, sf. stole, surplice.
stolz, aj. stately.
stoup (-bes), sm. dust.
stōȥen, sv. VII, push, shove, thrust, 5, 11, 87.
strāfen, wv. blame, set right.
strāȥe, swf. way, road,
strëben, sv. V, exert oneself, strive.
strenge, aj. strict, unfriendly.
strīchen, sv. I, strike, stroke, rub.
strīt, sm. strife, quarrel, fight.
strīteclīchen, av. eagerly, zealously.
strīten, sv. I, quarrel, fight, strive, 76.
strō (-wes), sn. straw; blade, stalk, 36, 46.
strouwen, ströuwen, wv. strew, 10, 36.
stücke, sn. piece.
stum, aj. dumb, 32.1.
stunde, sf. hour, time.
stunt, indecl. fem. time.
stuol, sm. seat of a judge, papal power; throne.
sturm, sm. fight, battle.
sū, sf. sow, pig, 49.
süeȥe, aj. sweet, lovely, 60.
süeȥe, sf. loveliness, alluring enticement.
süeȥen, wv. sweeten, 90.
sūfen, sv. II, gulp down liquids, 80.
sūft, sm. sigh, groan.
sūgen, sv. II, suck, 80.
suln, süln, pret.-pres. (pres.
sol,
201
pret. solte, should, ought), shall, 40, 93.
sum, pr. any one at all;
pl. some, 71.
sumelīch, pr. many a, whoever;
pl. some, 71.
sūmen, wv. tarry, 10.
sumer, sm. summer, 42.
sumerlīch, aj. summerlike.
sumerzīt, sf. summer time.
sun, sm. son, 5, 9.4, 10, 19, 44.
sünde, sf. sin.
sunder, prep. without, against;
sunder spot, seriously, in earnest;
av. sunderlīche(n), especially, separately.
sunne, wmf. sun.
suochen, wv. seek, 90.
suone, sf. atonement.
suon(e)tac (-ges), sm. day of judgement.
suoȥe, av. sweetly, 60.
sus (sust), av. so, thus, in such a way.
swā, swar, av. wherever, 69.
swach(e), aj. worthless, bad.
swacheit, sf. dishonour, disgrace.
swachen, wv. weaken.
swachlīch, aj. weak.
swǣre, aj. painful, sad, unpleasant, burdensome;
weighty, heavy, 60;
daȥ swære, such a weight.
swære, sf. burden, trouble, grief, sadness.
swanc (-ges, -kes), sm. swinging
movement, hurling, throwing.
swannen, swanne, av. and conj.
whenever, 69.
swar, see swā.
swār (swære), aj. heavy, 55;
av. swāre, 60.
swarz, aj. black.
swëben, wv. hover, move to and fro.
swëder, pr. who of two, 69.
swëher, sm. father-in-law, 30.
sweifen, sv. VII, rove, 87.
swelch (swel), pr. each who, whoever, what sort,
whatever, 69, 71.
swëllen, sv. III, swell, 81.
swenne (see swannen), conj. whenever, if,
whilst, 69.
swër, pr. who, whoever, whosoever;
swern (swerigen, swerjen), sv. VI, swear,
35, 86.
swërt, sn. sword.
swërtslac (pl. -slege), sm.
sword-cut.
swester, swëster, sf. sister, 11, 48.
swie, av. and conj., as, how, however,
howsoever; though, 69.
swīgen, sv. I, be silent, keep silent, 76.
swiger, sf. mother-in-law, 30.
swimmen, sv. III, swim, 31, 81.
swinde, aj. powerful, strong, angry;
av. quickly.
swinden, sv. III, vanish, disappear.
swingen, sv. III, swing.
tac (-ges), sm. day, 5,
11, 33, 42;
av. tages, by day.
tagen, wv. become day, dawn.
tagezīt, sf. space of a day.
tal (pl. teler), sn. dale, 47.
tanz, sm. dance.
tanzen, wv. dance.
tanzwīse, sf. a song which is sung to the accompaniment
of dancing.
teil, smn. portion;
ein teil, something, a little.
teilen, wv. divide, distribute.
202
tier, sn. animal.
tisch, sm. table.
tiure, tiuwer, aj. and av. dear,
precious; noble, excellent, 9.3, 57.
tiuren, tiuwern, wv. esteem highly, honour,
confer honour.
tiutsch, tiusch, aj. German;
tiuschiu zunge, German language, Germany.
tiuvel, sm. devil.
tœrisch, tœrsch, aj. foolish, silly.
tœtlīch, aj. deadly.
tohter, sf. daughter, 10,
25, 49.
töhterlīn, sn. little daughter, 10.
tor, sn. gate, door.
tōre, tōr, wm. fool.
törperheit, sf. impoliteness, vulgarity.
tōt (-des), sm. death, 5,
11, 30, 33;
in dëm tōde swëben, be on the peril of losing one’s life.
tou (-wes), sn. dew, 46.
toufen, wv. baptize, 10.
tougen, sfn. secret, wonder;
aj. dark, secret;
av. secretly, 55.
tougenlīch, aj. secret;
av. tougenlīche.
træge, aj. slow, weary, lazy;
av. trāge.
tragen, sv. VI, bear, carry; wear; have, 85.
trahen (pl. trehene), sm. drop, tear.
trahten, wv. think, strive, 92.
treit = traget.
trëten, sv. V, tread, step, enter, 83;
trëten hinder sich, step back.
tretten, wv. tread, 31.3.
trīben, sv. I, drive; play, carry on, 76.
triefen, sv. II, drop, drip, 31.1, 78.
triegen, sv. II, deceive, plot, intrigue.
trinken, sv. III, drink, 19, 81.
triuten, wv. caress, like, love; greet.
triuwe, aj. true, 16 note;
sf. fidelity, faithfulness;
mit triuwen (triwen), faithfully.
triuwen, trūwen, wv. believe, trust, hope,
16 note.
trœstelīn, sn. consolation, hope.
trœsten, wv. console, comfort; help.
tropfe, wm. drop, 31.3.
trōst, sm. consolation, hope.
troum, sm. dream.
troumen, wv. dream, 10.
trüebe, aj. gloomy.
trüebsal, sn. gloom, 8.
trūrec, aj. sad;
av. trūreclīche.
trūren, wv. mourn, be sad, downcast;
also sn.
trūt, aj. dear, beloved.
trūtgemahele, sf. bride.
tugen, tügen,
pret.-pres. (pres. touc, pret. tohte),
be fit for, good for, of use, 93.
tugenhaft, aj. fit, hearty, noble.
tugent, tugende, sf. virtue, good qualities,
strength, power, valour, 49.
tugentlīchen, av. with noble demeanour.
tump (-bes), aj. inexperienced, silly,
young.
tumpheit, sf. folly, foolish action; inexperience;
tumpheit walten, show or have great inexperience.
tunkel, aj. dark.
tuon, anom. v. do, make, form, shape; cause, 94;
tuon enblecken,
203
cause to become visible;
ze leide tuon, cause grief, pain, or injury to;
wër hāt dir getān? who has done anything to you?;
als ein got getān, like a god.
tür, sf. door.
Turkentāls, pn. one of Parzival’s princes.
turren, türren, pret.-pres. (pres.
tar, pret. torste), dare, venture, 10, 93.
tūsenste, num. thousandth, 62.
tūsent, num. thousand, 5,
62, 64.
twahen (pret. twuoc), sv. VI,
wash, 85.
twërch (gen. twërhes), askew, 34.
twingen, sv. III, compel, force, subdue, overcome;
sich twingen lāȥen, let oneself be compelled.
übel, aj. evil, bad, 55,
58, 60;
av. übele.
über, prep. over, because of, for.
übergrōȥ, aj. very great.
übergülde, sn. gilding, raising of value.
übergulde, sf. that which surpasses something else in
value.
übermæȥlīchen, av. beyond measure.
übermüete, sf. insolence, haughtiness.
übermuot, sm. haughtiness, insolence.
übern = über dën, 68 note
2.
übersëhen, sv. V, overlook, not observe.
überstrīten, sv. I, gain the victory over, conquer.
übertragen, sv. VI, spare, discharge something.
überwinden, sv. III, overcome, get over.
ūf, ūfe, prep. and av. up, up to, on, to,
upwards, 23.1;
ūf genāde, in firm confidence;
ūf die triwe mīn, upon my faith or troth;
ūf slieȥen, open.
ūfem, ūfme = ūf dëm, 68
note 2.
ūfen = ūf dën, 68 note 2.
Ulterlec, pn.
umbe, ümbe, umb, um, prep. and
av. about, around, upon, for, 10
note 2;
dar umbe, therefore;
umbe sust, for nothing;
um waȥ, why, for what reason;
umbe daȥ, on account of that, for that, therefore;
umbe gān, turn or go round.
umbeslieȥen, sv. II, embrace, surround.
umbevāhen, sv. VII, embrace.
unbewollen, part. aj. unspotted.
und, unde, unt, cj. and av. and;
again, on the other hand, 9.6, 69.
unden, av. below, beneath.
under (undr), prep. under, beneath, between,
among;
under in, among themselves;
under wëgen lān, omit;
under stunden, at times, now and then, sometimes;
under wīlen, from time to time, at times, sometimes.
underlāȥ, sm. interruption.
underscheiden, sv. VII, relate; explain fully.
undersnīden, sv. I, interrupt, intermingle.
understān, sv. VI, step in between, hinder.
undertænic, aj. humble, subject, submissive.
204
undertān, part. aj. humble, submissive.
underwinden, sv. III, refl. undertake.
unfuoge (also used as a proper noun), sf. unseemliness,
indecorum, misconduct; coarseness.
unfuore, wf. badness, roughness; wicked mode of
life.
ungebære, sf. despairing lamentation.
ungebant, aj. unbeaten, untrodden.
ungebatten, aj. useless, worthless.
ungeborn, part. aj. unborn.
ungeburt, sf. low birth.
ungefüege, aj. very great, powerful; bad, unbecoming,
coarse, uncouth, rude;
av. ungefuoge.
ungehabe, sf. sorrow, grief.
ungelīche, av. immeasurably, incomparably.
ungelōnet, aj. unrewarded.
ungelouplich, aj. incredible.
ungelücke, sn. misfortune.
ungemach, sn. misfortune, discomfort, sorrow.
ungemüete, snf. mourning, grief, sorrow.
ungenāde, sf. disfavour, hatred, harm.
ungenæme, aj. unpleasant.
ungenësen, aj. unhealed, uncured.
ungerihte, sn. fault, crime.
ungërne, av. unwillingly.
ungesammet, aj. not united, not unanimous.
ungeschriben, part. aj. that which cannot be
written.
ungestaltheit, sf. deformity.
ungesunt, (-des), sm. sickness, illness.
unhövesch, aj. uncourtly, coarse, low, vulgar.
unkraft, sf. fainting fit, swoon.
unkunt (unkuntlīch), aj. unknown.
unlange, av. in a short time.
unmære, aj. not worth mentioning, little observed,
worthless, disgusting; undervalued.
unmæȥlīch, aj. immoderate, excessive.
unmāȥen, av. immeasurably.
unminnen, wv. treat in an unloving manner.
unmueȥekeit, sf. work, trouble.
unmugelīch, aj. impossible.
unmuoȥe, sf. occupation, restlessness.
unnāch, av. by no means.
unnōt, sf. without danger or need.
unrewert = unerwert, part. aj. unprohibited.
unriuweclīche, av. without trouble or care.
unsælekeit, sf. unhappiness; misfortune.
unsælic (-ec), aj. unhappy, cursed.
unschulde, sf. innocence.
unschuldigen, wv. proclaim one’s innocence.
unsegelīch, aj. unspeakable.
unsenfte, aj. painful, hard.
unstæte, aj. inconstant, fickle.
unstæte, sf. inconstancy, fickleness.
untriuwe, sf. faithlessness, deceit.
untrœsten, wv. dishearten, discourage.
untrōst, sm. despondency, discouragement.
untugent, sf. lack of good training.
unversunnen, pp. unconscious.
unvrō, unfrō, aj. unhappy, sad, mournful.
205
unwandelbære, aj. steadfast, unchangeable.
unwendic (-ec), aj. unchangeable.
unwërt, sm. unworthiness, contempt for, scorn.
unwīp, (-bes), sn. bad woman; unwomanly
creature; unworthy the name of Weib.
unwīse, sf. false tone or sound; bad style.
unze, unz, prep. and conj. till, until,
up to, down to, to;
unz her, hitherto;
unz enmitten an, right down to.
unzerworht, aj. undivided, undissected, not
cut up.
Uote, pn. 54.
üppic, aj. unnecessary, superfluous; proud.
ūȥ, prep. and av. out, out of, of, from;
ūȥen, av.;
ūȥerwelt, select, chosen.
ūȥer, prep. out of, from.
ūȥreise, sf. marching, going out or off;
departure; song sung by knights on the march.
vāhen, fāhen (vān), sv. VII, catch,
seize, take, 29, 30,
38, 87.
val (-wes), aj. yellow, 36.
vallen, sv. VII, fall, fall down, fall to one’s lot,
32.4, 87.
valsch, aj. false, deceitful.
valsch, sm. fault, spot, impurity, deceit;
valsches laȥ, free from deceit or falseness.
valten, sv. VII, fold, 87.
vancnüsse, sf. captivity, 8.
var, vare (-wes), aj. coloured; formed,
looking.
vāren, wv. place behind, watch, lie in wait.
varn, sv. VI, go, fare, betake oneself, 5, 10, 74
note, 85;
varndeȥ guot, movable property.
vart, sf. way, march, journey.
varwe, sf. colour, form, appearance.
vaste, av. fast, quickly, strongly, firmly; very.
vater, sm. (pl. veter, väter),
father, 11, 19, 45.
väterlīch, aj. fatherly, 10.
väterlīn, dim. of vater, 5, 10.
vaȥȥen, wv. seize, take, gather.
vëhten, sv. IV, fight, 82.
veile, aj. cheap, purchasable.
vël (-lles), sn. hide, skin, 32.1.
vellen, wv. fell, kill, 90.
vels, swm. rock, 11.
velschen, wv. falsify; make faithless.
vëlt (-des), sn. field.
venster, sn. window, 46.
verbërgen, sv. III, hide, conceal.
verbërn, sv. IV, spare, abstain from, forbear, avoid,
keep from, give up.
verbieten, sv. II, forbid, hinder, prevent, obstruct;
ward off.
verdagen, wv. keep secret, conceal.
verdërben, perish, spoil, destroy, 81.
verdërbnisse, sfn. destruction, 8.
verdienen, wv. deserve, earn.
verdrieȥen (impers. c. gen.), sv. III, grieve,
fret, vex.
verdringen, sv. III, crowd out, suppress, displace,
push on one side.
vereinen, wv. refl. unite.
verenden, wv. end.
vergëben, sv. V, poison, infect.
206
vergëlten, sv. III, repay, requite.
vergëȥȥen, sv. V, forget, 83.
vergieȥen, sv. II, pour over, sprinkle with water.
verhëln, sv. IV, conceal.
verhouwen (pret. -hiu and -hie, also weak
-houte), sv. VII, hew in pieces, cut asunder.
verjëhen, sv. V, say, tell, relate; give to understand,
assure.
verkēren, wv. change, turn round; destroy.
verkiesen, sv. II, give up, forgo, forget.
verklagen, wv. cease to mourn, bear with patience.
verkrenken, wv. destroy.
verlāȥen (verlān), sv. VII, leave off,
forsake.
verleiten, wv. lead astray.
verleschen, sv. IV, become extinguished,
extinguish.
verliesen (vliesen), sv. II, lose, 78.
verligen, sv. V, miss through sleeping too long,
over-sleep.
verlust, sm. loss.
vermīden, (pp. vermiten), sv. I, avoid,
omit, not to take place, keep aloof from.
vermischen, wv. mix, mingle.
vernëmen, sv. IV, perceive, observe, get to know.
vërre, aj. and av. far, far away,
distant, 31.
verrihten, wv. settle, pass sentence upon.
versagen, wv. refuse, deny.
verschaffen, sv. VI, do or act in a bad manner,
spoil, destroy.
verschulden, wv. pay back.
versëhen, sv. V, observe, recognize;
refl. hope, dread.
versinnen (sich), sv. III, arrive at years of
discretion;
c. gen. become conscious of.
versmæhelīch, aj. disgraceful, ignominious.
versmæhen, wv. despise, mock.
versperren (pret. versparte), wv. shut,
close.
versprëchen, sv. IV, decline, spurn.
verstān (-stēn), sv. VI, perceive,
understand.
verstōȥen, sv. VII, drive away.
versūmen, wv. neglect, let slip, spoil.
versuochen, wv. try, test.
verswern, sv. VI, abjure, deny by an oath.
verswīgen, sv. I, forbear talking.
verswinden, sv. III, disappear, flee.
vertragen, sv. VI, endure, bear.
vertrīben, sv. I, drive away, make to pass.
vervāhen, verfāhen, sv. VII, reach, bring to
pass;
mich vervæhet, it is of use or advantage to me.
vervluochen, -fluochen, wv. curse.
verwāȥen, sv. VII, ruin; imprecate, curse.
verwëgen, sv. V, resolve.
verweinen, wv. exhaust by weeping.
verwunden, wv. wound.
verwürken (pret. -worhte), wv. lose,
forfeit, commit.
verzagen, wv. lose courage, withdraw, despair,
despond.
verzern, wv. consume; destroy.
veste, sf. firmness, constancy.
vīant, vīent, vīnt, sm. enemy, fiend,
8, 42.
207
vier, num. four, 62.
vier, fier, aj. proud, stately, majestic,
beautiful;
av. viere.
vierde, num. fourth, 62.
vierzëhen, num. fourteen, 62.
vierzëhende, num. fourteenth, 62.
vierzic (-ec), num. forty, 62.
vierzigeste, num. fortieth.
vihe, sn. cattle, 46.
vil, aj. much, many;
av. very;
indecl. sb. c. gen. much, many;
vil wēnic ganz c. gen. not at all complete or
whole.
vinden, finden, sv. III, find, 9.4 note, 81.
vinger, sm. finger.
vingerlīn, vingerīn, sn. ring, 8.
vingerlinc, sm. ring.
vinster, sf. darkness, 48.
vinster, aj. dark, gloomy, 55.
vinsternisse, sfn. darkness, 8.
vint = vindet, 74 note.
vīnt, see vīant.
vīol, sm. violet.
virren, wv. keep away from.
viur, fiuwer, sn. fire; lightning.
vlēhen, flēhen (vlēn), wv. beseech,
implore, 38.
vlëhten, sv. IV, plait, 82.
fleisch, sn. flesh.
vliegen, fliegen, sv. II, fly, 10 note 3, 25, 78.
vliehen, fliehen, sv. II, flee, 18, 19, 78.
vliesen = verliesen.
vlieȥen, flieȥen, sv. II, flow, swim; ruin,
destroy, 10 note 3, 78.
vlīȥ, flīȥ, sm. assiduity, zeal, eagerness,
care;
ze flīȥe, diligently, carefully.
vlīȥec, aj. diligent, 60.3.
vlīȥeclīche(n), av. diligently, 60.3.
vluht, sf. refuge.
flühtesal, sf. flight, escape; security.
vluoch (pl. vlüeche), sm. curse.
vogelīn, vogel(l)īn, sn. little bird, 8.
vogelsanc, sm. song of birds.
vol (-lles), aj. full, 15, 31.
volc, sn. folk, people.
volenden, wv. bring to an end.
volgen, wv. follow, accompany.
volgesagen, wv. tell fully.
volle, wm. abundance, completeness.
vollebringen (pret. -brāhte), wv.
perfect, carry out.
volleclīchen, av. fully, entirely.
volleist, sm. assistance, succour.
von, prep. from, away from, with, about,
through, by;
von schulden, rightly, properly.
vonme, vomme = von dëme.
vor, prep. before, for.
vorbilde, sn. pattern, model.
vorder, aj. former, front, 59.
vordern, wv. further, 90.
vorderste, aj. foremost, 59.
vorht, sf. fear, dread.
vrāge, sf. question.
frävele, aj. bold, 10.
frëch, aj. courageous, daring, bold, brave; saucy,
impudent.
freischen, sv. VII, come to know, learn, be told.
vreise, freise, swf. horror, what is dreadful
or horrible.
vremde, fremde (vrömde), aj. strange,
wonderful; unknown.
vremen, wv. perform, 31.3.
vreude, vröude, fröide, freude,
fröude, swf. joy, gladness;
208
fröuden (gen. pl.) lam, bereft of joys,
pleasures.
vreudelōs, aj. joyless.
freuderīche, aj. rich in joy, very gratifying.
vreuwen, vrewen, vreun, freuwen,
frewen, freun, wv. cause to rejoice, rejoice,
gladden, give pleasure to, be glad.
See vröuwen.
vrevel, sf. audacity, insolence.
frevellīchen, av. insolently, boldly, with
impudence.
vrëȥȥen, sv. V, devour, 83.
vrī, aj. free, unrestrained, unmarried.
vride, fride, sm. peace, truce; protection,
safety, 3, 19, 43.
vrid(e)lich, aj. peaceful.
vrīe, sf. freedom.
vrīe, wm. freeman.
frīen, frījen, frīgen, wv. free, 35.
vriesen, sv. II, freeze, 78.
vrisch, frisch, aj. fresh, new.
vrist, sf. time.
vristen, wv. keep alive, protect, rescue.
vriundinne, sf. female friend, 8, 48.
vriunt, friunt, sm. friend, 42.
vrō, frō, aj. and av. glad, joyful.
vrœlīch, aj. joyful;
av. vrœlīchen.
vrömde = vremde.
vrömede, sf. absence.
frosch, sm. frog.
vröuen, vröuwen, fröwen, wv. gladden,
give pleasure to; be glad, 10.
See vreuwen.
vrouwe, frouwe, frowe (vrou, frou,
frō, before proper names), wf. lady, madam, 9.6, 10;
ze frowen, as wife.
vröuwelīn, frouwelīn, sn. little girl, maid,
miss.
vruht, sf. fruit.
vrum, aj. brave, active, excellent, useful.
vrumen, frumen, wv. benefit, be of use or
advantage.
vruo, av. early.
vüegen, füegen, wv. procure, bring to pass;
grant.
vüeren, füeren (pret. fuorte), wv.
lead, carry, remove.
fuhs, sm. fox, 19.
vūl, aj. bad, rotten.
vülle, sf. fulness, 15.
füllen, wv. fill, 90.
funden, pp. of finden.
vünf, fünf, finf, num. five, 19, 62.
fünfte, finfte, num. fifth, 62.
vuoge, sf. becomingness, decency.
fuore, sf. manner of life; way of acting.
vuoȥ, fuoȥ (pl. vüeȥe), sm. foot,
10, 44.
vür, für, prep. and av. for, before,
over, against;
für guot haben, be content with, put up with;
für iuch, past you;
für sie, past them;
für tōren kleit, as fool’s clothing;
vür wār, in truth, truly.
vürbaȥ, fürbaȥ, av. further.
vürhten, fürhten (pret. vorhte),
wv. fear, dread, 15, 90.
vürnames, av. in the full sense of the word.
vürste, fürste, wm. prince;
ein dīn fürste, one of thy princes.
vurt, furt (pl. fürte), sm. ford,
bed of a river.
wā, av. where, whither, 39.
wāc (-ges), sn. moving water, flood.
wacker, aj. watchful, 31.2.
wæjen (wæn), wv. blow, 90.
209
wæenen (pret. wānde), wv. think,
fancy, 90.
wærlīchen, av. in truth, truly.
wætlīch, aj. beautiful.
wætlīche, sf. beauty.
wāfen, sn. weapon, sword.
wāfenen, wāpenen, wv. arm, equip, array.
See wāpen.
wage, wf. cradle.
wāge, sf. balance, scale.
wagen, sm. wagon, 49.
wal, sf. choice, 48.
walden, sv. VII, have power over.
See walten.
Wāleis, pn. Valois in France, inhabitant of Valois.
wallen (pret. wiel), sv. VII, boil,
bubble, 87.
walt (-des), sm. wood, forest.
walten (with gen.), sv. VII, have power.
wan, aj. empty, bereft of.
wan, av. besides, but only;
niht wan, only, nothing but;
wan daȥ, only that, if—not;
wan unz, whilst, as long as;
wan dëm einen, except for the one.
wan (wande, want), conj. for, if,
because, then, 9.6.
wān, sm. faith, hope, mood.
wanc (-kes), sm. inconstancy, disloyalty,
unfaithfulness, changeableness.
wandel, smn. change, fickleness; fault, defect,
failing.
wange, wn. cheek, 50.
wängelīn, sn. little cheek.
want, sf. wall.
wāpen (with sich), wv. arm oneself.
See wāfenen.
wāpen, sn. weapon, 46.
wāpenen, see wāfenen.
wāpenroc, sm. upper-garment drawn over the coat of
mail.
war, av. where, whither;
war umbe, wherefore, why;
war zuo, for what purpose.
war, sf. attention, observation;
war nëmen, give attention.
wār, sn. truth; right;
wār haben, be right.
wār, aj. true, right, real.
wārheit, sf. truth.
wārinne, av. wherein, 39.
warnen, wv. equip, prepare.
warten (pret. warte), wv. wait; look,
view, 9.2.
was, wasse, aj. sharp, 55.
waschen (weschen), sv. VI, wash, 85.
waste, sf. desert.
wāt, sf. clothing, dress.
waten, sv. VI, wade, 85.
av. why, wherefore.
wē (gen. wēwes), sn. woe, pain;
interj. wehe, wē, woe! alas!;
mir ist wē, I am sad.
wëc (-ges), sm. way; homeward journey, 5, 11.
wecken (pret. wacte, wahte), wv.
awake.
wëder, pr. who of two, which of two, 70, 71;
wëder—noch, neither—nor.
wegen, wv. move, swing.
wëgen, sv. V, weigh, poise; put in motion, 83.
wëhsal (-el), smn. change, 8.
weich, aj. weak.
weideganc (-ges), sm. hunting way or
path.
weinen (pres. part. weinde for weinende),
wv. weep, bewail;
also sn.
weise, wm. orphan; precious stone in the royal
crown.
weiȥgot, interj. verily.
210
welīch, welch, pr. which, what kind of, 11, 70, 71.
wellen (pres. sing. wil, pret.
wolte), anom. v. will, wish, 98;
got dës niht enwelle, may God forbid it.
weln, welen, wellen, wv. choose, 90.
wenden (pp. gewant), wv. with gen.
turn, prevent, hinder, turn away, 32.3.
wēnic, aj. little, small;
indecl. sb. c. gen. little.
wenke, sf. turning, turn, change.
wenken, wv. totter, stagger, waver.
wer, sf. defence; protection; battle.
wër, neut. waȥ, pr. who, what;
wërben, sv. III, turn, go to and fro, strive, work, be
active, 33.
wërde, aj. worthy, noble.
wërdekeit, wërdikeit, sf. worthiness, respect,
honour, excellence.
wërden, sv. III, become, be, be born, 9.4 note, 38, 81;
wërden wol innen, perceive clearly;
wërden buoȥ, with dat. of pers. and gen. of thing:
dëm wirt kumbers buoȥ, he has compensation for his grief;
wërden rāt, c. gen. be a remedy.
wërdiclīchen, av. worthily.
wërfen, sv. III, throw, set in quick motion, 10 note, 23.2, 81.
wërlt, wërelt, wëlt, sf. world,
people;
dër wërelde riuwe, great sadness or grief, lit. sadness of
the world.
wërltlīch, aj. worldly, earthly.
wërlttōre, wm. one befooled by the world.
wërltzage, wm. arrant coward.
wern (weren), wv. check, ward off from,
restrain, hinder, 90;
c. gen. and sich, protect or defend oneself
against.
wern, wv. last, hold out, continue.
wërren (with dat.), sv. III, perplex, confuse,
trouble, disturb, be a hindrance, 81.
wërt (-des), aj. worthy, noble;
snm. respect, good fortune;
av. wërde.
wës (gen. of waȥ), av. why,
wherefore.
wësen gāch, c. gen. of person: hasten, exert oneself,
eagerly.
wëter, sn. weather, 46.
wetzen, wv. whet, sharpen.
wider (widere), sm. wether, 9.2.
wider, prep. against, to;
av. again, back.
widersagen, wv. renounce; proclaim war; contradict.
widerstān, sv. VI, resist, withstand, be
opposed to.
widervarn, sv. VI, fall to the lot of.
widerzæme, aj. revolting, hateful, disgusting.
wie, av. and conj. how, as, that.
wīgant (-des), sm. warrior, 8.
wīhen, wv. consecrate, bless.
wilde, aj. untamed, wild, 55.
wīle, wīl, sf. time, while;
die wīle, meanwhile, in the meantime.
wīlen(t), av. formerly, once upon a time.
wille, wm. will, wish, desire.
211
willeclīch, aj. willing, wishing;
av. willeclīchen.
willekomen, aj. and av. welcome.
wilt (-des), sn. wild animals, game.
winden, sv. III, wind, bind up, 81.
wine, sm. friend.
wint (-des), sm. wind, 14.1.
winter, sm. winter.
wīp (-bes), sn. woman, wife, 5, 11.
wīpheit, sf. womanliness.
wīplīch, aj. womanly.
wirde, sf. worthiness, dignity, honour,
honourableness.
wirden, wv. make valuable.
wirs, av. worse, 61.
wirser, aj. worse, 58.
wirsest, wir(se)ste, aj. and av. worst,
9.5, 58, 60, 61.
wirt, sm. head of a house, landlord;
dër helle wirt, devil.
wirtinne, sf. mistress, hostess, 8.
wīse, wīs, aj. wise, sensible,
experienced, 28.
wīse, wīs, sf. manner, melody, song.
wīsen, wv. guide, direct.
wīsheit, sf. wisdom.
wīslīch, aj. wisely, 8;
av. wīslīchen.
wīt, aj. far, wide.
witze, sf. understanding, sense; reflection.
wīȥ, aj. white.
wīȥen (with dat.), sv. I, reproach, blame.
wiȥȥen, pret.-pres. (pres. weiȥ,
pret. weste, wiste, wesse, wisse),
know, 5, 11, 28, 92.
wol, wole, av. well, 5,
9.1, 61;
wolgezogen, well-mannered;
wol getān, beautiful;
wol im, happy or lucky is he!;
wol dir, hail to thee;
wol mich, happy am I!;
wol tuon, c. dat. do good, please;
wol ir dës, good luck to her for that!
wolf, sm. wolf, 15.
wolken, sn. cloud.
wolle, wf. wool, 15.
wollust, smf. joy, bliss, happiness.
wonen, wv. dwell, live, 9.4;
mir wont bī, I possess.
wort, sn. word, speech, 46.
wüllīn, wullīn, aj. woollen, 15.
wülpinne, sf. she-wolf, 15.
wunde, wf. wound.
wunder, sn. wonder, marvel; a great amount or
number, abundance;
bluomen wunder, a great quantity of flowers.
wunderalt, aj. very old.
wundern, wv. wonder, wonder at, admire, 9.2.
wünne, wunne, sf. joy, pleasure, 10 note 2.
wünneclīch, wunneclīch, aj. joyful, delightful,
beautiful, pleasant;
av. wünneclīche(n).
wunsch, sm. wish, ideal, perfection, highest
perfection.
wünschen (with gen.), wv. wish, desire, 90.
wunschleben, sn. such a life as one could wish for.
wunt (-des), aj. wounded.
wuof, sm. cry of woe.
wuofen, sv. VII, bewail, 87.
würgen, wv. take by the throat, choke, throttle.
würken, wurken (pret. worhte), wv.
work, 28, 91.
wurm, sm. worm, snake, 5.
wurze, wf. root, plant.
wurzel, swf. root.
212
zageheit, sf. cowardice.
zal, sf. number, 9.1, 31.3, 48.
zant, zan (gen. zandes), sm.
tooth, 43.
ze (zuo), prep. at, in, to, as much as,
(undergoes contraction with the def. art.);
ze bruoder, as brother;
ze rëhte, rightly, properly;
ze handen haben, possess;
av. too: ze sēre, too much.
zebrëchen, zerbrëchen, sv. IV, break, break in
pieces.
zehant, av. at once, on the spot.
zēhe, wf. toe.
zëhente (-de), num. tenth, 62.
zëhenzic (-ec), hundred, 62.
zëhenzigeste, num. hundredth, 62.
zeichen, sn. sign, mark, token, 23, 1.
zeigen, wv. show, 33.
zeim = ze einem(e).
zeln, wv. reckon, count, 31.3, 90.
zëme, zëm = ze dëme, 68
note 2.
zëmen, sv. IV, suit, be becoming or
fitting, 82.
zën = ze dën, 68 note 2.
zër = ze dër, 68 note 2.
zergān, -gēn, sv. VII, vanish, stop, perish.
zerren (pret. zarte), wv. pull, tug,
tear.
zerwirken (pp. zerworht), wv. cut up,
dissect.
zesamene, av. together.
zëse (-wes), aj. right.
zestunt, av. on the spot.
zeswëllen, sv. III, swell to the utmost.
zewāre, zwār, av. in truth, truly.
ziehen, sv. II, draw;
refl. withdraw, 10, 23.1, 30, 78.
zierde, sf. adornment, 9.2.
zieren, wv. adorn, decorate.
zīhen, sv. I, accuse, 76.
zil, sn. aim, object.
zimieren, wv. furnish with knightly accoutrements.
zinsen, wv. give as interest, give away.
zir = ze ir.
zirke, wm. garland, circle, prince’s crown.
zirkel, sm. prince’s crown.
zīt, sf. time, 19.
zobel, sm. robe furred with sable.
zorn, sm. anger.
zorneclīche, av. angrily, violently.
zücken (pret. zuhte), wv. pull quickly,
tear.
zuht, sf. bringing up, education; good manners,
politeness, demeanour; chastisement, punishment;
mit zühten, becomingly, gracefully, politely.
zühtelōs, aj. ill-bred, rude, insolent.
zunft, sf. propriety, dignity, good breeding.
zunge, wf. tongue, 3, 7, 23.2, 53
zuo, av. to, toward; to it;
zuo zwein, into two.
See ze.
zuome = zuo dëme.
zürnen, zurnen, wv. be angry.
zweien with sich, wv. fall out, quarrel;
pair.
zweinzic (-ec), num. twenty, 62.
213
zweinzigeste, num. twentieth, 62.
zwelf, num. twelve, 62.
zwelfte, num. twelfth, 62.
zwene, zwei, zwō (gen. zweier,
zweiger, dat. zwein), two, 35, 63.
zwī, zwic (gen. zwīges, zwīes),
smn. twig, bough, 35.
zwīfeln, wv. doubt, 9.2.
zwischen, prep. between.
zwīvel, zwīfel, sm. doubt, uncertainty;
aj. doubtful, 55.
zwīvellīch, aj. doubtful, uncertain, dejected.
zwīvellop (-bes), doubtful or ambiguous
praise.